UC-NRLF 
 
 B M D3fl 7DM 
 
 t - ■:♦.; 
 
 h'iii<i&L7i^^u2i'm&f£i^miiJh^'€l 
 
i/r"^ 
 
 University of California, 
 
 FROM THE LIBRARY OF 
 
 Dr. martin KELLOGG. 
 
 GIFT OF MRS. LOUISE B. KELLOGG. 
 
T. MACCI PLAVTI PSEVDOLVS 
 
 Z 
 
 THE 
 
 PSEUDOLUS OF PLAUTUS 
 
 it|} Entrotiuction anK Notes 
 
 BY 
 
 E. P. MORRIS 
 
 MASSACHUSETTS PROFESSOR OF LATIN IN WILLIAMS COLLEGE 
 
 Boston 
 
 ALLYN AND BACON 
 
 1890 
 
rt«^ 
 
 ^'^ 
 
 Copyright, 1890, 
 By Allyn and Bacon. 
 
 ©Inibcvsttg ^rfss: 
 John Wilson and Son, Cambridge. 
 

 PREFACE. 
 
 The variations of this text from the standard edition of 
 Goetz (Leipzig, 1887) are in the following Unes : 6, 16, 65, 
 142, 151 ff. order, 151, 153, 156, 159, 166, 180, 191, and 
 change of speakers through the rest of the scene, 217 punctu- 
 ation, 241, 255 f., 262 tL, 268, lacuna after 295, 325, 452 
 order, 497, 499, lacuna marked after 545, 696, 697, 699, 710, 
 782 punctuation, 792, 814 order, 908, 1044, 1073, 1204 ff., 
 1263. The notes mention these changes and explain the 
 more important of them. There are also a few changes in 
 spelling, but in the main the text follows Goetz. In the 
 arrangement of the Introduction, also, I have been greatl}' 
 helped Iw notes of lectures by Professor Goetz upon the 
 Bacchides, and I desire to use this opportunit}' to express to 
 him not onlj' my part of the respect which all scholars feel for 
 his admirable work on the text of Plautus, but also m}' per- 
 sonal regard and gratitude for his most hospitable kindness 
 to me. 
 
 For the notes I have made use of the material at my 
 command, including the early editions and a rather full 
 
IV PREFACE. 
 
 collection of dissertations and journal articles, but I am un- 
 der greatest obligation, as any one who edits a play of Plautus 
 must be, to Brix and Lorenz, and to Langen's Beitrage. 
 Studemund's Apographon of the Ambrosian Palimpsest ap- 
 peared too late to be used without great inconvenience. 
 
 E. P. MORRIS. 
 
 WiLLIAMSTOWN, MaSS., 
 
 August 1st, 1890. 
 
INTRODUCTION. 
 
 1. Two influences shaped Roman corned}'. Of these the 
 more obvious and, at least in regard to form, the more impor- 
 tant was that exerted b}' the drama of tlie preceding century' 
 in Greece. This, however, was in several ways unlike the 
 Greek drama of the time of Pericles. When Aristophanes 
 wrote for the stage he had at his command all the resources 
 of Athens, and his audience was made up of men trained to 
 keen thinking and large interests b}' the long struggle which 
 had given Athens the leadership of Greece. The Old Com- 
 ed}', therefore, like the life which it reflected, was vigorous 
 and broad, and, in the midst of its overflowing comic spirit, 
 really serious in its purposes. But when, at the end of the 
 Peloponnesian War, Athens lost her political leadership and 
 the Athenians lost their interest in public questions, the 
 drama also declined in force and breadth. The chorus, which 
 had been the chief vehicle for the expression of the poet's 
 opinions, was too expensive for the cit}' treasury, and as 
 early as the year 388 b. c, when the Ploutos, the latest of the 
 existing plaj's of Aristophanes, was produced, it had sunk to 
 a secondar}' place. The death of Aristophanes was followed 
 by a period of transition, — the period of the Middle Com- 
 edy, during which the same causes were at work to restrict 
 the chorus and limit the subject-matter of comed}'. 
 
11 INTRODUCTION. 
 
 2. The New Comedy, the floiirishhig period of which was 
 nearly coincident with the death of Alexander in 322, re- 
 mains only in fragments, but tiie number of these is consid- 
 erable, and the general characteristics of the period can be 
 made out with sufficient distinctness. The prologue had 
 become an important feature of the pla}', and the cliorus had 
 fallen entirely into disuse. The interest centred in the plot, 
 and the plot turned upon a successful deception ; usually' the 
 intrigue was carried out b}' a slave in order to enable a young 
 man to get possession of his mistress, a woman of the class of 
 hetaerae, by swindling the young man's father or the Ze^^o who 
 owned the girl. There are variations from this t3'pe, and 
 there is considerable ingenuitj' in the working out of the plot, 
 but the element of tricker}- and deception is alwa3's present. 
 The types of character and the social and domestic relations 
 are almost without exception on a low plane, and seem to 
 represent a race already enervated and debased. But the 
 picture should not be accepted without resei've. On the one 
 hand, the first appearance in literature of the sustained story 
 seems to have been in the form of a plot, in the narrower sense 
 of the word, an intrigue, as in Lucian and Apuleius ; on the 
 other hand, the earliest realism doubtless selected the most 
 striking and amusing types of character, rather than those 
 most truly representative. Both of these tendencies began 
 with Euripides, whose influence upon the later Greek litera- 
 ture was wide and deep. The New Comed}' follows the 
 example of Euripides also in introducing moralizing and 
 philoso[)hical I'emarks into the dialogue. The}' are usuall}' 
 of the easy-going Epicurean stjie, the product of Greek 
 subtlety rather than of profound feeling or wisdom, and 
 coming from the lii)s of a swindler or a dupe they lower 
 rather than heigliten the moral tone of the plays. Finallj^ 
 
INTRODUCTION. iil 
 
 even in their fragments the Greek plan's show a master}- of 
 techiiirjue which was the natural result of two centuries of 
 dramatic activity'. For the expression of keen distinctions 
 and of polished wit no language could be a more perfect 
 instrument than the language which had been refined and 
 colored b}- the great masters of Greek thought. It was a 
 curious chance which led the Romans of the third centur}' to 
 seek in this comedy, refined and witt3'and philosophical, hlase 
 in sentiment and in ideals, the model for their national 
 drama. . 
 
 3. The second influence which aflfected Roman comed}' 
 came from the partiall}' dcA^eloped germs of a native litera- 
 ture, associated, as was the early Greek drama, with the 
 songs and dances of village festivals. Livy,^ VII., 2, in de- 
 scribing the means used to avert a pestilence in the 3'ear 364, 
 reviews the early history of the drama. He sa^^s that it be- 
 gan with the introduction of players from Etruria, who in this 
 3'ear performed in Rome a solemn mimetic dance ; that the 
 Romans in imitation of them invented the iiersiis Fescennini^ 
 extemporaneous verses accompanied b3' a dance and sung 
 alternatel3- in dialogue ; that the satura ^ was a further ad- 
 vance, being inpleta modis and descripto icon ad tibicinem 
 cantu^ not wholl3' extemporaneous but in regular verse set to 
 music. 
 
 Though this is not clear in all details, and though Liv3' i^ 
 certainly wrong in supposing that all indigenous poetr3' was 
 deriA^ed from an Etruscan dance introduced in the 3-ear 364, 
 it is still plain that this account, taken probabl3' from Yarro, 
 
 1 The whole passage should be studied with Weissenborn's notes. Cf. 
 also the similar account in Val. Max. II., 4, 4. 
 
 " Perhaps sc.fabula, from an adj. saturus, "varied," cf. lanx satura, a 
 dish filled with various contents. 
 
iv INTRODUCTION. 
 
 is correct in tracing a connection between the germs of the 
 Italian drama and the village festival-dances. The antiquity 
 of versification among the Italian peoples is sufficiently indi- 
 cated by the wide use of the Saturnian measure, by the earl}- 
 law against libellous songs ^ and by the persistence of the 
 dialogue form in the literary satire, e.g.^ Hor. Sat. II., 1. 
 
 4. These two lines of development, the foreign and the 
 native, were brought together by Livius Andronicus, a Greek 
 from Tarentum. When his cit\' was taken by the Romans in 
 272, he became the property of the general in command, M. 
 Livius Salinato)', was brought by him to Rome and made 
 tutor to his children. Winning favor in this position, he was 
 freed and took his master's name in addition to his own. In 
 the year 240 - he produced and himself acted in a translation 
 of a Greek play, abandoning the form of the satura in order 
 to introduce a unified plot.^ Either before or after this time 
 he translated the Odyssey into Saturnian verse, and it was 
 in use as a school-book as late as the time of Horace.* By 
 this and by his plays he won such general favor as to lead to 
 the establishment of a guild of scribae et histr tones in the 
 temple of Minerva on the Aventine. He was still alive in 
 the vear 207.^ Though nothing in the fragments of his 
 poems contradicts the assertion of Cicero that they were not 
 worth a second reading, and all the indications are that he 
 was only an ordinary educated Greek and not a genius, his 
 place in Roman literar}^ histor}' is an important one, and the 
 
 1 Si quis occentaiiisset slue carmen condidisset, quod infamiam faceret 
 flagitiumue aJteri. Aus. Ciu. Dei, IT., 9. Cf. Hor. Sat. II., 1, 82. 
 - The date is given by Cicero, Brut. 18, 72. 
 
 3 Liv. VII., 2, 8, qui ah satun's ausus est primus argumento fahulam serere. 
 
 4 Epist. II., 1, 70. 
 
 5 Liv. XXVII., 37 says that he wrote a hymn for public worsliip in 
 
 207 
 
INTRODUCTION. V 
 
 year 240 may properly be considered the birth-year of the 
 Graeeo-Roman literature. 
 
 5. His successor in the drama and contemporary in life 
 was Cnaeus Naevius, a native of Campania, who served as a 
 soldier in the First Punic War, of which he wi'ote an account 
 in Saturnian verse. His first play was produced in 235.i 
 He wrote both tragedies and comedies, and attacked the 
 leaders of the aristocracy with a freedom worthy of Aris- 
 tophanes, as in the lines quoted by Cicero, Cat. Mai.^ VII., 20 : 
 
 cedo qui vestram rem pilbUcam tantam amishstis tarn cito 1 
 proveniebant oratores novi, stulti adulescentuli, 
 
 and in the well-known Saturnian on the Metelli.^ For this 
 he was imprisoned and perhaps exiled, and this punishment 
 was doubtless one of the reasons which led Plautus to avoid 
 all reference to party politics.' Naevius died in 204 or 
 194.^ 
 
 6. Titus Maccius Plautus, the third great dramatist of the 
 period, was a native of Sarsina in Umbria.^ The name Titus 
 Maccius was first recovered by Ritschl from the Milan 
 Palimpsest; as the praeno)nen had been previously un- 
 known, Maccius had been corrupted into M. Accius. The 
 last name is said to be derived from an Umbrian word 
 
 1 Gell. XVII, 21, 44, where also Varro is quoted as authority for his 
 having been a soldier. 
 
 '•i See also Gell. VIL, 8. 5. 
 
 'i Cf. Mil. Glor. 211 f. R. (IL, 2, 27), which refers to the imprisonment 
 
 of Naevius. 
 
 4 Cic. Brut. XV., 60, gives the former date, but says that Varro 
 
 thought it too early. 
 
 5 He alludes to his birth-place somewhat unfeelingly in Most. 770 L. 
 
 (III., 2, 83). 
 
vi INTRODUCTION. 
 
 plotus^ applied to people with broad, flat feet/ The events 
 of his life are known onl}' from Gellius III., 3, 14: " 8ed 
 enim Saturionem et Addictum et tertiam quandam, cuius 
 nunc milii nomen non subpetit, in pistrino eum scripsisse 
 Vario et plerique alii memoriae tradiderunt, cum, pecunia 
 omni, quam in operis artificum scenicorum pepererat, in mer- 
 catibus perdita, inops Romam redisset et ob quaerendum vic- 
 tum ad circumagendas molas, quae trusatiles appellantur, 
 operam pistori locasset." This account shows that Plautus 
 must have been born in the lower class of the people, and the 
 inference is confirmed by the intimate acquaintance which he 
 shows in his plays with the life of the lower classes, and 
 negativel}' b}' the absence of an}' suggestion of patronage by 
 the nobilit}', such as Terence received. The plaj's show no 
 special farailiarit}^ with country life, but abound in references 
 to trading b}^ sea (^nercatus^ GelL), not only in the Mercator 
 and Rudens but generall}^ throughout the plays (Trin. 820 ff., 
 Most. 431 ff.). The date of his death, 184 B. C, is given by 
 Cic, Brut. XV., 60. The Pseudolus was acted in 191 (see 
 below, § 43) and Cic, Cat. Mai. XV., 50, implies that Plau- 
 tus was then senex^ i.e., at least sixty years old. This makes 
 the date of his birth as early as 251, and agrees with the 
 account of Gellius (Varro) which implies that play-writing 
 was taken up by him somewhat late in life. As Cicero, 
 Brut. XVIII., 73, says that he had written many plays before 
 11)7, we may put his birth in round numbers at 500 A. V. C, 
 254 B. C, aud the beginning of his literary activity at 224- 
 219.2 Of his writings we have in the mss. twenty pla3's 
 
 1 Festus, p. 239 M, quia Vmber Sarsinas erat, a pedum planitie initio 
 Plotns, postea Plauhis est dictiis. But it is quite as likely that it was a 
 family name, like Riifus, Varus, Paefns, Scaurus, given originally for the 
 reason stated by Festus, according to the common Italian custom. 
 
 2 On the chronology of this period, see Ritschl, De Aetate Plnuti. Pnr- 
 erg. 47 ff., Kibbeck, Rom. Tragodie, lOff. 
 
INTRODUCTION. vii 
 
 nearly complete and the fragments of another. Two of them 
 can be exactly dated from the remains of the Didascaliae 
 in the Palimpsest (Stichus 201, Pseudolus 191) ; but the ri^st 
 are rather uncertain, and neither the language nor the treat- 
 ment gives any clue toward a chronological arrangement. 
 The poets of the New Comedy whom Plautus is known to 
 have followed are Diphihis (Cas-, Rud.), Menander (Stich.), 
 Philemon (Trin.), and Demophilus (Asin.). The names of 
 the plaj^s are all Latin, except where they are taken from the 
 leading character. 
 
 7. Of the other writers of the coraoedia palliata onl}- two 
 need be mentioned. Statins Caecilius, of whose writings 
 only a few fragments remain, was an Insubrian by birth, and 
 came to Rome about 194, where he won a great reputation 
 and became an arbiter of public taste.i His younger con- 
 temporary, Publius Terentius Afer, was brought as a slave 
 from Carthage to Rome. He was carefull}' educated in the 
 company of the 3'oung nobles of the more advanced school, 
 and after his earh* manumission was an intimate friend of 
 Laelius and the younger Scipio. His six plays show a higher 
 finish than those of Plautus, and a closer dependence upon 
 the Greek original,, but are less vigorous and less Roman. 
 Terence died in 159 ; and with him the dramatic period came 
 to an end, and the Roman stage sank graduall}^ to the con- 
 dition deplored by Horace, Epist. H., 1, 182-207. 
 
 8. The relations existing during the centur}" of dramatic 
 productivity^ betw^een the poet and the aediles or other officers 
 who gave the games are known mainl}' through the prologues 
 of Terence^ and the Didascaliae. The pla}^ was sold by the 
 
 1 See esp. Hec. Prol. II., 14-27. 
 
 2 Especially the prologue of Ambivius Turpio to the Hecjra, with 
 the comments of Donatus. 
 
viii INTRODUCTION. 
 
 poet to the dominus gregis^ the owner of a troupe of slaves 
 trained in acting, and the giver of the games selected from 
 the stock of plan's in the hands of the dominus gregis / a pla}' 
 once sold passed entirely out of the control of the writer. In 
 this wa}' it came about that, when the period of dramatic 
 activity came to an end with the death of Terence, the man- 
 agers turned to their stock of old plays to satisfy the still 
 continuing demand, and the plays of Plautus, which had been 
 superseded for a time b}^ the comedies of Caecilius and Ter- 
 ence, were again brought upon the stage.-^ At this time the 
 prologues were rewritten in the form in which we have them, 
 with their allusions to customs or events known to be later 
 than the time of Plautus.^ The plays themselves, also, were 
 cut down or changed to suit the needs of the new actors, and 
 because of the popularity of Plautus pla3's by other writers 
 were presented under his name.^ As the earl}' literature 
 gradually became the subject of grammatical stud}' and com- 
 ment, in order to remove the confusion in regard to text and 
 genuineness, Varro separated from the rest the twent3'-one 
 pieces which he found attributed to Plautus in all lists,* and 
 by combining the varying readings of different actors' copies 
 
 1 See Cas. prol. 14 ff., which implies in tlie words seniores and iuniorcs a 
 period of about twenty years between tlie two representations. 
 
 - For instance, the reference to seats and a permanent theatre in 
 Capt. prol. 11 f. and elsewliere. 
 
 '^ Servius, introd. to Aen., says, Plantnm alii dicunt niijinti et tmani fib- 
 ulas scripsisse, alii quadraginta, alii centum; and Gellius, III., 3, 11, puts 
 the number at 130. 
 
 ^ Six writers of such lists (indices) are known. Beside the twenty- 
 one, Varro selected a large number of others wliicli on internal evidence 
 he held to be genuine, so that probably less than half of the work of 
 Plautus has been preserved. See Gell. III., 3, and Ritschl, Parerg. 73 fF., 
 Die Tabulae Varronianae. 
 
INTRODUCTION. ix 
 
 formed a fairl}^ consistent text.^ From this canon and text 
 (tlie Corpus Plautinimi) are derived the twenty plays 
 which we liave, the Vidularia having been lost with the last 
 leaves of an early manuscript. In the time of the Antonines 
 (the second centur}' of the Christian era) the text was again 
 worked over and modernized, and from this second revival 
 date the metrical arguments prefixed to the plays. ^ 
 
 9. Taking the period as a whole, it is probable that in 
 originality Naevius and Plautus stand at one extreme and 
 Terence at the other ; whatever, therefore, is common to 
 Plautus and Terence, ma}^ be taken as representative of the 
 conioedia palliata in general. 
 
 The prologues of Plautus are in a few cases brought into 
 the middle of the play, but usually they precede the play 
 and are spoken by an actor in a special prologue's dress (cf. 
 Chorus in vShaks. Henry V.), or by a mythological personage 
 (AuL, Rud., Trin.). Those which precede the play have 
 suffered much from change and interpolation, so that it is 
 difficult to decide what verses are genuine, but it is plain that 
 Plautus made large use of the prologue as a means of ex- 
 plaining the plot and situation. Without some such expla- 
 nation it would be impossible for the audience to distmguish 
 Jupiter and Mercur}' in the form of men from the real Am- 
 phitruo and Sosia ; similar explanation would be required 
 for the Captivi and the Menaechmi. In general, the pro- 
 
 1 Not perfectly consistent, since lie included in many cases two con- 
 flicting texts, e. g., the double ending of the Poenulus. The separation of 
 those conflicting texts is the purpose of the so-called Higher Criticism of 
 Plautus. 
 
 2 For descriptions and classification of the mss. the student is re- 
 ferred to Ritschl's Prolegomena (also in Opusc. V.), Goetz, Ditto- 
 graphien im Plautustexte, Baier, de Plauti Fab. Recensionibus Ambros. 
 et Pal. Brief descriptions are given in several English editions. 
 
X INTRODUCTION. 
 
 logues of Plautus relate to the pla}- ; the prologues of 
 Terence are replies to criticisms of his methods. 
 
 10. The division into acts and scenes is not found in the 
 mss., but was made b}- scholars in the sixteenth century. 
 There must have been, however, in the actors' copies some 
 stage directions for exits and entrances, and in the mss. these 
 are indicated bj^ the names of the characters or b}' Greek letters 
 serving the same purpose as names. But the action was not 
 interrupted at these points, nor is there good reason for 
 supposing that it halted when the stage happened to be 
 empty for a moment. In the Pseud., 573 b, the tihicen 
 played an interlude while the actors were off the stage, and 
 the same kind of pause may have occurred in other plays. 
 
 11. The only significant division of the plays is into 
 diuerhia and cantica. The diuerbiuni is a part written in 
 iambic senarii and spoken, probabl}' in a conversational tone 
 and with realistic action.-^ The cantica are of two kinds, 
 both having musical accompaniment. The parts written in 
 trochaic septenarii were declaimed or chanted to the sound 
 of the pipes like the recitative of a modern opera; the 
 cantica^ in the special sense of the word, were written in 
 various metres^ cretic, Bacchiac, anapestic, with rapid 
 changes from one metre to another, with a more sustained 
 musical accompaniment and in some cases if not always with 
 appropriate dancing. In Terence the two kinds of cantica 
 together occupy about half the pla}', but in Plautus the pro- 
 portion is larger,^ in the Pseud, about 8 : 5, in the Capt. 3 : 1, 
 
 1 See Don. introd. to Phorm., diuerhiis facetissimis et gestum desideran- 
 tibus scenicum ; also to Eun. 
 
 2 This preponderance of the lyrical element in PI. is not to be as- 
 cribed to the influence of the Old Comedy or the Middle Comedy, as has 
 been suggested, but to the native Italian element, and in this respect as 
 in others Ter. follows his Greek models the more closely. 
 
INTRODUCTION. xi 
 
 so that the total effect of such a pkiy was not iiuUkc that of a 
 modern comic opera, except that it had no chorus. The 
 cantica are not limited in number, but the senarii, the 
 trochaic septenarii^ and the Ijrical parts are arranged in a 
 general wa}' into five groups, which are doubtless connected 
 with the choral divisions of the drama of the time of Pericles. 
 The acts in this edition are marked in accordance with tliis 
 principle.^ 
 
 12. There existed in the time of Plautus no permanent 
 theatre in Rome. A temporary wooden stage was built for 
 each performance, and the space in front, perhaps on a 
 sloping hill-side, was enclosed within a stockade. There 
 were no permanent seats nor was a space reserved for sen- 
 ators until the year 19-i (Liv. XXXIV., 44, 54). There 
 was no movable scener}' ; from the rear of the stage pro- 
 jected the fronts of two or three houses with narrow alleys 
 between, and the stage represented the street in front of the 
 houses. Here all the action took place, banquets, toilets, 
 secret conferences, with an awkwardness for which the 
 characters sometimes apologize. On the stage was an altar 
 dedicated to the god of the feast, and in some plays, if not 
 in all, another belonging more immediately to the play, e. g.. 
 an altar of Diana in the Mil. Glor., of Venus in the Rudens. 
 Of the two entrances the one to the right of the spectators 
 led toward the forum and the citj', the one to the left toward 
 the port and the country. 
 
 13. The number of actors was not limited by an}' dra- 
 matic law as in the early Greek theatre,'-^ but motives of 
 
 1 After Spengel, Aktabtheilung d. Kom. d. PL, Miinchen, 1877. 
 
 2 The conclusions of F. Schmidt, Zahl d. Schausp., Erlangen, 1870, 
 rest upon the doubtful hypothesis that the dominus gregis would employ 
 tlie smallest possible number of actors, rather than the smallest number 
 consistent with convenience. 
 
Xll INTRODUCTION. 
 
 economy no doubt led to the assignment of more than one 
 part to a single actor. The costumes were Greek, and this 
 kind of comedy took its name from the pallium} The dif- 
 ferent classes of persons, slaves, old men, young men, 
 hetaerae^ lenones, were distinguished by special colors or 
 garments, so that the spectators were at once informed in a 
 general way of their character. Women's parts were played 
 by men, as on Shakspere's stage. Masks were not worn in 
 the time of Plautus, but false beards and hair and various 
 kinds of paints took their place sufficiently. The scene 
 of the play is always in a Greek city, frequently Athens, 
 and the time is. in general contemporary with the Greek 
 original. 
 
 14. It is apparent fr^m what has been said that there was 
 a mixture of Greek and Roman elements in the comoedia 
 palliata, the outline Greek, the details Roman. Though the 
 scene is laid in a Greek city, places in Rome are mentioned ; 
 matters pertaining to religion are Greek, but oaths and 
 prajxrs are Roman ; the food and table-service are Roman, 
 the wine is Greek ; the slaves are Greek, the punishments 
 inflicted upon them are such as the Romans used. But the 
 laws, the magistrates, the State, the wit and humor, — in 
 short, the life and spirit are intenselj' and spontaneoush' 
 Roman, so that contrasts which, when attention has been 
 called to them, are absurd enough, easil}' escape the notice 
 of a reader as they escaped the notice of hearers of the pla}'. 
 The}' are like the anachronisms in Shakspere. And this is 
 somewhat remarkable when the great differences in tone and 
 temper between the Athenian of the third centur}' and the 
 Roman of the Second Punic War are taken into the account. 
 
 ^ Comoedia palliata, to distinguish it from the comoedia tor/dia, in which 
 the dress of the actors was Koinan. 
 
INTRODUCTION. XI U 
 
 15. The hursh judginent which Horace passes upon early 
 Roman literature and upon Plautus in particular is well 
 known, but other competent critics estimated Plautus with 
 less bias. Cicero, de dVat. III., 12, 45, represents L. Cras- 
 sus as saying of bis wife's mother Laelia, earn sic audio, ut 
 Plautum mihi out N^aeuium uidear audire, and Pliny, 
 Epist. I.. IG, 6, says of some letters, also by a woman, 
 Plautum uel Terentium metro solutum legi credidi, calling 
 the writer doctam politamque. If this comparison be re- 
 versed, as it may fairly be, it is high praise to say that the 
 style of a drama resembles the speech of a cultivated woman, 
 which is beyond question the perfection . f colloquial lan- 
 guage. Varro, quoted by Quint. X., 1, 99, adopts the 
 phrase of Aelius Stilo, Miisas Plautino sermone locuturas 
 fuisse, si Latine loqui uellent. The judgment of Varro, 
 Cicero, and Piiny is decisive as to the style of a Latin 
 writer, but tested in other directions and by modern stand- 
 ards Plautus is a better pla^'-wright than poet. He is never 
 really reflective, and the few lines which he gives to philoso- 
 phising are intentional burlesques.^ For lofty thought or 
 ennobling conceptions of life or beauty of description the 
 reader will look almost in vain. Plautus is not a great poet ; 
 he is a maker of fUn and farce and jokes not always good, 
 full of the hearty spirit of the second century, un-moral nnd 
 sometimes coarse but not immoral, entirely unsentimental 
 and unaffected, and no more cramped than one of his own 
 slaves by a knowledge of those high literary standards which 
 Terence, with only partial success, labored to satisfy, and 
 which checked more and more the spontaneity of Roman 
 poetry. Out of the twenty plays at least half may fairly be 
 
 1 Cf. Capt. 284, philosophatur quoque iam, non mendax modost, and 
 Pseud. 607 ff., 687. 
 
xiv INTRODUCTION. 
 
 called good comedies : — Amphitruo, Aulularia, Bacchides, 
 Captivi, Meiiaechnii, Miles Gloriosus, Mostellaria, Pseudolus, 
 Rudeiis, and Trinummas. 
 
 16. The interest felt by philologists in the language of 
 the Plautine comedies is due less to the skill with which 
 Plautus writes, considerable as that is, than to the fact that 
 he reproduces, probably with great exactness, the Latin 
 spoken in Rome at the beginning of the second centur}^ 
 Before the 3'ear 240 writing had been employed chief!}' for 
 record and for official purposes, and except as it had been 
 used in debate and in extemporaneous versification the lan- 
 guage had received little of the polish which comes from lit- 
 erature. It would be incorrect to represent the Latin of 
 Plautus' time as a rude and wholly uncultivated dialect, but 
 it would be equall^^ incorrect to confuse it with the far more 
 finished instrument which Vergil used. During the life-time 
 of Plautus began the remarkable divergence of the literary 
 from the spoken language, a phenomenon which appears in 
 some form in the speech of everj" highlj^ civilized race, but 
 which is more marked in Latin than in English. Just at 
 this time the Romans took final and complete possession 
 of Italy, and the Latin became, in consequence, the language 
 of commerce and of official intercourse, and, in coincidence 
 with this, the Graeco-Roman literature gave the needed 
 refinement and power of imaginative expression. In this 
 cultivated and regulated Latin were written nearly all the 
 works which are still read for their literar}^ merit. The 
 spoken Latin, after comedy came to an end, is found only 
 b}^ chance in literature. Catullus, Horace in the Satires, and 
 Livy in the speeches are somewhat colored by it, but the 
 letters of Cicero are our main source of knowledge of the 
 Latin as it was spoken hy cultivated men toward the end of 
 
INTRODUCTION. ^ XV 
 
 the Republic. Apuleius and MMitial and some of the Chris- 
 tian writers continue the development. While the literar}' 
 Latin became the vehicle for the platitudes of Lucan and 
 Silius Italicus and finally came to its death in the pedantic 
 Ciceronianism of the humanists, the spoken Latin has at no 
 time ceased to be the living means of communication be- 
 tween men, passing over by slow and regular development 
 into the liomance languages. 
 
 Now riautus gives not simply the first connected specimen 
 of the Latin language, but also the only specimen of the 
 purely natural language. He wrote just as this long diver- 
 gence was beginning, while the language was as yet unin- 
 fluenced by logical regulations, and the Latin of his plays is 
 the source both of the spoken and of the literar}' language. 
 For this reason the usage of Plautus must be the starting- 
 point of all historical investigation of the Latin. It is hardlj' 
 an exaggeration to say that all stud\' of Romance philology 
 leads back to Plautus, His language, therefore, is to be studied 
 not merel}' as a means of expression used by a writer of some 
 special power, but much more for the sake of and in view of 
 the general laws which govern the growth of all language. 
 
 17. Coming at a time of transition, Plautus retains forms 
 and usages from the earlier Latin : ^ — 
 
 -In orthograph}' quo is regular for cu in quoin ^ quoius^ 
 quoi., etc. ; uo is used for uu^ seruos, tuos ; uo for we, uoster, 
 
 ^ The second of the Elogia Scipionum, C. I. L., I., p. 18, may serve as 
 a specimen of the priscn Latinitas : — 
 
 hone oino ploirume cosentiont Il[omail 
 
 duonoro optumo fuise uiro [uirorum]. 
 
 2 The following outline and lists are intended only for illustration of 
 
 the more marked peculiarities of the Latin of comedy, and make no 
 
 attempt at completeness. Fuller explanations of some of these points 
 
 will be found in tlie notes. 
 
xvi . INTRODUCTION. 
 
 uoto^ uorto; u is used for later i in lubens^ in some superla- 
 tives, optumus^ maximius^ etc. ; ei is sometimes found in the 
 mss. (and in inscriptions) for 1; h is not used in erus, 
 umerus^ and some similar words. Assimilation is not gen- 
 eral in compounds, adcurro, adjinis^ inmortalis^ conlocare^ 
 though the usage varies considerabl3^ All these peculiarities 
 are supported hy inscriptions. 
 
 In declension the gen. of the first decl. in al^ filial^ comoe- 
 diai^ and perhaps in as ; the gen. and dat. in e^fide^ die^ the 
 gen. of the fourth decl. in i, uicti for uictus, and dat. in w, 
 risu, reappear, though less frequently, in archaic imitations 
 in later Latin. Forms of pronouns are more unlike those of 
 the classical period; eampse, eopse for ipmni^ ipso; hisce, 
 ilUsce in the nom. pi. masc. ; uni gen. ; illae dat. ; mis^ tis, 
 for mei, tui, are found more or less frequently. 
 
 The old forms of verbs are like those to be found in quota- 
 tions of early laws in Cicero and Liv}', duint^faxo^ faxim., 
 empsi'in^ audlbo^ fitat, siem, siet, creduas^ the infin. in -ier^ 
 and man}' others. 
 
 18. B}' the side of the early forms Plautus used also later 
 ones, so that he had at his command (and this is a marked ad- 
 vantage in the Latin of his time) two or more forms of iden- 
 tical meaning which could be put to different uses, e. g., siet 
 or the infin. in -ier for the end of a senarius or troch. septen., 
 duint, faxint for curses. Nouns varied in gender and declen- 
 sion, and verbs in conjugation, e. //. , between the 2d and the 
 3d conj. ; some verbs which are prevailingly or exclusively de- 
 ponent in the classical period liave active forms in Plautus, 
 as arbitro^ opino. This variation in inflection should be 
 understood not only as showing that newer forms had come 
 in b}^ the side of the earlier without at once or wholl}' 
 displacing them, but also as indicating that the distinc- 
 
INTRODUCTION. xvii 
 
 tions of inflection were not yet so definitel}' fixed as they 
 became in the regulated language. In so far the varia- 
 tion itself is a survival from an earlier stage of devel- 
 opment. 
 
 19. In constructions and phraseology the same tendencies 
 to retain the old and accept the new appear. 
 
 The uses of the cases are in the main like those of the 
 classical period. The use of a noun in apposition, instead of 
 a gen. {_maxuma pars homines) is an illustration of para- 
 taxis in noun constructions ; utor with ace. belongs to early 
 Latin ; ad is used in the sense of aj^ud (in libertatest ad 
 patrem in patria^ cf. ad terrarn with Fr. a terre); in is used 
 with the abl. of time within which an event occurs, cum and 
 ab have peculiar uses, and the freedom with which preposi- 
 tions may be expressed or omitted must be regarded as a 
 survival from the adverbial stage. 
 
 In the moods traces of parataxis, that is, of the connection 
 of sentences by coordination or juxtaposition instead of by 
 subordination, are to be found everj'where. So a second in- 
 dependent sentence is used instead of a result clause, lassum 
 reddiderunt : iiix ejninebam for ut uix em,inerem. In the 
 same way a clause with ita follows a clause which in logical 
 arrangement would express the result. Thus/acco is used 
 with the future or with the subjunct. without tit, and cer- 
 tumst with the future. These are the more obvious illustra- 
 tions ; of the same nature is the frequent or prevailing use of 
 the indie, in clauses where the classical usage requires the 
 subjunct., e. ^., in certain kinds of indirect question and in 
 qiLom clauses.-^ 
 
 1 See Langen, Beitr. p. 231 ; Schnoor, Quaest. PI, Kiel, 1878; Weis- 
 senborn, Parataxis, Burghaiisen, 1884; Weninger, de Parat. in Ter., 
 Erlangen, 1888. 
 
 h 
 
XVlll INTRODUCTION. 
 
 20. Words develop in meiining not less surely than in 
 form and construction. So arlolari^ 7'eprehendere^ praedicare^ 
 perplexim., enim^ and man3' others have in Plautus a sense 
 quite different from the later one. The lexicons sometimes 
 give the Piautine meaning in its proper place at the head 
 of the article ; but the numerous careful studies of early 
 meanings in Langen's Beitrilge (some ninety- in all) show 
 how large a contribution to Latin lexicography is still to 
 be made from Plautus. 
 
 21. The various forms of alliteration, rhyme, and figura 
 etymologica^ to which reference is made in the notes, belong 
 properl}' to the early stage of the language, though their use 
 continues in the classical period. 
 
 22. It is the fact that Plautus wrote at a time of rapid 
 change in the Latin that makes these inheritances from an 
 earlier time so prominent ; the remaining peculiarities of his 
 language are the result of its colloquial character, and their 
 interest is psychological rather than historical. The forces 
 which the^' illustrate are still at woi'k and ma}' be studied in 
 colloquial English. 
 
 The language of conversation tends to exaggeration. The 
 words are not weighed with care ; the}' seem to the speaker 
 an inadequate expression of his thought or emotion, and he 
 endeavors to emphasize the idea b}' repeating it in a slightl}' 
 different form. So we find phrases like laetus lubens laudes 
 cigo^ redire denuo, proho etfideli et fido et cum magna fide. 
 This accounts for the tautological use of magis with com- 
 paratives, m,agis certius, magis auctius^ and for the similar 
 use of adaeque {adaeque m^iserior). In the same wa}' pairs 
 of words are used where single words would suffice, especially 
 adverbs of time and place, like illic ibi, turn ibi, tum igitw\ 
 — of. Engl. " this here," " that there." In some cases the 
 
1^'TKODUCTION. xix 
 
 colloquial exaggeration has not produced the fulness of ex- 
 pression, but has merely preserved it. So the antecedent is 
 often expressed both in the demons, and in the relat. clause, 
 (jna causa, ea causa, or a demonstrative word, like igitur, 
 ilico, marks the beginning of the main clause, as so is used 
 in German and the?i in English. The tendency to exaggera- 
 tion doubtless contributed to preserve the Jigura tti/mologica 
 in such phrases as m'lsera niiseria, pulcra pulcritudo. 
 
 23. With this went hand in hand the tendency to exhaust 
 a word of its meaning, and then to continue to use it as, in 
 the true sense, an expletive. Such loss of meaning is to be 
 detected onlj- b}' finding misapplications of it. Adjectives 
 are especiallj' liable to this abuse ; the German reizend, the 
 English " awful," and the school-girl's '"' lovel}'" are modern 
 illustrations. Plautus uses lepidus as a word of praise with- 
 out discrimination, and scelestus is the corresponding word 
 of reprobation. So /;6ni is a mere exclamation, and most 
 forms of curse have undergone a complete loss of their origi- 
 nal meaning. In frequentlj^ used questions abin f becomes 
 practically equivalent to ahi and audin ? to audi / ain tu 
 uero f is like the New England '' you don't saj' ! " — a mere 
 expression of surprise. The diminutives, which often do not 
 differ in sense from their primitives, and the frequentative 
 and intensive verbs, all verj' common in Plautus, have under- 
 gone both processes ; they have first been used in an exag- 
 gerated way, where the thought demanded only the simple 
 word, and then from repeated use have sunk back into the 
 original meaning. A few words have twice been intensified 
 and twice exhausted of the added force. 
 
 24. Slang words, which abound in Plautus, differ from the 
 foregoing in that the}' are used at first with a more deliberate 
 and generall}^ a comic intention. The terms for cheating 
 
XX INTRODUCTION. 
 
 illustrate this well ; admordere^ tangere, interuortere, dare 
 uerba, os sublinere, adtondere, eniungere^ deartuare^ exente- 
 rare, deasciare, deruncinare are some of the words which, by 
 the use of a comic figure, add vividness to the idea of cheat- 
 ing. So in the use of terms of endearment and abuse 
 Plautus ma3' have heightened the natural characteristics of 
 the language, but such words as carnufex, mastigia^ fur- 
 ciftr^ uerbero, were thoroughly' Roman, and are said to have 
 their counterparts in modern ltal3\ The locus dassicus for 
 abusive terms is Pseud. 3G0 ff. ; for a string of pet-names, 
 niea uoluptas, niea delicia^ etc., see Poen. 365 ff. 
 
 25. A language so flexible as the Latin of Plautus easil^^ 
 admitted new words, either foreign importations or coinages 
 from Latin stems. So we find man^^ Greek words used with- 
 out change or slightly Latniized like the verbs in -isso from 
 -i^oj. The comic formations doubtless dropped out of the 
 language after serving their purpose, and our ignorance of 
 the vocabulary before Plautus makes an exact estimate im- 
 possible ; but all the indications are that the period was one 
 of real productivity in language, and in this respect, as in 
 many others, resembled the Ehzabethan Age. 
 
 26. The earliest forms of Italian verse were apparently 
 accentual with large but irregular use of recurrent consonant 
 sounds, — the primitive rhythm of every race, which still 
 lingers in nursery songs. The Saturnian measure, used by 
 Livius Andronicus in his translation of the Odyssey and by 
 Naevius in the Bellum Punicum, was an advance upon these. 
 It had a strict caesura, and may have been partly or wholly 
 quantitative ; but it was at the best too rough and too 
 monotonous for the drama. Both Livius Andronicus and 
 Naevius, therefore, though they had employed it in narrative 
 l)oetry, turned to the Greek for models for their dramatic 
 
INTRODUCTION. xxi 
 
 metres. Their models, however, were not the strict rhythms 
 of the earh' lyric and dramatic poetry- ; from these the Greek 
 poets, especialh' in corned}', had gradually fallen away. In 
 the iambic trimeter, for example, where Aesch3lus rarely 
 allowed two short syllables for an accented long, Euripides 
 was much freer, and the writers of the New Comedy had ex- 
 tended the resolutions under the ictus so far that the feet of 
 three syllables outnumbered the feet of two syllables. A 
 similar change had taken place in regard to the caesura, 
 which the later writers frequently neglected. The models 
 which the Roman dramatists followed were therefore alread}' 
 somewhat free in their versification, and this freedom the 
 Romans increased bj" setting aside the law of the dipod}'. 
 That is, while the Greek poets, even in the New Comedy, 
 made a distinction between the odd feet and the even feet of 
 the iambic trimeter, permitting the spondee in the first foot 
 but not in the second, I o— w— I, the Romans made no dis- 
 tinction, but allowed the spondee and its equivalents in the 
 even feet also, except the sixth. On the other hand, the}' 
 were strict in their observance of the caesura, perhaps 
 through the influence of the Saturnian measure, and they im- 
 posed upon themselves certain laws, the meaning of which is 
 not yet fully understood, in regard to the relation between 
 the end of a word and the end of a foot. Thus, though the 
 dactyl may take the place of the iambus anywhere except in 
 the sixth foot, a dactylic word-foot, | mili'tis |, | dicere |, is 
 very rarely found except in the first foot. So in the 8,000 
 senarii a spondaic word-foot occurs only 27 times in the 
 second foot, and anapestic words only 17 times.^ It is there- 
 
 1 Ritschl, Proll. Cap. XV. ; 0. Brugman, Quemadmoduni in Iamb. 
 Sen., etc., Bonn, 1874; W. Meyer, Beobachtung d. Wortaccentes, Mun- 
 chen, 1884. The facts are admitted by all; the question at issue is 
 
xxii INTRODUCTION. 
 
 fore quite incorrect to speak of Plautus as careless in his 
 versification ; tlie prosod}' of liis time was not yet fixed into 
 hard and fast lines and the laws of his versification were in 
 some respects free ; but in the observance of those laws he 
 shows a high degree of precision. 
 
 27. The Iambic Senarius is the verse in which the cliuer- 
 hium is written and the metre most frequently' employed by 
 Plautus. It is the Roman substitute for the Greek trimeter. 
 The sixth foot is always pure, with syllaha cmceps, ^ 6, but 
 all the other feet allow the substitution of a long for the short 
 syllable and of two short syllables for the long. The sena- 
 rius, therefore, permits in any of the first five feet the tri- 
 brach ^J^, the dactyl — J^, the spondee — Z, and the 
 anapest ww_/. The proceleusmatic, wwww^ is found rarely 
 outside of the first foot. The close of the verse is subject to 
 careful laws. The fifth foot cannot be an iambic word, but is 
 either a spondaic or anapestic word-ending, or else the verse 
 ends with a cretic word, —^—, or with a polysyllable. The 
 caesura is strictly observed ; it comes after the unaccented 
 syllable of the third foot or of the fourth, and in the latter 
 case there is often a secondary caesura after the second foot. 
 
 28. The Iambic Septenarius (Greek tetrameter catalectic) 
 is much more rarely used. It is divided by a strict caesura, 
 usually after the fourth foot, which permits hiatus and sijU. 
 anceps. It admits all the resolutions and substitutions of 
 the senarius ; but the fourth foot is pure like the sixth of the 
 senarius, and the third is like the fifth. 
 
 whether the facts are to be explained by supposing that tlie writers in- 
 tentionally avoided certain conflicts between word-accent and ictus, or 
 by the hypothesis of a new dipody law and as an unintended result of 
 the avoidance of a monosyllable at the end of the verse or before the 
 caesura. 
 
INTKODUCTION. xxili 
 
 29. The Trochaic Septenarius is, after the senarius, the 
 verse most frequenth' used, and is the regular metre for reci- 
 tative passages. It has caesura after the fourth foot, often 
 with a secondar}' caesura after the second foot. Hiatus and 
 syll. anceps occur in the caesura, generall}' with a pause in the 
 sentence. As the verse ends with a half- foot, _wl:^, making 
 an iambic close, it is subject to the same laws as those which 
 govern the fifth and sixth feet of the senarius, and there arc 
 also limitations in regard to word-endings. Except for this, 
 resolutions are permitted freel}' without distinction between 
 odd and even feet, and the metre is a liveh' and effective one. 
 
 30. Other metres are used chiefly in the cantica. The 
 Iambic Octonarius occurs onl}' about 300 times in Plautus, 
 and, as used b}' him, has the caesura regularly after the fourth 
 foot ; this divides the verse even!}', and each half is like the 
 first half of the iamb, septen. The acatalectic dimeter (qua- 
 ternarius) is found occasion alh', and is the same as either half 
 of the octon. The catalectic dimeter is sometimes used as a 
 clausula. 
 
 The Trochaic Octonarms is made up of two equal parts, 
 each like the firs.t half of the septen. ; the caesura in the 
 middle allows hiatus and syll. anceps. Apparently this verse 
 is freer than the septen., so that it is not alwa^'s possible 
 to distinguish it from anapestic octonarius.^ A few of the 
 shorter trochaic verses are used in the cantica, e. g.., a com- 
 bination of two catalectic tripodies in Pseud. 259, 1267 f., 
 1302. 
 
 31. Anapestic rhythms are especiall}' free in resolutions 
 and in succession of feet, allowmg occasionally a dac- 
 t3'lic word-foot and the dactyl and anapest in succession, 
 — \j\j\Kj\j—y an awkward combination not found in other 
 
 1 The question is discussed at length in Spengel's Reformvorschlage. 
 
xxiv INTRODUCTION. 
 
 metres. Unusual licenses in prosody are more frequent in 
 anapestic verse than elsewhere. The Septenarius and Octo- 
 narius are the most common metres, with caesura after the 
 fourth foot, permitting hiatus and syll. anceps. Tlie shorter 
 verses are used in the cantica in systems or singh'. 
 
 32. Cietics, — v^ — , are used onlj^ in the cantica. Reso- 
 lution of either long syllable is allowed except at the end of a 
 verse, making Oww— or —www, but not both in the same 
 foot. The short syllable may be replaced b}' a long, making 
 
 — , but seldom more than once in a verse, and never in 
 
 the last foot. The tetrameter is frequentl}- used in cantica., 
 and is a carefully constructed and effective verse. It has the 
 caesura in the middle, and the short syllable and final long 
 of the second and fourth feet are always pure. The dhneter 
 is also used and is found in the Pseud. 1285 ff. in combina- 
 tion with trochaic rhythms. 
 
 33. The Bacchius, w — — , is used somewhat less frequenth'. 
 It permits resolution of either long, www— or w — ww, but not 
 both in the same foot. The short may be replaced by a long, 
 and this may be resolved into ww — — , but these freedoms are 
 carefully guarded so that the character of the verse shall not 
 be lost. The tetrameter is most frequent, and the dimeter is 
 also found. 
 
 34. In regard to the use of these verses in the cantica 
 there is great uncertainty. In some cases a single rhythm 
 prevails {e. g.^ Bacchiac in Most. 85 ff. : cretic-trochaic in 
 Most. 690 ff., Ps. 1285 ff.) and gives definite character to the 
 whole canticum ; in other cases the different kuids of rhythm 
 are used together without any regular system. There is no 
 strophic arrangement, as in the Greek chorus-passages, and 
 the attempts of scholars to find a complete explanation of the 
 facts have been thus far unsuccessful. Cantica like Pseud. 
 
INTRODUCTION. XXV 
 
 574-594, 1285 ff., must simply be accepted as the\' stand in 
 the mss. 
 
 35. Hiatus is permitted, as has been said, in those verses 
 which are divided into two equal or nearl}' equal parts by 
 diaeresis or caesura at the end of a foot, that is, in septe- 
 narii and octonarii, and in Bacchiac and cretic tetrameters. 
 Examples in the Pseud, are 191, 256, 597, 94G, 1244, 1268 a, 
 1293, 1327. As this kind of verse-pause permits also syllaba 
 anceps^ the hiatus is evidentlv more apparent than real. 
 Hiatus occurs frequently where there is a change of speakers, 
 as in 31, 79, 338, 448, 625, 846, 1079, though elision is still 
 more frequent. Further, a long monosyllable under the ictus 
 is generally not elided before a short vowel, but is shortened. 
 So 62 cum ea, 72 qua ego^ 203 qiit cmiant^ 313 nam tstuc, 
 318, 325, 337, 376, 415, 549, 650, 880, 1024, 1120, 1171, 
 1209. Interjections in Plautus, as in the stricter poets, are 
 often exempt from elision. Bevond these limits it is not cer- 
 tain that Plautus permitted hiatus. In the form in which the 
 text appears in the mss., there are many cases of hiatus 
 which do not fall into anv of the classes given above ; it is 
 quite certain that most of these are the result of some error 
 in the mss., but it is also possible that some of them may 
 be hereafter reduced to system and proven to be legitimate. 
 
 36. The prosody of a word is a part of its orthograph}', 
 and the laws which have been illustrated above in forms and 
 s^mtax affect also the quantity of vowels in Plautus ; certain 
 quantities are survivals from the earlier prosody, which passed 
 out of use, wholly or mainly, before the Augustan time ; 
 other peculiarities are due to the progress of the language, 
 and ma}' be traced into the Romance languages, even when 
 they have not affected the literarj' Latin. 
 
 37. Synizesis is largely used with certain classes of words, 
 
XXVI INTRODUCTION. 
 
 7neus, ticos, suos, dies, deics, the dissyllabic forms of is^ and 
 regularly when two vowels are brought together by composi- 
 tion, as in proi?i, proinde 679, 1197, dehinc, deinde^ quoad 
 622, as well as in man}^ other words. Examples in this plaj- 
 are mei 6, mea 316, meam 344, 496, tui 6, 11, 378, tuo 293, 
 tuos (ace.) 552, suo^ 234, 411, suae 175, ei 58, ea 55, 92, 
 eorum 140, eo 184, 858, huius 201, 733, 823, quoins 210, 
 illius 1091 (also istius, ipsius, etc.), dies 241, 1268, rei 58, 
 175, 1120, aiebat regularly aibat^ sciam 1120, 60, earn (ire) 
 1328, 1329. Some other cases less regular than these are 
 found in anapests, but nouns like filius^ gratia are rarely con- 
 tracted, and gratiis is in Plautus always tris^-llabic, though in 
 classical Latin it became gratis^ 
 
 38. Many final syllables which afterward were shortened 
 or made common, retain in Plautus invariably or occasion- 
 ally their original long quantity. Thus es (from esse) , -or in 
 nouns, verbs {fateor 848, uocor 1210) and comparatives and 
 -ar in verbs are always long. Occasional instances are 
 found of f Hit (1278*") , offieri^ flerem^ at the end of an iamb, 
 sen. ; of the verbal endings, -et^ -It, in the 4th conj., in perf. 
 (uixtt SI 1, dixit 596) and in the subjunct., of -er, at (erdt 
 Hor.) and -is, as well as of the nom. 1st decl. in -a (cf gen. 
 in -at). 
 
 39, In respect to certain consonants, the pronunciation of 
 the time of Plautus was less precise than the pronunciation of 
 the Augustan age. Final s was so weak that it did not 
 make position with a consonant in the next word, even in the 
 sixth foot of the senarius ; so sahios sls^pei^dis me, estts nunc, 
 etc.-^ With words ending in s, the forms es, est, unite almost 
 as freely as with words ending in a vowel, as same's, meiist. 
 
 1 Cf. Orat. 161, where Cic. speaks of the poetae noui as just introducing 
 the strong final s. 
 
INTRODUCTION. XXvil 
 
 The sound of m and n was weakened in the common words 
 inde, tuide^ nenipe (o53, 1189), so that the first syUable is 
 short, and ille^ iste were also shortened by frequent use into 
 ille^ iste (of. form ste). 
 
 40. The most important differences between the prosod}' of 
 Plautus and that of Yergil and Horace are produced by the 
 accent. It is probable, on the one hand, that the language 
 still felt the effect of the earl}' accent laws, which, hy allow- 
 ing the accent to fall upon other syllables than the penult 
 or antepenult, favored certain contractions like conavisse^ 
 amdsse. This may account for some apparent cases of syn* 
 cope, iiohiptatum 69, iiohmtate 537, rninisteriis 772.^ But 
 the new law restricting the accent to the penult or antepenult 
 had alread}' in the time of Plautus greath' affected the lan- 
 guage. The tendenc}' to pronounce the final syllable less 
 distinctly was increased b}' the fact that this syllable was 
 never accented, and thus final consonants were dropped in 
 pronunciation,^ and final long vowels were shortened. Espe- 
 ciall}' in iambic words it was difficult to give the final syllable 
 its full weight after the accented short vowel. So the final 
 consonant of iambic words like apud^ quidem 25, 30, erat^ 
 erit 154, ^:>«/7^?/i, senex, iacit, caputs etc., did not make posi- 
 tion with a consonant in the next word. In the same wa}' a 
 final long vowel in an iambic word was often shortened, 
 especialh' in the imperatives, uide 48, 942, mane 240, iuh'^ 
 ^^^y, roga 114, ahi^ tene^ tace, etc. ; and also in other words, 
 nouo modo 569, dolos 580, uiros 167, mala (abl.) 104, mall 
 142. But when such a word was spoken with special em- 
 
 1 These are now generally explained according to §§ 41, 42, udluptd- 
 tum, etc. But I believe that the explanation by syncope, carried too 
 far by Ritschl, has been recently too much neglected. 
 
 2 So MATE HE CUP A — mater hie cuhat in an inscription. 
 
xxviii INTRODUCTION. 
 
 phasis it might retain its long qnantit}', as pane 103. This 
 general tendency had great influence in the colloquial Latin 
 at all periods, but was checked b\' Ennius in the literary lan- 
 guage, so that it appears onl}^ occasional!}' as in hene^ tnale^ 
 and in the common quantity' of mihi^ tibX, sihi^ etc. 
 
 41. The cases given above include only iambic words 
 shortened b}' the word-accent ; in the versification of comedy 
 the verse-ictus has the same effect, not onl}' upon iambic 
 words, but also upon iambic combinations of syllables, 
 whether the accent coincides with the ictus or not. This is 
 especially frequent with monosyllables or words which be- 
 come monosyllables b}' elision, dd hoc 135, quid hoc quod 
 479, sed tecum 905, pol iste 195, quid tstuc 608, sed tstic 
 699, quid est 911, tibi ut caueres 1227, quod in ynanu, sed 
 ddde, quid exprobras, sed dd p>ostremwn, jC>o^esto^em, de- 
 disti, uicissatim, etc. 
 
 42. Further, the influence of the ictus is felt, not onl}- upon 
 a following, but also upon a preceding long S3'llable, when 
 that S3'llable is itself preceded by a short vowel. So quis hic 
 loquitur 445, sedhunc quein 592, et hic qudrn 594, sed eccum 
 911, ego tstuc 945, nisi effecero 950, ego dps te 916, nimts- 
 que ego 1019, uetustdte, taberndculo , Alexdndrum, ubi dc- 
 cdsio, ibi extemplo^ sed uxor, etc. 
 
 These lists of syllables shortened under the influence of 
 the accent or the ictus mi2;ht be extended to hundreds of 
 ilUistrations, but it should be noticed that they are strictly 
 limited to iambic combinations, and that the ictus alwa3's 
 falls upon the syllable immediately before or after the long 
 syllable. That is, w — becomes ^w or w — ^ becomes \J\^^^, 
 but no change of quantity- takes place in combinations like 
 dicit, dicemus, dtcemiis, or where the long sellable has the 
 ictus. 
 
INTRODUCTION. xxix 
 
 The Pseudolus. 
 
 43. The Pseudolus is cue of the few pla\'S which can be 
 exactly- dated. At the time when the comedies became the 
 subject of critical slud}' certain details in regard to date and 
 representation were recorded in the niss., in imitation of 
 similar ScSao-K-aXiat in the Greek. The Ambrosian Palim- 
 psest (A) has preserved a few frag-ments of these, including 
 the following to the Pseudolus : — 
 
 M • IVNIO M • FIL PR VRB 
 AC A 
 
 From the didascaliae to the plays of Terence, which are 
 preserved in full, and to the Stichus^ it is apparent that this 
 must be the name of the official v,'ho presided over the games. 
 From Liv}' XXXVI., 36. it ap[)ears that after the bringing 
 of the stone of the Magna Mater Idaea to Rome the censors 
 of the 3-ear 204 made contracts for the building of a temple, 
 and treclecini cfnnis post quum locata erat [i. e., in 191 B.C.] 
 dedicamt earn M. Innius Brutus^ Indique oh dedicaiionem 
 eiits facti, quos 2)rhiios scenicos faisse Antias Vcderius est 
 auctor^ Megalesia appellatos. The fact that there were no 
 
 ^ Tlie didascalia to the Sticlms is as follows: — 
 
 [T. MACCI PLAVTI STICHVS] 
 
 GRAECA ADELPHOE MENANDRV 
 
 ACTA LVDIS PLEBEIS 
 
 CN • BAEBIO C • TERENTIO AED • PL • 
 
 [EGIT] 
 
 T PUBLILIVS PELLIO 
 
 LM0D03 FECIT] 
 
 MARCIPOR OPPII 
 
 TIBIIS SERRANIS TOTAM 
 
 [FACTA EST?] 
 
 C • SVLPICIO C AVRELIO COS • 
 
XXX INTRODUCTION. 
 
 censors in office for 191, and that the consuls were with the 
 army accounts for the dedication of the temple b}' the praetor 
 urbanas. The last line should read AC[TA MEG]A[LE- 
 8I1S]. The Pseudolns was therefore presented in the year 
 101 B.C., at the special Megalesian games, lasting several 
 da^'s,^ upon the occason of the dedication of the temple to 
 the Magna Mater. 
 
 44. The scene of the play, as of more than half the come- 
 dies, is Athens (202, 270). The stage presented three houses 
 (952). As Ballio's house was the seventh from the harbor- 
 side, the left, and the alley between that house and Simo's 
 was the sixth (597, 960) from the gate, Ballio's house must 
 have been on the right, Simo's in the middle, and CaUipho's 
 on the left.^ Tlie time of the Greek original, which is left 
 unchanged in the Roman pla}^ was the day before the 
 great Dionysiac festival (59 f.) in March-April, from noon 
 to the middle of the afternoon (530, 664, 1157f). 
 
 45. The Pseudolus has more than the usual number of 
 inconsistencies of plot. In 9, Pseudolus knows nothing of the 
 love troubles of Calidorus, though he is his confidential ad- 
 viser (16) and the whole town is gossiping about the matter 
 (415 if.). In 225 if. the threat against Phoenicium is in 
 direct contradiction to Ballio's expectation of selling her 
 that same day (or the next day). In 344 ff., Calidorus is 
 surprised and indignant at hearing that an agreement had 
 been made to sell Phoenicium, though this fact has been 
 known to him hos multos dies (9, 51 ff.) from the letter. 
 In 385 f Pseudolus asks for a helper, astutum, doctum^ 
 
 1 See last line of play, in crastiuuni nos noco. 
 
 2 Tliat the third house was Calliplio's is probable from uicinus, 411; 
 in the sing, this word, used 25-30 tiiiies in PI., always refers to a per- 
 son whose house was on the stage. 
 
INTRODUCTION. XXXI 
 
 caution et calUdum, tluit is, a slave; immediately after he 
 asks for a certus amicus, and tliis coiifiisioii is repeated 
 111 the scene with Chariniis, 711 ff. In 507-21 Pseiidolus 
 tells Simo that he will swindle him out of twenty minae^ ))iit 
 no fui'ther notice is taken of this threat, nor is it at all car- 
 ried out b}' the willing payment of twenty minae, 1313. In 
 551, Callipho, at the earnest request of Pseudolus, promises 
 to stay in town and see the matter through, but he does not 
 appear again in the play. In 699 ff., Pseudolus and Charinus 
 know nothing of each other in spite of the intimac}' of each 
 with Calidorus. Scenes III. 1 and 2 (767-893) are super- 
 fluous, though not absolutely contradictory of anything in the 
 rest of the plot. Some of these contradictions are doubtless 
 due to late interpolations and some of the passages are so 
 marked in the text, but enough remain to show that Plautus 
 cared less for the small virtue of consistenc}' than for the 
 immediate comic effect upon his uncritical audience.-^ In 
 spite of these defects the Pseudolus ranks high among the 
 pla3's of Plautus, and was even in Cicero's time a favorite 
 with the public.^ 
 
 Modern imitations of the Pseudolus are few. Reinhard- 
 stoettner,*^ p. 39, gives a record of the presentation of the 
 play in Coburg in 1599, at the Rathaus on the Gregoriusfest 
 by the Rektor and scholars of the gymnasium. The Danish 
 
 1 See Langen, Plautinische Studien, p 00. This book is the store- 
 liouse of information about tlie plots. Certain other contradictions in 
 the Pseud , explainable, I believe, neither by the general carelessness 
 of PL, nor by the liypothesis of double recension, would require too 
 much space for discussion here. 
 
 '^ Philipp. 11. , 6, 15, Pro. Rose Amer. vii., 20, xvii., 50. 
 
 ^ Spatere Bearbeitungen Piautinischer Lustspiele, Leipzig, 1886. 
 
xxxii INTRODUCTION. 
 
 di-iiiiiatist Ludvig Holberg (1G84-1754) made it the basis of 
 one of his best-known plays, Diderich Menschen-Skriik (i.e., 
 -S(;hreck), wliich was often repeated and was translated into 
 German. Lessing also planned a play based upon the Fseu- 
 dolus, but did not complete it. 
 
T. xMACCI PLAVTI PSEVDOLVS 
 
 AEGVMENTVM I. 
 
 Praes^ntis numerat quindecim iiiil^s iiiiiias : 
 Simiil consignat symbolum, ut Phoeiiicium 
 Ei det leno qui eum relicuo adferat. 
 Veni^nteiii caculam intemortit symbolo 
 Dicdns Syrum se Ballioiiis Pseudolus, 
 Op^mque erili ita attulit: nam Simiae 
 Lend mulierem, qu^m is supposuit, tradidit. 
 Venit Harpax ueras : rds palam cognoscitur, 
 Sen^xque argentum quod erat pactus I'^ildidit. 
 
AKGVMENTVM II. 
 
 Calidorus meretriceni adulescens Plioenicium 
 
 Ecflictim deperibat iiuinmoruni iDdigus. 
 
 Eandem miles, qui uiginti niiUierem 
 
 Minis mercatus abiit, soluit quindecim, 
 
 Scortiiin reliquit ad lenonem, ac symboluni, 5 
 
 Vt, qui attulisset siguum simile cdtero 
 
 Cum prdtio, secum au^heret emptam millierem. 
 
 Mox missus ut prehdndat scortum a milite 
 
 Venit calator militaris. Hiinc dolis 
 
 Adgr^ditur adulescdutis seruos Pseudolus 10 
 
 Tamquam lenonis atriensis, symbolum 
 
 Aufert minasque quinque acceptas miltuas 
 
 Dat siibditiuo caculae cum symbolo. 
 
 Lenonem fallit sycopbanta cacula: 
 
 Scorto Calidorus potitur, uino Pseudolus. 15 
 
PERSONAE. 
 
 PSEVDOLVS SERVOS 
 
 CALIDORVS ADVLESCENS 
 
 BALLIO LEXO 
 
 SI MO SEX EX 
 
 CALLIPHO SEX EX 
 
 HARPAX CACVLA 
 
 CHARIXVS ADVLESCENS 
 
 PVER 
 
 COQVOS 
 
 SIMIA SYCOPHANTA. 
 
PKOLOGVS. 
 
 Exporgi meliust Mmbos atque exsilrgier 
 Plautina lonoa fabula in scaenam ueiiit. 
 
I., 1, 1-19. 
 
 ACTVS I. 
 
 PSEVDOLVS. CaLIDORVS. 
 
 PsE. Si ex_t^_tacente fieri possem cdrtior, 
 
 Ere, quci^ misehae t6 tarn luisere macerent, 
 Duonlm labori ego hominum parsiss^m lubeiis : 5 
 Mei t^ rogandi et tui respondendi mihi. 
 Xunc quoniam id fieri uon potest, nec^ssitas 
 Me siibigit ut te rogitem. Ptespondd mihi : 
 Quid ^3t quod tu exauimatus iaui bos multos dies 
 Gestas tabellas J^cum, eas lacrurais lauis, 10 
 
 Neque tui participem consili quemquam facis ? 
 Eloquere, ut quod ego n^scio, id tecum sciam. 
 
 Cal. Miser^ miser sum, Pseudole. 
 
 PsE. Id te Iilppiter 
 
 Probibdssit. 
 
 Cal. Nihil hoc louis ad iudicium attinet : 
 
 Sub Vdueris regno uapulo, noii siib louis. 15 
 
 PsE. Licdtue id scire quid sit ? Nam tu me antidhac 
 
 Su})r(^mum habuisti comitem consiliis tuis. ^ 
 
 Cal. Idem animus nunc est. 
 
 PsE. Face me certum, quid tibist : 
 
 luuabo aut re te aut opera aut consilio bono. 
 Cal. Cape has tabellas : tiite liinc narrato tibi, 20 
 
 Quae m6 miseria et ciira contabd tacit. 
 
8 PLAVTI [I., 1, 20-38. 
 
 PsE. Mos tibi geretur. Sdd quid hoc, quaeso ? 
 
 Cal. Quid est ? 
 PsE. Vt opinor, quaerunt litterae hae sibi liberos : 
 Alia aliam scaudit. 
 
 Cal. Liidis me ludo tuo. 
 PsE. Has quidem pol credo, nisi Sibulla Idgerit, 25 
 
 Iiit^rpretari iiatum posse u^uiinem. 
 Cal. Cur iucleuienter dicis lepidis litteris, 
 
 Lepidis tabellis, l^pida consci'iptis nianu ? 
 PsE. An, dpsecro hercle, liabdnt quas gallinad iiianus ? 
 Nam has quidem gallina scripsit. 
 
 Cal. Odiosus mihi's. 30 
 Leoe u^l tabellas r^dde. 
 
 o 
 
 PsE. Immo enim p^llegam. 
 Aduortito animum. 
 
 Cal. Ndn adest. 
 
 PsE. At til cita. 
 Cal. Immo dgo tacebo : tu istinc ex ceia cita. 
 
 Nam istic meus animus nunc est, non in pdctore. 
 PsE. Tuam amicam uideo, Calidore. 
 
 Cal. Vbi east, dp.secro ? 35 
 PsE. Eccam in tabellis porrectam : in £era cubat. 
 Cal. At i6 di deaeque, quantumst . . . 
 
 PsE. Seruassint quidem. 
 Cal. Quasi solstitialis hdrba pauhsp^r fui : 
 Rep^nte exortus siim, repentino occidi. 
 PsE. Tace, diim tabeUas pdllego. 
 
 Cal, Ergo quin legis ? 40 
 
L, 1,39-63.] PSEVDOLVS. 9 
 
 PsE. * Phoenicium Calidoro amatori suo 
 
 Per c^ram et lignum litterasque iiitdrpretes 
 Saliitem iiipertit 6t salutem ex _te ^xpetit, 
 Lacrumans titubaiitique animo, corcle et pdctore.' 
 Cal. Peril : salutem niisquam inuenio, Pseudole, 45 
 
 Quam illi remittam. 
 
 PsE. Quam salutem ? 
 
 Cal. Avii^uteam. 
 
 PsE. Pro Jignean^salute uis arg^iiteam 
 
 Eemittere illi ? Vide sis quam tu r^m geras. 
 
 Cal. Recita modo : ex ^tab^s iam faxo scies, 
 
 Quam sulnto argento mi iisus iuuento^siet. 50 
 
 PsE. ' Lend me peregre militi Mac^donio 
 Minis uiginti udndidit, uoluptas mea. 
 Et prius quam hinc abiit quindecim mil^s miuas 
 Dederat : nunc unae quinque remorantur minae. 
 Ea caiisa miles hie reliquit sumbolum 55 
 
 Exprdssam in cera ex anulo suam imaginem: 
 Yt, qui Inic adferret dius simile m sumbolum, 
 Cum eo simul me mitteret. Ei rei dies 
 Haec pra^stitutast : proxuma Dionysia.' 
 
 Cal. Cras ^a quidem sunt : prope adest exitium mihi, go 
 Nisi quid milii in test auxili. 
 
 PsE. Sine pdllegam. 
 
 Cal. Sino : nam mihi uideor cum ea fabularier. 
 
 Lege . dulce amarumque una nunc miscds mihi. 
 
 PsE. 'Nunc nostri amores, mores, consuetudines, 
 
 [locus, Indus, sermo, suauisauiatio,] 65 
 
10 PLAVTI [I., 1, 64-81. 
 
 Coiipr^ssioiies artae amaiituiii coiiparum, 
 
 Tenen's labellis niolles inorsiunculae, e^^ 
 
 Nostruruin ...... 67^ 
 
 Papillarum horridiilaram oppressiiinculae : 
 Hamiic uoluptatum mi omnium atque itiddm tibi 
 Distractio, discidium, uastiti^s uenit, 70 
 
 Nisi quad mibi in test aiit tibist in md salus. 
 Haec quad ego sciui ut scires curaui omnia : 
 Nunc dgo te experiar quid ames, quid simulds. Vale.' 
 Cal. Est misere scriptum, Pseii<iole. 
 
 PsK. O misdiTume. 
 Cal. Quin fids ? 
 
 PsE. Pumiceos oculos babeo : non queo 75 
 
 Lacrumam exorare ut dxpuant unam modo. 
 Cal. Quid ita ? 
 
 PsE. Genus nostrum sdmper siccoculiim fuit. 
 Cal. Nilne adiuuare me aiides ? 
 
 PsE. Quid faciam tibi ? 
 Cal. Eheu. 
 
 PsE. Eheu ? id quidem hdrcle ne parsis : dabo. 
 Cal. Misdr sum : argentum niisquam inuenio nni- 
 tuom ^^ 
 
 PsE. Eheii. 
 
 Cal. Neque intus nummus ullus dst. 
 
 PsE. Eheu. 
 Cal. Ille abducturus mulierem eras dst. 
 
 PsE. Elieu. 
 Cal. Istocine pacto me i'ldiuuas ? 
 
I., 1,81-102.] PSEVDOLVS. 11 
 
 PsE. Do id quod mihist : 
 Xaiu is milii tbensaurus iugis in nostra domost. 
 Cal. Actiinist de me hodie. Sdd potes nunc miituam e5 
 Dracliiimam dare imam mi'bi, quam eras reddaip 
 tibi? 
 PsE. Vix b^rcle opino, etsi me opponam pignori. 
 Sed quid ea drachuma facere uis ? 
 
 Cal. Eestim nolo 
 Mibi ^mere. 
 
 PsE. Quamobrem ? 
 
 Cal. Qui me faciam p^nsilem. 
 Certiimst milii ante tdnebras tenebras p^rsequi. 90 
 PsE. Quis mi igitur dracbumam reddet, si dederd tibi ? 
 An til te ea cau sa uis sciens suspendere, 
 Yt m^ defrudes diacbuma, si dederim tibi ? 
 Cal. -Profdcto nullo pacto possum uiuere. 
 
 Si ilia ci me abalienatur atque abdiicitur. 95 
 
 PsE. Quid Ms, cucule ? Vines. 
 
 Cal. Quid ego ni fleam, 
 Quoi ndc paratus nummus argenti siet 
 Xeque libellai spds sit usquam gentium ? 
 PsE. Vt litterarum ego harum sermonem audio, 
 
 Xisi tu illi kjcrumjs fleueris arg^nteis, 100 
 
 Quod tu istis lacriimis t^ probare postulas, 
 
 Non pluris refert quam si imbrem in cribriim 
 
 geras. 
 Verum dgo te amantem, nd pane, non ddseram. 
 Spero alicunde bodie m^ bona opera aut mala mea 
 
12 PLAVTl [I., 1, 103-127. 
 
 Tibi iiuienturuin esse aiixilium ai-geiitarimn. i05 
 Atque id futurum uiide iinde dicam ndscio, 
 Nisi quia futurumst: ita superciliuin salit. 
 
 Cal. Vtinani quae dicis clictis^facta siippetant. 
 
 PSE. Scis til quidem bercle, mda si coninioui sacra, 
 
 Quo pacto et quantas soleain turbellas dare. no 
 
 Cal. In t^ nunc omiies spds sunt aetali nieae. 
 
 PsE. Satin ^st, si banc bodie inulierein efficio tibi 
 Tua lit sit, aut si tibi do uiginti minas ? 
 
 Cal. Satis, si futurumst. 
 
 PsE. Roga me uiginti minas, 
 Vt me ^ffecturum tibi quod promisi scias. 115 
 
 Eoga, dpsecro bercb^ : gt^stio promittere. 
 
 Cal. Dabisne ar^'enti mi bodie uiuinti minas? 
 
 PsE. Dabo : molestus niinciam ne sis mibi. 
 
 Atque boc, ne dictum tibi neges, dico prius : 
 Si n Eminem alium potero, tuom tangam pa- 
 trem. 120 
 
 Cal. Di te niilii semper seruent. Verum si potes, 122 
 Pietatis caus a udl etiani inatrdm quoque. 121 
 
 PsE. De istac re in oculum utriimuis conquidscito. 
 
 Cal. Vtrum in dculura anne aurem ? 
 
 PsE. At li(')C peruolgatiimst nirnis. 
 Nunc, n^ quis dictum sibi neget, dico omnibus, 125 
 Pubd praesenti in cdntione, omni poplo. 
 Omnibus amicis ndtisque edicd meis, 
 In luinc diem a me ut caueant, ne credant milii. 
 
 Cal. Si, tace, opsecro hercle. 
 
I., 1, 127 — 2, 8.] PSEVDOLVS. 13 
 
 otist ? 
 
 Cal. Ostium 129. i;jo 
 
 PsE. Quiel negotist ? 
 
 Lenonis crepuit. 
 
 PsE. Crura mauell^ai modo. 
 Cal. Atc|ue ipse egreclitur I'ntus, periuri caput. 
 
 Ballio. Lorarii v. Meretrices IV ET Idem. 
 
 Bal. Exite, agite exite, igiiaui, male habiti et male 
 
 conciliati, 
 Quorum numquam quicquam quoiquam u^nit iu 
 
 nientem ut rdcte i'aciaut, 
 Quibus, nisi afl lioc exdmplum experior, uon potest 
 
 usura lisurpari. 135 
 
 N^que homines magis asiuos numquam uidi : ita 
 
 plagis costae calleut. 
 Quos quom ferias, tibi plus noceas : do euim in- 
 
 genio hi sunt flagritribae, 
 Qui hade liabent cousilia : ubi data occasiost, rape, 
 
 cldpe, tene, 
 
 Harpaga, bibe, 6s, fiige : hoc 
 Eorum opust : ut mauelis lupos apud ouis lin- 
 
 quere 140 
 
 Quam lios domi custotles. 
 
14 ■ PLAVTI [L, 2, 9-23, 
 
 [At facieiii quom aspicias eonuii, baud niali uiden- 
 
 tur : opera fariiuit.] 
 Nunc adeo banc edictioiiem uisi aiiimum adiiortdtis 
 
 omnes, • 
 
 Nisi somnum socordiamque ex p^ctore oculisque 
 
 dxmouetis, 
 Ita ego nostra latera loris faciam, ut ualide iiaria 
 
 sint, 145 
 
 Vt n6 peristromata quidein aeque picta sint Caiiipanica 
 Neque Al^xandriiia bdluata toiisilia tapp^tia. 
 Atque bdri iam edixeram omnibus dedenimque suas 
 
 prouiiicias : 
 Verum ita uos estis ii^clegentes, p^rditi, ingenio 
 
 iuprobo, 
 Officiuni nostrum ut uos nialo cogatis commo- 
 
 u^rier. 150 
 
 Hoc sis uide, ut alias r^s aguiit : boc agite, boc 
 
 animum aduortite, 152 
 
 Hue adbibete auris quae ^go loquor, plagigeruba 
 
 genera bdminnm. 153 
 
 Nempe ita aniniati estis, nincitis dnritia tei'gi boc 
 
 atque nie : 151 
 
 Numquam ddepol nostrum durius tergum ^rit quam 
 
 terfjinum lidc meum. 154 
 
 Quid nunc ? Doletne ? Em sic datur, si quis eruni 
 
 seruos sp^rnit. 155 
 
 (Adsistite omnes contra me et quae loquor aduortite 
 
 animum.) 
 
1., 2, 24-38.] PSEVDOLVS. 15 
 
 Tu qui urnam habes, aquam ingere: face planum 
 
 alienuin sit coco. 
 A, Te ciim securi caudicali pradticio prouinciae. 
 Lor. At ha^c retunsast. 
 
 Bal. Sine siet : iticMra iios estis ouiiies : 
 Nuni(]^iii minus ea gratia tanien dniuium opera ego 
 
 iitor ? 160 
 
 Tibi hoc praecipio, nt niteant aedes : liabes quod 
 
 facias: prupera, abi intro. 
 Tu dsto lectisterniator : tu argentum eluito, idem 
 
 exstniito. 
 Hat^c, quoin ego a ford reuortar, facite ut offendam 
 
 pavata, 
 Vorsa sparsa tersa strata lauta structaque omnia 
 
 ut sint. 
 Nam mi hddie natalis dies est : decet ^um omnis 
 
 uos conc^lebrare. 165 
 
 [Pernam, callum, glandium, sumen facito in aqua 
 
 iaceant. Satin audis ?] 
 Magniifice nolo me uiros summos accipere nt milii 
 
 rem ess^ reantur. 
 Intro abite atque liaec cito cdlerate, ne mora quae 
 
 sit, cocus qudm ueniat. 
 Ego eo in macellun), ut piscium quidquid sit pretio 
 
 pradstinem. 
 I, piiere, prae : ne qnisqnam pertundat cruminara 
 
 cautiost. 170 
 
 Vel dpperire: est quod domi dic^re paene oblitus fui. 
 
16 PLAVTI [I., 2, 39-52. 
 
 Auclitiii ? Vobis, mulieres, banc habeo edictid- 
 
 nein. 
 Vos, quae in munditiis, niollitiis ddliciisque aeta- 
 
 tiilain agitis 
 Viris ciini siunmis, incliitae amicae : nunc ^go scibo 
 
 atque bodie dxperiar, 
 Quae capiti, quae uentri operam det, quae suad rei, 
 
 quae somnd studeat: 175 
 
 Quam libertam fore mibi credam et quam udnaleni 
 
 bodie exp^riar. 
 Facite bodie ut mibi mundra multa buc ab ama- 
 
 toribus conu^niant 
 Nam nisi mibi penus annilos bodie conu^nit, eras 
 
 populo prdstituam uos. 
 Natalem scitis mibi dsse diem bunc: ubi isti sunt 
 
 quibus uos oculi estis, 
 Quibus uitae, quibus deliciae estis, quibus sauia, 
 
 mamilLae mellitae ? 180 
 
 Maniplatim mibi mundrigeruli facite ante aedis iam 
 
 bic adsint. 
 Cur dgo uestem, aurum atque da quibus est nobis 
 
 usus praebibed ? Quid mi 
 Domi nisi malum nostra operast bodie, inprdbae? 
 
 Vini niodo ciipidae estis : 
 Eo uds uostros pantices adeo madefactatis, quom 
 
 e"0 sim life siccus. 
 Nunc adeo lioc factust dptumum, ut nomine quem- 
 
 que appolldm suo, 185 
 
1 , 2, 53-67.] 
 
 PSEVD()LV8. 17 
 
 Ne dictum esse actiituin sil>i qiiisqujim uostvarum 
 
 mihi neget. 
 
 Aduortite aniiiuuu ciiuctae. 
 Priiicipio, Hedylium, t^uiii ago, quae arnica's fiu- 
 
 mentariis, 
 Quibus ciinctis montes maxumi fruui^nti sunt struct! 
 
 domi : 
 Fac sis sit delatuin liilc niibi fruiii^ntuni, liunc 
 annum quod satis 1^0 
 
 j\Ii et familiae omui sit meae, atque adeo ut fiu- 
 
 mento_afluam, 
 Vrciuitas nom^n mihi commutet meque ut pra^dicet 
 Lenoue ex Ballione regem lasonem. 
 Cal. Audin, furcifdr quae loquitur? Satin magnificus 
 
 tibi uidetur ? 
 
 PSE. Pol iste, atque etiam malificus. 195" 
 
 S6i\ tace atque banc r^m gere. 195" 
 
 Bal. A^scbrodova, tu, quae amicos tibi babes lenouuni 
 
 a^mulos 
 
 Lanios, qui item ut n()S iurando iure malo male 
 
 quadrant rem, audi : 
 Nisi carnaria tria grauida t^goribus onere uberi bodie 
 Mibi erunt, eras te, quasi Dircam olim, ut m^morant, 
 
 duo gnati louis 
 D^uinxere ad taiirum, item ego te distringam ad 
 
 carnarium. ^^^ 
 
 Id tibi profecto taurus fiet. 
 
 C\L Nimis sermone buius b^a incendor. 
 M 2 '~ 
 
18 PLAVTI [1,2, 68-81. 
 
 Hiinciiie hie liomin^m pati 202^ 
 
 Colere iuuentutem Atticain ? 202^ 
 
 Vbi sunt, ubi latt^iit, qiiibus aetas integrast, qui 
 ^ , aniant a leiioiie ? / 
 
 Quin conueniuut ? qui'ii una omnes pdste hac popu- 
 
 luni bunc liberant ? 
 PSK. St'. 
 
 Cal. Vail, nimiuni stultus, niniis fui indoctus : illine 
 aiideant 205 
 
 Id facere qui bus ut sdruiant 
 Suos amor cogit ? [siniul probibet faciant 
 
 aduersuni eos quod nolint] 
 PSE. Tace. 
 
 Cal. Quid est ? 
 
 PsE. Male moi'igeru's mi, quom sermoni huius 
 
 dbsonas. 
 Cal. Taceo. 
 
 PsE. At taceas malo multo quam tacere dicas. 
 
 Pal. Tu autera, 
 
 Xiitibs, fac ut animum aduortas, quoins amator^s 
 
 oliui 210 
 
 Dynamin domi babent maxumam : 
 
 Si mibi non iam buc cillleis 
 
 Oleum deportatum erit, 
 
 Te ipsam culleo dgo eras faciam ut d^portere in 
 
 pdrgulam. 
 
 Ibi tibi adeo Idctus dabitur, iibi tu ban somnum 
 
 capias, sed ul)i 215 
 
 Vsqne ad languoiem — tenes, 
 
 (»)uf5 se liaec tendant qua^ loquor ? 
 
I., 2, 82-3, 1.] PSEVDOLVS. 19 
 
 (Ain, excetra tu, quad tibi amicos tot habes tarn 
 
 probe oleo oiiustos ? 
 Num tuorum cdnseruorum quoii:)iamst liodid tua 
 
 opera 
 Nitidiusculiim caput ? Aut num ipse dgo pulmento 
 
 utdr magi.s 220 
 
 Viictiusculo ? Seel scio e<40, tu oleum liau maoni 
 
 pdndis : uino 
 
 Td (leungis. Sine modo : 
 Edpi'eheiidam hercle ego cuncta una opera, nisi 
 
 quidem tu Laec omnia 
 
 Facis efi'ecta quad loquor.) 
 Tu aiitL'Ui (juae pro capite argentum mihi iam 
 
 ianique 8diii])er numeras, 225 
 
 Quae pacisci uiddo scis, sed quod pacta's non scis 
 
 soluere, 
 Phoenicium, tibi ego liadc loquor, deh'ciae summa- 
 
 tiim uirum : 
 Msi bodie mi ex fundis tuorum amicorum omne 
 
 buc pdnus adfertur: 
 Cras, Pboeniciilm, poeniceo corio inuises pergulam. 
 
 Calidorvs. Psevdolvs. Ballio. 
 
 Cal. Pseuddle, non audis quae bic loquitur ? 
 
 PsE. Audio, ere, equidem atque ani- 
 mum aduorto. 230 
 
20 PLAVTI [I., 3, 2-12. 
 
 Cal. Quid mi's auctor, liuic lit iiiiLtaiD, iie aiiiicain hie 
 
 meaiu prostituat ? 
 PsE. Nihil ciirassis : liquido's auimo. Ego pro me et 
 ]»i() te eiirabo, 
 lam dill ego hiiic bene et hie mihi uolumus, et 
 
 amicitiast antiqua. 
 Mittam hodie hiiic siio die natali malam rem 
 mao'nam et matiiram. 
 Cal. Quid opilst ? 
 
 PsE. Potin aliam rem lit cures ? 
 Cal. At 
 PsE. Eat. 
 Cal. Crucior. 
 
 PsE. Cor diira. 235 
 Cal. Non possuiiL 
 
 PsE. Fac possis. 
 
 Cal. Quonarii uincdre paeto possim animum ? 
 PsE. In rdm quod sit praeudrtaris quam re aduorsa 
 
 animo ausciiltes. 
 Cal. Xiigae istaec sunt : non iiicundumst nisi amans 
 fac it stulte. 
 
 PsE. P^ro'in? 
 Cal. O Pseildole mi, sine sim nihili: sine sis. 
 
 PsE. Sino : sine modo ego abeam. 
 Cal. Mane, mane : iam ut uoles med ^sse, ita ero. 
 
 PsE. Nunc tii sapis et places sane. 240 
 Bal. It di^s, ego mihi cesso. I tu prae, puere. 
 
 Cal. Heiis tu, abit : quin r^iiocas ? 
 
I, 3, 13-2.3 1 rSEVDOLVS. 21 
 
 PsE. Quid properas? placide. 
 
 Cal. At piius (|uain abeat. 
 
 Bal. Quid, iiialuiii, tarn placide is, pilere ? 
 PsE. Hodie nate, lieus, liudie uate : tibi ego dico : iieus, 
 liodie nate, 
 
 Eedi 4t respice ad nos. Tarn etsf s occupatus, 
 
 Moraiiiur. niaiie : 6ni, coiiloc|ui qui uoliiut 
 
 te. 245 
 
 Bal. Quid hoc e.st ? Quis ^st, qui nioram mi 
 
 occupiito 
 
 Moldstam optulit ? 
 
 PsE. Qui tibi sospitalis 
 Fuit. 
 
 Bal. Mortuost qui fuit : qui sit, ussust. 
 PsE. Muiis superbe. 
 
 Bal. Ximis molestu's. 
 
 ' Cal. Pidprehende hominem : adsdquere. 
 
 Bal. I, puere. 
 PsE. Occddamus hac^obuiam. 
 
 Bal. luppitdr te 250 
 
 Perdat, quisquis ^s. 
 PsE. Te nolo. 
 
 Bal. At uos ego anibos. 
 Vorte hac, puere, td. 
 
 PsE. Xon lic^t coiiloqui te ? 
 Bal. At mihi non lubdt. 
 
 PsE. Sin tnanist qnippiam in rem ? 
 Bal. Lic^tne, opsecrd, bitere an non lic^t ? 
 
22 PLAVTI [I., 3, 23-35. 
 
 PSE. Vah, 
 Mauta. 
 
 Bal. Omitte. 
 
 Cal. Bdllio, audi 255 
 
 Bal. Siirdus sum proi'^cto iuauilogistae. 
 Cal. Dedi, diun fait. 
 
 Bal. Noil peto, quod dedisti. 
 Cal. Dabo, quaiido erit. 
 
 Bal. Ducito, quando babdbis. 
 Cal. Eheu, quam ego nialis p^rdidi niodis, 
 Quod tibi d^tuli et quod dedi. 
 
 Bal Moi'tua 260 
 V^rba re nunc facis : stultus es, rem actam agis. 
 PSE. Nosce saltern bunc quis est. 
 
 Bal. lam diu scio, 
 Qui fuit : nunc quis is sit, ipsus sciat. 
 Ambula tii. 
 
 PsE. Potiii ut semel mode, 
 Ballio, liuc cum lucro r^spicias tuo ? 
 liAL. Respiciam istoc prdtio : nam si sacruficem summo 
 loui 265 
 
 Atque in maiiibus ^xta teneam, ut poriciam, in- 
 
 terea loci 
 Si lucri quid ddtur, potius rdm diuinam d^serara. 
 Ndn potest pietate obsisti liuic, ututi res sunt 
 c^terae. 
 Cal. Deos quidem, quos maxume aequomst m^tuere, eos 
 minumi facit. 
 
I., 3, 36-50.] FSEVDOLVS. 23 
 
 Bal. Cdmpellabo. Salue multura, b^rue Atlienis p^s- 
 
 suiiie. 270 
 
 PsE. I)i te deaeque amdnt iiel buius arbitratu w4\ meo : 
 
 \6l si diguu's alij pacto, ueque anient nee faciant 
 
 bene. 
 
 Bal. Quid agitur, CaHdore ? 
 
 Cal. Amatur atqiie egetnr acriter. 
 Bal. Misereat, si lamiliam alere possini misericordia. 
 PsE, Hdia, scimus nos qiiidem te qualis sis : ne pra^- 
 dices. 275 
 
 S^d scin quid nos iiolunius ? 
 
 Bal. Pol ego piopemodum : iit male sit mibi. 
 PsE. Et id et boc quod t^ reuocanius. Qna^so animiim 
 aduorte. 
 
 Bal. Audio : 
 Atque in pauca, ut occupatus nunc sum, confer quid 
 uelis. 
 PsE. Huuc pudet, quod tibi promisit quaque id promisit 
 die, 
 Quia tibi minas uiginti pro amica etiam non 
 dedit. 280 
 
 Bal. ISTimio id quod puddt facilius f^rtur quam ilbul 
 quod piget. 
 ISTon dedisse istiinc pudet : me, quia non accepi, 
 piget. 
 PsE. At dabit, parabit : aliquos bos dies manta modo. 
 Nam id bic metuit, u^ illam uendas 6b simultat^m 
 suam. 
 
24 PLAVTI [I., 3, 51-67. 
 
 Bal. Fdit occasio, si uellet, iain pridem argeiituni iit 
 daret. 285 
 
 Cal. Quid, si uon liabui ? 
 
 Bal. Si aiuabas, iuiieiiires nn'.tuoin : 
 Ad dauistam ddueuires, adderes leiiiisculLuii : 
 Siibniperes patii. 
 
 PsE. Subruperet hie patri, audacissume ? 
 Noil perichuiist, u6 quid recte iiioustres. 
 
 Bal. Noil leiioiiiunist. 
 Cal. Egon patri subnipere possiiii quicquaiii, tain eaulo 
 seni ? 290 
 
 Atque adeo, si facere possim, pietas pvohibet. 
 
 Bal. Audio : 
 Pietatem ergo istaiii amplexator iioctu pro Phoeuicio. 
 S^d quoin pietatem te aiiiori uideo tuo praeuortere, 
 Omnes homines tibi patres sunt ? Niilbis est tibi, 
 
 qudni roges 
 Milfcuom ariientiun ? 
 
 Cal. Quin noinen qudque iain interiit miituom. 295 
 PsE. Heus tu, postquam liercle isti a mensa siirginit 
 satis poti uiri, 
 Qui suom repetunt, alicnuin vt^dduiit iiato ndmini, 
 Postilla omnes cautiores sunt, ne credant alteii. 
 Cal. Nimis miser sum : nummuni nusquam rdpeiiie 
 argenti queo : 
 Ita miser et amoi^e pereo et iiio}ii;i argentaria. suo J 
 Bal. Eme die caeca hdrcle oliuom, id u^ndito oculata 
 die : 
 
I., 3, 68-83.] PSEVDOLVS. 25 
 
 lam h^rcle uel diiceiitae fieri possunt praesent^s 
 niinae. 
 Cal. P^rii • aniiorum l^x me perdit quinauicenaria. 
 M^Luont credere omiies. 
 
 Bal. Eademst milii lex : metuo credere. 
 
 PsE. Credere autem ? Elio, an pa^uitet te, quaiito liic 
 
 fuerit Usui ? 305 
 
 P>AL. Non est iisu quisquam amator, nisi qui perpetuat 
 
 data. 
 
 Ddt, det usque : quando nil sit, simul amare d^sinat. 
 
 Cal. iSTilne te miser^t ? 
 
 Bal. Inanis c^dis : dicta non sonant. 
 Atque ego te uiudm saluomque u^llem. 
 
 PsE. Eho, an iam mortuost ? 
 
 Bal. Ytut est, mihi quiddm profecto cum ^stis dictis 
 
 mortuost. 310 
 
 Ilico_uixit amator, libi lenoni supplicat. 
 
 Samper tti ad me cum arg^entata accddito querimonia: 
 
 Xam istuc, quod nunc lamentare, non esse argen- 
 
 tiim tibi, 
 Apud nouercam qu^rere. 
 
 PsE. Eho, an umquam tu huius nupsisti patri ? 
 Bal. Di meliora faxint. 
 
 PsE. Fac hoc quod t^ rogamus, Ballio, 315 
 Mea fide, si isti formidas crddere. Ego in hoc 
 
 triduo 
 Aut terra aut mari ailt alicunde eudluam id ar- 
 
 gentiim tibi. 
 
26 PLAVTI [I., 3, 84-97. 
 
 Bal. Tibi ego credam ? 
 
 PsE. Quor non ? 
 
 Bal. Quia pol, qua opera credam tibi, 
 Viia opera allig^ui caneui fugitiuaui aguiuis. lactibus. 
 Cal. Siciiie mi abs te b^iie mereiiti male refertur 
 gratia ? 320 
 
 Bal. Quid uunc uis ? 
 
 Cal. Yt opperiare lios sdx dies aliquos modo, 
 Nd illam ueudas neu me perdas liominem amantem. 
 
 Bal. Animd bono's l 
 Vdl sex menses opperibor. 
 
 Cal. Eilge, homo lepidissume. 
 Bal. Immo iiin etiam te faciam ex ladto laetaut^m ma^is ? 
 Cal. Quid iam ? 
 
 Bal. Quia enim nou ueiialem iam habeo Phoe- 
 iiicium. 325 
 
 Cal. Non babes ? 
 
 Bal. Non bdrcle uero. 
 
 Cal. Pseudole, i, accerse bostias, 
 Victumas, lanios, ut ego huic hie sacruficem summd 
 
 loui. 
 Nam liic mibi nunc est miilto potior luppiter 
 quam luppiter. 
 Bal. Nolo uictumas : agninis me ^xtis placari nolo. 
 Cal. Prdpera : quid stas ? I, accerse agnos. Audin, 
 quid ait luppiter ? 330 
 
 PsE. Iam hie ero : uerum dxtra portam mi ^tiam cur- 
 rendiimst prius. 
 
1,3,98-112] PSEVDOLVS. 27 
 
 Cal. Quill eo ? 
 
 PsE. Lanios lude accersain duo cum tiiitiiinabulis : 
 .Eadem duo "reofds uiruarmn iiide uluiearinii addiiero, 
 Vt hodie ad litationem liuic siij^petat satias loui. 
 Bal. I ill malam crucem. 
 
 PsE. Istuc ibit Iup[>iter lenoniiis. 335 
 Ba.L. Ex tua re non est, iit ego emoiiar. 
 
 PsE. Quid urn ? 
 
 r)AL. Sic : quia. 
 Si ego eniortuds sim, Atlieuis td sit nemo u^quior. 
 Ex tua rest, lit ego emoriiir. 
 
 Cal. Quidum ? 
 
 Pal. Ego dicaui tibi : 
 Quia edepol, dum ego uiuos uiuam, numquam eris 
 frutii bonae. 
 
 o 
 
 Cal. Die mihi, obsecro hdrcle, uerum s^iio, hoc quod td 
 
 rogo : 340 
 
 Nou babes ueualem amicam tii meam Plioeuicium ? 
 
 Bal. Xou edepol habed profecto : nam iain pridem 
 
 udndidi. 
 Cal. Qudmodo ? 
 
 Bal. Sine druamentis, cum intestiuis dmnibus. 
 Cal. Meam tu amicam uendidisti ? 
 
 Bal. Yalde: uigiiiti minis. 
 Cal. Vigjiiiti minis ? 
 
 Bal. Ytrum uis, udl quater quinis minis, 345 
 Militi Mnc^donio: et iam quindecim liabeo ab ed 
 minas. 
 
28 PLAVTI [I., 3, 113-125. 
 
 Cal. Quid ego ex te audio ? 
 
 Bal. Hoc : amicaiii tuain esse factain am^oteani. 
 Cal. Cur id ausu's lacere ? 
 
 Bal. Lubuit : in6'd t'uit. 
 
 Cal. Elio, Pseiidole, 
 I, glad iu 111 adfer. 
 
 PsE. Quid opust gladio ? 
 
 Cal. Qui liiiiic occidam una atque me. 
 PsE. Quin tu ted occidis potius ? nam liunc lames iam 
 occiderit. 350 
 
 Cal. Quid ais, quantum t^rram tetigit li(5minum periu- 
 rissume ? 
 Iiirauistin t^ illam nulli udnditurum nisi mihi ? 
 Bal. Fateor. 
 
 Cal. Nempe concdptis uerbis. 
 
 Bal. Etiam consultis quoque, 
 Cal. P^riurauisti, sceleste. 
 
 Bal. At arijeutum intro cdndidi. 
 
 Ego scelestus nunc argentum promere liinc possum 
 
 domo : 855 
 
 Tii qui pius es, istoc genere gnatus, nuinmum ndii 
 
 habes. 
 
 Cal. Pseudole, adsiste altrim secus atque oiiera liunc 
 
 nialedictis. 
 
 PsE. Licet. 
 Niimquam ad praetorem aeque cursim curram, ut 
 emittai' maiiu. 
 Cal. Increi'o mala miilta. 
 
L, 3, 1-25-131.] PSEVDOLVS. 29 
 
 PsE. Tarn ego te differam dictis meis. 
 Inpudice. 
 
 Bal. Itast. 
 
 PsE. Sceleste. 
 
 Bal. Dicis uera. 
 
 PsE, V^rbero. 360 
 
 Bal. Quippini ? 
 
 PsE. Bustirape. 
 
 Bal. Certo. 
 
 PsE. Furcifer. 
 
 Bal. Factum dptume. 
 
 PsE. Sociofraude. 
 
 Bal. Sunt mea istaec. 
 
 PsE. Parricida. 
 
 Bal. P^rge tu. 
 
 Cal. Sacrilege. 
 
 Bal. Fateor. 
 
 Cal. Periure. 
 
 Bal. Vetera uaticinamini. 
 
 Cal. Ldgirupa. 
 
 Bal. Yalid^. 
 
 PsE. Pernicies adulescentura. 
 
 Bal. Acdrrume. 
 Cal. Fur. 
 
 Bal. Babae. 
 
 PsE. Fuiiitiue. 
 
 Bal. Bombax. 
 
 Cal. Fraus popli. 
 
30 PLAVTI [I., 3, 131-144. 
 
 Bal. Plauissume. 365 
 PsE. Fraud ulente. 
 
 Cal. Iiipiii-e leno. 
 
 PSE. Ca^num. 
 
 Bal. Caiitords probos. 
 Cal. V^rberauisti patreni atque iiiatrem. 
 
 Bal. Atque'occidi quoque 
 Pdtiiis quam cibvim praehiberem : niim peccaui 
 qin'[)piaiii ? 
 PsE. Ill pertussuni iiii^^rimus dicta dolium: operam 
 
 liidinius. 
 Bal. Nuniuuid aliud ^dam uoltis dicere ? 
 
 Cal. Eequid t^ pudet ? 370 
 Bal. Ton ainatorein dsse iimentuni iuaiiem quasi cas- 
 sani mice 111. 
 V^rmn qiianKpiaiii iiuilta iiialaque dicta dixistis 
 
 iiiihi, 
 Nisi mi hi bodie attillerit miles qiiinque quas deb^t 
 
 niinas, 
 Sicut liaec est pra^stituta siiuima ei argento dies: 
 Si id lion adfert, posse opinor facere me otficiiim 
 meum. 375 
 
 Cal. Quid id est? 
 Bal. Si tu arg^ntum attiileris, cum illo perdidero fidem : 
 Hoc nieumst officium. Ego, operae si sit, plus 
 
 tecilm loquar: 
 SM sine avgento frustra's, qui me tui miserere 
 ];ostulas. 
 
I., S, 145-159. J PSEVDOLVS. 31 
 
 Ha^c meast sent^ntia, ut tu hinc porro quid agas 
 consulas. 
 Cal. lamne abis ? 
 
 Bal. Negoti nunc sum planus. 
 
 PsE. Paulo post magis. 380 
 Illic homo meus dst, nisi omnes di nie atque 
 
 homines ddserunt. 
 Exossabo ego iiliim simulter itidem ut murenam 
 
 coquos. 
 Nunc, Calidore, td mihi operam dare nolo. 
 
 Cal. Ecquid inperas ? 
 
 PsE. Hoc ego oppidum admoenire, ut hodie capiatiir, nolo. 
 
 Ad earn rem usust hominem astutuin, ddctum, 
 
 cautum et callidum, 385 
 
 Qui imperata ect'dcta reddat, ndn qui uigilans 
 
 dormiat. 
 
 Cal. Cddo mihi, quid ds facturus ? 
 
 PsE. T^mperi ego fax 6 scies. 
 Nolo bis iterari : sat sic longae fiunt fabulae. 
 Cal. Optumum atque aequissumum oras. 
 
 PsE. Prdpera : adduc hominem cito. 
 
 (Cal. Pnilci ex multis sunt amici homini qui ceiti 
 
 sient. 300 
 
 PsE. Ego scio istuc : ^rgo utrumque tibi nunc dilectiini 
 
 para, 
 
 Atque exquire ex multis illis unum qui certus siet.) 
 
 Cal. Jam hie faxo aderit. 
 
 PsE. Pdtin ut abeas ? tibi moram dictis creas. 
 
32 PLAVTI [I., 4, 1-21. 
 
 PSEVDOLVS. 
 
 Postquam illic hiiic abiit, tii astas solus, Pseudole. 
 Quid nunc acturu's, postquam erili filio 395 
 
 Largitu's dictis dapsilis lub^utias ? 
 Quoi udque paratast gutta certi cdnsili 
 Neque adeo argenti [neque nunc quid faciam scio]. 
 Neque dxordiri primum unde occipias liabes, 
 Neque ad ddtexundam tdlam certos t^rminos. 400 
 Sed quasi poeta, tabulas quom cepit sibi, 
 Quaerit quod nusquam gdntiumst, reperit tamen : 
 Facit illud ueri simile quod mendaciumst : 
 Nunc dgo poeta fiam : uiginti minae, 
 Quae nusquam nunc sunt gentium, inueniam ta- 
 men. 405 
 (Atque dgo me iam pridem huic daturum dixeram, 
 Et uolui inicere tragulam in nostrum senem : 
 Verum is nescio quo pacto praesensit prius.) 
 Sed conprimunda uox mihi atque oratiost : 
 Erum eccum uideo hue sdnem Simonem una 
 simul 410 
 Cum suo uicino Calliphone incddere. 
 Ex hoc sepulcro u^tere uiginti minas 
 Effodiam ego hodie, quas dem erili filio. 
 Nunc hue concedam, unde horum sermondm legam. 
 
\ V i\ fy rx y 
 O"- THE 
 
 Y I 
 
 U.NIVlRSITY 
 I., 5. 1-21.] N^VD^X^m^ 33 
 
 SiMO. Callipho. Psevdolvs. 
 
 Sim. Si lU ilainuosis aut si ile aiiiatoribus 415 
 
 Dictator fiat iiiiiic Athenis Atticis, 
 Xemo aateueiiiat iilio credo lueo. 
 Ita iii'iuc per urbeiii solus seriuoni omnibust : 
 Euni uelle amicam liberare et quadrere 
 Arg^iituin ad earn rem. Hoc alii mibi reniin- 
 tiant : 420 
 
 Atque id iam pridem sdnsi et subolebat mibi, 
 Sed dissimulabam. 
 
 PSE. lain illi foetet filius. 
 Occisast baec res, barret boc iiegotiiim. 
 Quo in commeatum uolueram avgeiitariuin 
 Proficisci, ibi nunc oppido opsaeptast uia. 425 
 
 Praes^nsit : nibil est pra^dae praedatoribus. 
 
 Cal. Homines c^ui gestant quique auscultaut crimina, 
 Si meo arbitratu liceat, omnes pdndeant, 
 Gestores Unguis, aiiditores aiiril)us. 
 Xani istadc quae tibi reniiutiantur, filium 430 
 
 Te udlle amantem arg^nto circumdiicere, 
 Fors Mat an istaec dicta sint mendacia. 
 Sed. si sint ea uera, ut nunc mos est, maxume, 
 Quid niivum fecit ? Quid nouom, adulesc^ns bomo 
 Si am at, si amicam liberat ? 
 
 PsE. Lepidiiin senem. 435 
 
 Sim. Yetus nolo faciat. 
 
34 PLAVTI [I., 5, 21-43. 
 
 Cal. At eiiiiii nequiquam neuis : 
 Vel tii ne faceres tale in adulescdiitia.__ 
 Probum patrem esse oportet, qui gnatiiiii suom 
 Essd probioreni, qiiam ipsus fuerit, pdstulet. 
 Nam tu quod damni et quod fecisti tiagiti, 440 
 
 Populo niritiiu potuit dispertirier. 
 Id til mi rare, si patrissat filius ? 
 PsE. '/2 Zev, quam pauci aeque ^stis hom.ines commodi. 
 Em, 
 Illic dst pater, patrem ^sse ut aequomst filio. 
 Sim. Quis hie loquitur ? Meus est hie quidem seruos 
 Pseudolus. 445 
 
 Hie inihi corrumpit iilium, sceleriim caput: 
 Hie diix, hie illist pa^dagogus : huuc ego 
 Cupio dxeruciari. 
 
 Cal. lam istaec insipi^ntiast, 
 Iras in promptu gdrere. Quanto satius est 
 Adire blandis u^rbis atque exqua^rere, 450 
 
 Sintne ilia uecne sint, quae tibi renuntiaut. 
 Sim. Tibi auscultabo. 
 
 PsE. Itur ad te, Pseiidole : 
 Orationem til)i para aduorsum senem. 
 Bonus auimus in mala re dimidiilmst mali. 4r)2 
 Erilm saluto prinnim, ut aequomst : postea, 455 
 
 Si quid superfit, uicinos inp(5rtio. 
 Sim. Salu^. Quid agitur ? 
 
 PsE. Statur hie ad hunc modum. 
 Sim. Statiim uide hominis, Callipho, quam basilicum. 
 
I., 5, 44-66-1 PSEVUOLVS. 35 
 
 Cal. Bene confidenterque adstitisse iiit^llego. 
 
 PsE. Decet iunoceiitem qui sit atque iiiDoxiuin 460 
 
 Seruom superbum esse apiid erum potissinuuij. 
 (,'al. Sunt qiia^ te uolumus p^rcontari, quad quasi 
 
 Per iidbulam nosmet scimus atque audiuimus. 
 Sim. Conficiet iam te bic udrbis, ut tu cdnseas 
 
 Xon Pseudoluni, sed Socratem tecum loqui. 465 
 PsE. Itast. laui ])rideui tii me spernis, sdntio. 
 
 Paruaui d.sse apud te mibi fidem ipse intdllego. 
 
 Cupis me dsse ne(|uam : tamen ero frugi boiiae. 
 Sim. Fac sis uociua-s, Pseiidole, aedis aiirium, 
 
 Mea lit mi grave dicta possint quo uolo. 470 
 
 PsE. Age, luqueie quiduis, tamdtsi tibi suscdnseo. 
 Sim. Mibiu domino seruos tii suscenses ? 
 
 PsE. Tani tibi 
 
 Minim id nidetur ? 
 
 Sim. Hdrcle qui, ut tu praddicas, 
 
 Caudndumst mi aps te irato, atque alio tii modo 
 
 Me u(^rberare, atque dgo te soleo, cogitas. 475 
 
 Quid censes ? 
 
 Cal. Edepol mdrito esse iratum arbitror, 
 
 Quom apud te paruast ei fides. 
 
 Sim. Iam sic sine 
 
 Iratus sit : ego, r\6 quid noceat, cauero. 
 
 Sed quid ais ? Quid hoc, quod t6 rogo ? 
 
 PsE. Quiduis roga. 
 
 Quod scibo, Delphistibi responsum diicito. 480 
 
 Sim. Aduorte ergo animum et fac sis promissi memor. 
 
36 PLAVTI [I., 5, 67-86. 
 
 Quid ais ? Ecquam scis liliuin tibicinam 
 Meum amare ? 
 
 PsE. Nal yap. 
 
 Sim. Liberare quam uelit ? 
 PSE. ^al TOVTO vol fydp. 
 
 Sim. Ecquas uiginti ii)inas 
 [Per syco|)haiitiiiiii atque per doctds dulos] 485 
 
 Paritas nt auferas a me ? 
 
 PsE. Abs te ego aiiferain ? 
 Sim. Ita : quas meo gnato dds, qui amicain liberet ? 
 Fat^re ? Die. 
 
 PSE. KaX TOVTO voA, Kal tovto vac. 
 Sim. Fatetur. Dixin, CallipUo, dudiiui tibi ? 
 Cal. Memini. 
 
 Sim. Quor haec tii ubi resciuisti ^ilicQ 490 
 
 Celata me sunt ? Quor non resciui ? 
 
 PsE. Eloquar. 
 Quia nolebam ex me mdrem progigni malum, 
 Erum lit suos seruos criminaret apud erum. 
 Sim. lubdren luinc praecipitem iu pistriniim tralii ? 
 Cal, Numquid, Simo, peccatumst ? 
 
 Sim. Immo maxume. 405 
 PsE. Desiste : recte ego meaui rem sapio, Calliplio : 
 Peccata mea sunt. Animum aduorte nunciam, 
 Quapropter gnati amoris te expertem babuerim : 
 Pistrinum in mundo scibam, si id faxim, mibi. 
 Sim. Non a me scibas pistrinum in mund o tibi, 500 
 
 Quom ea miissitabas ? 
 
I, 0, 86-103.] PSEVDOLVS. 37 
 
 PsE. Scibam. 
 
 Sim. Quin dictiimst mihi ? 
 PsE. Quia illiicl malum aderat, istuc aberat lungius. 
 
 Illiid eiat praesens, huic eraufc di^culae. 
 Sim. Quid nunc agetis i Nam hinc quidem a me ndn 
 potest 
 Argdntum auferri, qui praesertim sdnserim. 505 
 
 ISTe quisquam credat iiiiiniiiuui, iam edicam omnibus. 
 PsE. Xuujquam ^depol quoiquain siipplicabo, dum quidem 
 Tu uiuos uiues : tii mi hercle arg-entiun dabis : 
 Abs te ^quidem sum am. 
 
 Sbi. Tu a me sumes ? 
 
 PsE. Str^nue. 
 Sim. Exlidito mi hercle dculum, si dedero. 
 
 PsE. Dabis. 510 
 lam dico ut a me caueas. 
 
 Sim. Certe edepol scio : 
 Si apstiileris, mirum et magnum facinus fdceris. 
 PsE. Faciam. 
 
 Sim. Si non apstuleris ? 
 
 PsE. Virgis ca^dito. 
 Sed quid, si apstulero ? 
 
 Sim. Do louem test^m tibi, 
 Te aetatem iupune habiturum. 
 
 PsE. Facito ut m^mineris. 515 
 Praedico, ut caueas, dico, inquam, ut caueas. Caue. 
 Sim. Egon ut cauere n^queam, quoi praedicitur ? 
 PsE. Em, istis mihi tu hodie manibus argentum dabis. 
 
38 PLAVTI [I., 5, 104-124. 
 
 Cal. Edepol niortalem graphicum, si seruafc fidem. 
 PsE. Seruituin tibi me abducito, ui f^cero. 520 
 
 Sim. Bene atque amice dicis : nam mine ndn meust. 
 PsE. Vin dtiam dicani, quod uos niagis mir^mini ? 
 Cal. Stiidco lidrcle audire : nam ted ausculto lubens. 523a 
 ■ [Agediim : nam yatis lib^nter te auscnlto loqni.] 5231' 
 PsE. Prius quain istam piignam pugnabo, ego etiam 
 prius 
 Dabo aliam pugnam claram et commemorabilem. 525 
 Sim. Quam pugnam ? 
 
 PsE. Em, ab hoc lenone uicino tuo 
 Per sjcophaiitiam atque per doctos dolos 
 Tibicinam illam, tiifj.s quam gnatus d^perit, 
 Ea circumducam l^pide lenonem : ^t quidem 
 Effdctuin hoc hodie r^ddam utrumque ad udspe- 
 rum. 630 
 
 Sim. Si quidem istaec opera, ut praddicas, perfdceris, 
 Virtiite tu regi Agathocli antecdsseris. 
 Sed si non faxis, numquid causaest, ilico 
 Quin te in pistrinum condam? 
 
 PsE. Non unum in diem, 
 Verum h^rcle in omnis quantumst. Sed si eff(^- 
 cero, 535 
 
 Dabin mi avgentum quod dem lenoni ilico 
 Tua_iiolm^tate ? 
 
 Cal. Ills bonum orat Pseudolus : 
 Dabo inque. 
 Sim. At enim scin quid mihi in mentem uenit ? 
 
 
I., 5, 125-147.J PSEVDOLVS. 39 
 
 Quid, si hisce inter se coiisenseruiit, Callipho, 
 Aut d^ conpecto i'aciuiit consutis dolis, 540 
 
 Qui me argento iiiteruortant ? 
 
 • PsE. Quis rue audacior 
 Sit, si I'stuc faciiius audeum ? Iniuio sic, Siuio : 
 Si siiiuus coiipecti seu consilium umquam in- 
 iimus 543=1 
 
 Aut d^^a re umquam int^r nos conierauimus, 54^1*^ 
 Quasi quom in libro scribiintur calamo litterae, 
 Stilis me totum usque ulmeis conscribito. 545 
 
 Slm 
 
 Indice ludos nunciam quando lubet 
 
 PsE. Da in hiinc diem operam, Callipho, quaeso mihi, 
 Ne quo te ad aliud occupes negotium. 
 
 Cal. Quin rus ut irem, iam heri mecum statueram. 
 
 PsE. At mine disturba quas statuisti machinas. 550 
 
 Cal. Xunc non abire c^rtumst istac gratia: 
 Lubidost ludos tuds spectare, Pseudole. 
 Et si hiinc uidebo non dare aro-entum tibi 
 Quod dixit, potius quam id non fiat, 4igo daboc 
 
 Sim. Non d^mutabo. 
 
 PsE. Namque edepol, si non dabis, 555 
 Clamore maono et multum flaoitabere. 
 Agite amolimini bine uos intro nunciam, 
 Ac meis uicissim date locum fallaciis. 
 
 Cal. Fiat : geratur mds tibi. 
 
 PsE. Sed t^ nolo 
 Domi usque adesse. 
 
40 PLAVTl [L, 5, 147-160. 
 
 Cal. Quill tibi liauc operaui dico. 550 
 Sim. At euo ad forum ibu. lam hie ero. 
 
 PsE. Actutiim redi. 
 Suspiciost mihi iiuuc iios suspicarier, 
 Me idcirco liaec tauta tacinora iiis proiuittere, 
 Quo uos oblectem, banc fabulam dum trausigam, 
 K^eque sim facturus, quod facturum dixeram. 505 
 Noil d^mufcabo, [atque eLiam certuui quod sciam :J 
 Quo id sim facturus pacto uil etiam scio, 
 Nisi quia futurumst. Nam qui iu scaenam proueuit, 
 Nouo modo nouom aliquid iiiueiitum adferre ad- 
 
 decet. 
 Si id facere nequeat, det locum illi qui queat. 670 
 Coiicddere aliquantisper hiuc mi intro lubet, 
 Dum coucenturio iu cdrde sycophaiitias. 
 
 uou ero uobis morae. 573^ 
 
 Tibicen uos int^rea hie delectauerit. ^73^ 
 
II , 1, 1-1 l.j PSEVDOLVS. 41 
 
 ACTVS 11. 
 
 PSEVDOLVS. 
 
 Pro luppiter, ut milii, quicquid ago, lepide omnia 
 
 prospereque dueuiuut. 
 Neque quod dubitem neque quod timeam, meo in 
 pdctore conditumst consilium. 575 
 
 Nam ^a stultitiast, facinus magnum timido cordi 
 credere. 
 
 Nam dmnes res periude sunt, 
 Vt agas, ut eas magni facias. Nam dgo in meo 
 prius pdctore 
 
 Ita paraui copias, 
 Duplicis, triplicis dolos pdrfidias, ut, ubiquomque 
 Jiqstibus congrediar — 580 
 
 Maiorum meiim fretus uirtute dicam, 
 Mea iudustria 6t malitia frauduldnta — 
 Facile lit uincam, facile lit spoliem meos p^rduellis 
 meis p^rfidiis. 
 
 Niinc inimicum ego hiinc communem ineuni 
 
 atqiie uostrorum omnium 
 
 Ballionem exballistabo Idpide : date op)eram 
 
 modo. 585a 
 
 Hoc ego oppidum admoenire ut hddie capiatiir 
 
 uolo. 685 b 
 
42 PLAVTI [IL, 1,17-2, 3. 
 
 (Hue nieas legiones adducam : facilem ego banc 
 
 rem nieis ciuibus facia in.) 586 
 
 Si hoc expugno, post ad oppiduin hoc uetus coii- 
 
 tiouo inecum 587^ 
 
 ExdrcituiD protinus obducam. 587'' 
 
 Inde me 6t simul participds omnis meos pradda 
 
 onerabo atque opplebo, 
 Metum dt fugain perdudllibus meis me esse ut 
 sciant natum. 
 
 Ed sum genere gnatus : magna md facinora 
 ddcet efficere, 590 
 
 Quae post mibi clara et diu clueaiit. 
 Sed hunc qudm uideo ? quis hie dst qui oculis 
 meis obuiam iguobilis obicitur ? 
 
 Lubdt scire, quid uenerit cum machadra, 
 Et hie quam rem agat, bine dabo iosidias. 
 
 Harpax. Psevdolvs. 
 
 Har. Hi loci sunt atque hae rdgiones, quae mi ab ero 
 sunt demonstratae, 595 
 
 Vt ego oculis rationdm capio : nam mi ita dixit 
 erus mens miles : 
 
 Septiimas esse aedis a ])orta, ubi ille habitat leno, 
 quoi iussit 
 
IL, 2, 4-1'J.J PSEVDOLVS. 43 
 
 Suinb(')lain me ferre et hoc ari'eDtuiii. Niniis udlim 
 certuiii qui id iin'lii faciat, 
 
 Ybi Ballio leuo hie habitat. 
 PsE. [St, tace, tace ineus hie est homo, ui omnes di 
 atque homines deseruut.] goo 
 
 Noiio cdusilio mihi mine opus est: noua i4s haee 
 
 subito mi obiectast. 
 Hoc praduortar principio : iUa omnia missa habeo 
 
 quae ante agere ocee|ii. 
 lara pdl ego hunc strati otic um nuntium aduenidntem 
 probe perciitiam. 
 Har. Ostium pultabo atque intus ^uocabo aliqudm foras. 
 PsE. Quisquis es, conp(^ndium ego te facere pultandi 
 nolo. 605 
 
 Xam ^go precator dt pati'onus foribus process! foras. 
 Har. Tune's Ballio ? 
 
 PsE. Immo uero ego ^ius sum Subballio. 
 Har. Quid istuc uerbist ? 
 
 PsE. Condus promus siim, procurator peni. 
 Har. Quasi te dicas atriensem. 
 
 PsE. Immo atriensi ego impero. 
 Har. Quid tu, seruosn^'s an liber ? 
 
 PsE. Xiinc quideni etiam sdruio. 610 
 Har. Ita iiidere : et ncai uidere dignus, qui libdr 
 
 sies. 
 PsE. Xon soles respicere te, quom dicis iniuste alteri ? 
 Har. Hunc hominem malum ^sse oportet. 
 
 PsE. Di me seruant atque amant : 
 
44 PLAVTI [II., 2, 20-34. 
 
 Nam hade rnilii incus dst : procudam ego liiuc hodie 
 iiiultos dolos. 
 IIar. Quid illic solus sdcuui loquitur ? 
 
 PSE. Quid ais tu, adulescdus ? 
 
 Hau. Quid est ? 615 
 
 PsE. Esne tu an non 6s ab illo niiliti Macddonio ? 9^ 
 
 Sdruos eius, qui liinc a nobis est niercatus niiilierem, 
 
 Qui argenti meo ero lenoni quiudecim dederat minas, 
 
 Quinque debet ? 
 
 Har. Sum : sed ubi tu m6 nouisti qc^utium 
 Aiit uidisti aut coulocutu's ? Nam dquidem Atlienas 
 antidhac 620 
 
 Numquam adueui ndque te uidi ante hunc diem 
 umquam oculis meis. 
 PsE. Quia uidere inde dsse : nam olim, quom abiit, 
 argento hade dies 
 Pradstitutast, quoad referret nobis, neque dum 
 rettulit. 
 Hau. Imrao adest. 
 
 PSE. Tun attulisti? 
 Har. Egomet. 
 
 PsE. Quid dubitas dare ? G25 
 Hau. Tibi ego dem ? 
 
 PsE. Mihi lidrcle uero, qui res rationesque eri 
 Ballionis euro, argentum aecdpto et quoi debdt dato. 
 Har. Si quidem herele etiam supremi prduiptas then- 
 sauros Touis, 
 Tibi libellam argdnti numquam crddam. 
 
J I., -2, .•U-49.] PSEYDOLVS. 45 
 
 PSE. Dum tu st^rnuas, 
 
 Eds erit soliita. 
 
 Har. Vinctam potiiis sic seruauero. 630 
 PsE. Yad tibi. tu inudntu's uero, nieaiii qui furcilles fideni. 
 
 Quasi mi non sescdota tanta soli soleant crMier. 
 Har. Potest, ut alii ita arbitrentur 6t ego ut ne credaiu 
 
 tibi. 
 PsE. Quasi tu dicas md te uelle a^^g^nto circumducere. 
 Har. Immo uero quasi tu dicas quasique ego autem 
 siispicer. 635 
 
 Sdd quid est tibi uonieii ? 
 
 PsE. Seruos dst huic lenoni Surus : 
 Eum esse me dicam. Surus sum. 
 
 Har. Silrus ? 
 
 PsE. Id est nomdn mihi. 
 Har. Ydrba multa facimus. Erus si tuos domist, quin 
 prouocas, 
 Vt id agam, quod missus hue sum, quicquid est 
 nomdn tibi ? 
 PsE. Si intus esset, duocarem. Ydrum si dare uis 
 milii, 640, 
 
 Magis solutum erit, quaui si ipsi ddderis. 
 
 Har. At euiui sciu quid est ? 
 Ptdddere hoc, non pdrdere, erus me misit. Xam 
 
 certo scio 
 Hoc febrim tibi dsse, quia non licet hue inicere 
 
 linf^ulas. 
 Ego, nisi ipsi Ballioni, niimmum credam iiduiini. 
 
46 PLAVTI [II., 2, 50-62. 
 
 PsE. At illic nunc negotiosust : r^s agitur apud iii- 
 
 dicem. 645 
 
 Har. Di bene uortant. At ego quando eum esse cen- 
 
 sebd domi, 
 
 Eddiero. Tu epistulam hanc a nie accipe atque 
 
 ill! (lato. 
 Nam istic siiniboliist inter eruni nieum ^t tuom 
 de niiiliere. 
 PsE. Scio eqiiidem : qui arg^ntum adferret atque ex- 
 pressani im agin em 
 Hue suam ad nos, cum eo aiebat udlle mitti 
 millierem. 650 
 
 Nam hie quoque exemplum reliquit ^ius. 
 
 Har. Omnem r«^m tenes, 
 PsE. Quid ego ni tendam ? 
 
 Har. Dato istunc siimboluni ero^o illi. 
 
 PsE. Licet. 
 S^d quid est tibi ndmen ? 
 Har. Harpax. 
 
 PsE. Apage te, Harpax : hau places. 
 Hue quidem hercle baud ibis intro, n^ quid ' bar- 
 pax ' f^ceris. 
 Har. Hostis uiuos rapere soleo ex acie : ex hoc nomdn 
 miliist. 655 
 
 PsE. Pol te multo magis opinor nasa ahena ex a^di- 
 
 bus. 
 Har.' Non itast. Sed scin quid te oro, Sure ? 
 
 PsE. Sciam, si dixeris. 
 
II., 2, G3-3, 3 ] PSEVDOLVS. 47 
 
 Hak. Ego deuortor dxtra pertain hue in tabeniaiii tditiaiu 
 Apud anum illam doliaiem, chidaiii, crassam, Clnys- 
 idem. 
 PsE. Quid niiuc uis ? 
 
 Hak. Inde iit me accersas, drus tuos ul)i ii^Derit. ggo 
 PSE. Tuo arbitratu : maxiinie. 
 
 Hah. ISTain iit lassus iieni dd iiia, 
 j\Id nolo curare. 
 
 PsE. Sane sapis, et consilium placet. 
 Sdd nide sis, ne in qnadstione sis, quando accersam, 
 mihi. 
 Har, Quin nbi prandero, dabo operam somno. 
 
 PsE. Sane cdnseo. 
 Har. Xiimqnid nis ? 
 
 PsE. Dormitum nt abeas. 
 Hak. Abeo. 
 
 PsK. Atque audin, Harpage ? 605 
 lube sis te operiri : beatus dris, si consndaueris. 
 
 PSEVDOLVS. 
 
 Di immortales, conseruauit me illic homo aduentii 
 
 sno. 
 Suo uiatico redduxit me usque ex errore in uiam. 
 Namque ipsa Opportunitas non potnit mi oppor- 
 
 tunius 
 
48 PLAVTI [II., 3, 4-18. 
 
 Aduenire quam hade allatast mi opportune epi- 
 
 stula. 670 
 
 Nam hade allata cornu copiadst, ubi inest quiequid 
 
 uolo : 
 Hie doli, hie fallaeiae omnes, hie sunt syeophantiae, 
 Hie aroentumst, hie amiea amanti erili filio. 
 Atque ego nune me ut gloriosum faciam et copi 
 
 pdctore. 
 Quo modo quieque agerem, lit lenoni siirruperem 
 
 mulidreulam, 675 
 
 lam instituta, ornata cuneta in animo, ut uolueram, 
 
 ordine 
 Cdrta, deformata habebam. Sdd profeeto hoc sic 
 
 erit : 
 Centum doctum hominum consilia sola haec deuincit 
 
 dea, 
 Fortuna. Atque hoc udrumst : j)roinde ut quisque 
 
 fortuna utitur, 
 Ita praeeellet atque exinde sapere eum omnes 
 
 dieimus. 680 
 
 Bdne ubi quoi quod scinVus consilium accidisse, 
 
 homindm eatum 
 Eum esse deelaramus : stultum autem ilium quoi 
 
 uortit maleo 
 Stiilti hauscimus friistra ut simus, quom quid cupi- 
 
 entdr dari 
 Pdtimus nobis : quasi quid in rem sit possimus 
 
 noscere. 
 
II., 3, 19-4, :.] 
 
 rsEVDOLVS. 49 
 
 C^rta mittimus, diim iucerta p^timiis. Atque lioc 
 
 euenit, 685 
 
 In labore atque in dolore ut mors obrepat interim. 
 S^d iam satis est pbilosopliatiim : iiiinis diu et 
 
 longiim loquor. 
 Di iumortales, auricbalco contra non cariim fuit 
 Meiim mendacium bic modo quod subito commen- 
 
 tus fui, 
 Quia lenonis me dsse dixi. Niinc ego bac epi- 
 
 stula 690 
 
 Tris deludam, erum dt lenonem et qui banc dedit 
 
 mi epistulara. 
 Eiige, par pari aliud autem quod cupiebam contigit : 
 V^nit eccum Calidorus : ducit ndscio quern secum 
 
 simul. 
 
 Calidorvs. Charinvs. Psevdolvs. 
 
 Cal. Dulcia atque amara apud te sum dlocutus omnia. 
 
 Scis amorem, scis laborem, scis egestat^m meam. 695 
 Cha. Commemini onmia : id tu modo, me quid uis fa- 
 cere, fac sciam. 
 Cal. Pseudolus mi ita imperauit, ut aliquem bominem 
 str^nuom 
 B^neuolentem addiicerem ad se. 
 
 Cha. Seruas imperium probe ; 
 
 4 
 
50 PLAVTI [II., 4, 8-22. 
 
 Nam et amicum et b(^iieiioleoteiu diicis. Seel istic 
 
 Pseuclolus 
 Nduos mil list. 
 Cal. Nimiiimst mortalis graphicus : eu/aerr/v milnst. 700 
 Is mihi haec sese dffecturum dixit quae dixi tibi. 
 PsE. Magiiufice homiuem cumpellabo. 
 
 Cal. Quoia uox resouat ? 
 PsE. lo, 
 16, te, te, turaiiiie, te rogo, qui iiiperitas Pseudolo : 
 Quaero, cpioi ter triDa triplicia tribus modis tria 
 
 gaudia 
 Artibus tribus t^r demeritas ddm laetitias d^ 
 tribus 705* 
 
 Fraiide paitas, p^r malitiam, pdr dolum et falla- 
 ciam : 705^ 
 
 In libello hoc opsignato hue attuli pauxillulo. 
 Cal. iriic liomost. 
 
 Cha. Vt paratragoedat carnufex. 
 
 PsE. Confer gradum 
 Contra pariter. Porge audacter ad salutem bracchium. 
 Cal. Die utrum Spemne an Salutem td salutem, Pseudole? 
 PsE. Immo utrumque. 
 
 Cal. Vtrilmque, salue. Sdd quid actumst ? 
 
 PsE. Quid tibi ? 710 
 Cal. Attuli hunc. 
 
 PsE. Quid, attulisti ? 
 
 Cal. Adduxi uolui dicere. 
 PsE. Quis istic est? 
 
II., 4, 22-35.] PSEVDOLVS. 51 
 
 Cal. Chariims. 
 
 PsE. Euge, iam x^P^^ tovtm ttolm. 
 Cha. Quill tu si quid opiist mi audactur imi»eias ? 
 
 PsE. Taui gratiast. 
 Bdiie sit tibi, Cliiuiiie: nolo tibi molestos dsse 
 
 1103. 
 
 Cha. \6i inolestos mihi ? Molestumst id quidem. 
 
 PSE. Tuni igitiir mane. 715 
 
 Cal. Quid istuc est ? 
 
 PsE. Epistulam haiic modo intercepi et siimbolum. 
 Cal. Siimbolum ? quem siimbolum ? 
 
 PsE. Qui a milite allatiist modo. 
 Eius seruo.s, qui liiinc ferebat cum quiuqiie argenti 
 
 minis, 
 Tuam qui amicam hinc accersebat, ^i os subleui 
 modo. 
 Cal. Quomodo ? 
 
 PsE. Horum causa liaec agitur spdctatorum fabula : 720 
 Hi sciiint qui liic adfuerunt : nobis post narrauero. 
 Cal. Quid nunc agimus ? 
 
 PsE. Liberam hodie tuam amicam amplexabere. 
 Cal. Eoone ? 
 
 PsE. Tu istic ipsus, inqiiam, si quidem hoc uiu^t caput. 
 Si modo mihi hominem inuenietis propere. 
 
 Cal. Qua facid ? 
 
 PsE. Malum, 
 
 Callidum, doctum, qui quando principium prae- 
 
 hdnderit, 725 
 
52 PLAVTl [II., 4, 36-49. 
 
 PoiTo sua uirtute teneat, quid se facere oporfceat : 
 Atque qui liic Jion uisitatus sadpe sit. 
 
 Cha. Si sdruos est, 
 Numquid rei'ert ? 
 
 PsE. luiiuo iiiulto niauolo quam liberum. 
 Cha. Posse opinur in6 dare hominem tibi malum et 
 doctilm, modo 
 Qui a patre aduenit Carysto n^cdum exit ex 
 addibus 730 
 
 Quoquam, neque Atlienas aduenit ilmquam ante 
 hesterniim diem. 
 PsE. B^ne iuuas. Sed quinque inuentis opus est argent! 
 minis 
 Miituis, quas hodie reddam: nam luiius mihi debdt 
 pater. 
 Cha. Ego dabo : ne quaere aliunde. 
 
 PsE. O hominem opportuniim mihi. 
 Etiam opust chlamyde 4t machaera et pdtaso. 
 
 Cha. Possum a m6 dare. 735 
 PsE. Di immortales, non Charinus mihi hie quidem, sed 
 Copiast. 
 S^d istic seruos dx Carysto qui hic adest, ecquid 
 sapit ? 
 Cha. Hircum ab alis. 
 
 PsE. Manuleatam tunicam liabere hominem 
 addecet. 
 Ecquid is liomo habdt aceti in pdctore ? 
 
 Cha. Atque acidissumum. 
 
II., 4, 50-65.] PSEVDOLVS. 53 
 
 PsE. Quid, si opus sit iit diilce promat indidem, ecquid 
 
 hab^t ? 
 
 Cha. Eogas ? 740 
 
 Miirrinam, passum, defrutum, ni^llam, niel quoiuis- 
 
 modi. 
 
 Quiu in corde iostriiere quondam coepit therniipo- 
 
 lium. 
 
 PsE. Engepae : lepidd, Charine, meo me ludo laniberas. 
 
 S^d quid nonien dsse dicam ego isti seruo ? 
 
 Cha. Simiae. 
 PsE. Scitne in re aduorsa uorsari ? 
 
 C'ha. Turbo non aequ^ citust. 745 
 PsE. Ecquid argutiist ? 
 
 Cha. Malorum facinorum saepissume. 
 
 PsE. Quid, quom manufesto tenetur ? 
 
 Cha. Anguillast : elabitur. 
 
 PsE. Ecquid is homo scitust? 
 
 Cha. Plebi scitum non est scitius. 
 
 PsE. Probus homost, ut praddicare te audio. 
 
 Cha. Immo si scias : 
 
 Vbi te aspexerit, navrabit illtro, quid ses^ uelis. 750 
 
 Sed quid eo facturus es ? 
 
 PsE. Dicam. Vbi liominem exornauero, 
 
 Siibditiuom fieri clio ilium militis seruom nolo: 
 
 Siimbolum hunc ferat lenoni cum quinque argenti 
 
 minis, 
 
 Miilierem ab lenone abducat. Em tibi omnem 
 
 fabulam. 
 
 Cdterum quo quicque pacto faciat, ipsi dixero. 75.5 
 
54 PLAVTI [11., 4, 66-76. 
 
 Cal. Quid nunc igitur stamus ? 
 
 PsE. Honiinem cum ornanientis omnibus 
 Exornatum adducite ad me iam ad tarpezitam 
 
 Adscliinum. 
 Sdd properate. 
 
 Cal. Piius illi erimus quam tu. 
 
 PsE. Abite erg(j dcius. 
 Quicquid incerti mi in auimo prius aut ambiguom 
 
 fuit, 
 Nunc liepaet, nunc d^faecatumst cor mihi, nunc 
 
 p^ruianist : 760 
 
 Onmis ordind sub signis ducani lei^ionds meas 
 Aui sinistra, auspicio liquido atque ^-x mea sen- 
 
 tdntia. 
 Confidentiast iuimicos meos me posse pdrdere. 
 Nunc ibo ad forum atque onerabo meis praeceptis 
 
 Simiam, 
 Quid agat : ne quid titubet, docte ut hauc ferat 
 
 fallaciam. 765 
 
 lam ^go hoc ipsuni oppidum ^xpugnatum faxo erit 
 
 lenouium. 
 
III., 1, 1-23.] rSEVDOLVS. 55 
 
 ACTVS III. 
 
 PVEK. 
 
 Quoi s^ruitutem di danimt leuoiiiam 
 
 Tuero atcjue eideiii si addunt turpitiidiiiem, 
 
 Ne illi, quantum ego nunc corde conspicid meo^ 
 
 Malain rem magnam miiltasque aerumnas danunt. 770 
 
 Velut hade mi euenit sdruitus, ubi ego omnibus 
 
 Paruis magnisque ministeriis praefulcior. 
 
 Neque ego amatorem mi iiuienire ulliim queo, 
 
 Qui amdt me. ut curer tandem nitidiiiscule. 
 
 Nunc huic lenonist liodie natalis dies. 775 
 
 Int^rminatus ^st a minumo ad maxumum, 
 
 Si quis non liodie munus misiss^t sibi, 
 
 Euni eras £ruciatu^ milxu^no- perbitere. 
 
 Nunc ndscio hercle, rdbus quid faciam_ meis : 
 
 Nam nisi lenoni miinus hodie niisero, 780 
 
 Cras mihi potandus fructus est full(5nius. 
 
 Neque dgo illud possum quod illi qui possimt solent. 
 
 Eheu, quom illi rei ego ^tiani nunc sum paruolus. 
 
 Atque ddej)ol, ut nunc male malum metuo miser, 
 
 Si quispiam det qui manus grauior siet, 785 
 
 Quamquam illud aiunt niagno gemitu fieri, 
 
 Conprimere dentis uideor posse aliquo modo. 
 
 Sed conprimundast mihi uox atque oratio : 
 
 Erus ^ccum recipit s^ domum et ducit coquom. 
 
56 PLAVTI [lU., 2, 1-19. 
 
 Ballio. Coqvos. Pver. 
 
 Bal. Forum coquiiium qui uocant, stultd uocant : 790 
 Nam non coquinumst, iidrum furiniimst forum. 
 Nam ego pdiorem hominem, si iuratus qua^rerem, 
 Cociim non potui quam liiinc quem duco diicere, 
 Multilocum, gloriosum, insulsum, iiiiitilem. 
 Quill 6b eam rem Ore us recipere ad se hunc 
 noluit, 795 
 
 Vt dsset liic, qui mortuis ceuam coquat. 
 Nam liic solus illis coquere quod placeat potest. 
 COQ. Si me arbitrabare ^sto jgacto, ut pra^dicas, 
 Cur conducebas ? 
 
 Bal. Inopia : alius non erat. 
 Sed cur sedebas in foro, si eras coquos, 800 
 
 Tu solus praeter alios ? 
 
 CoQ. Ego dicam tibi. 
 Hominum dgo auaritia factus sum improbior coquos, 
 Non meopte ingenio. y 
 
 Bal, Qua istuc ratione ? 
 
 CoQ. Eloquar. 
 Quia enim, quom extemplo uduiunt coiiductum 
 
 coquom, 
 Nemo ilium quaerit qui optumus, carissumust: 805 
 Ilium conducunt potius qui uilissumust. 
 Hoc dgo fui liodie solus obsessor fori, 
 nil drachumis sunt miseri: me nemo potest 
 
III., 2, 20-45.] PSEVDOLVS. 57 
 
 Minoris quisquara niimmo iit surgam siibigere, 
 jSTon ^go item cenam condio, ut alii coqui, 810 
 
 Qui milii conclita prata in patinis proferunt, 
 Boues qui conuiuas faciunt herbasque oggerunt, 
 Eas hdrbas herbis ^aliis porro condiuut : 
 Apponunt rumicem, brassicam, betam, blitum : 815 
 Indunt coriandrum, feniculum, alium, atrum bolus : su 
 Eo laserpici libram pondo diluont: 
 Teritiir senapis sc^lera, quae illis qui terunt 
 Prius quam triuerunt, oculi ut exstill^iit facit. 
 Ei honuries cenas ubi coquont, quom condiunt, 
 Non_condimentis condiunt, sed strigibus, 820 
 
 Viuis conuiuis intestina quae ^xedint. 
 Hoc hie quidem homines tam breuem uitam colunt, 
 Quom hasce hdrbas huiusmodi in suom aluom 
 
 congerunt, 
 Formidulosas ^ictu, non essii modo. 
 Quas hdrbas pecudes non edunt, homines edunt. 825 
 Bal. Quid tii ? diuinis condimentis iitere, 
 Qui prorogare uitam possis hominibus, 
 Qui ea ciilpes coudim^nta ? 
 
 CoQ. Audacter dicito : 
 Nam udl ducenos annos poterunt uiuere, 
 Meas qui dssitabunt dscas, c|uas condiuero. 830 
 
 Nam ego cicilendrum quando in patinas indidi 
 Aut c^polendrum aut maccidem aut saucaptidem, 
 Ea^pse sese fdruefaciunt ilico. 
 Haec ad Neptuni pecudes condim^nta sunt: 
 
58 PLAVTI [III., 2, 46-67, 
 
 Terr^stris pecudes ^icimandro cdndio, 835 
 
 Hapalopside aut cataractria. 
 
 Bal. At te Iiippiter 
 Dique omnes jDerdaiit cum condimentis tuis 
 Cumqud tuis istis dumibus iiieudaciis. 
 CoQ. Sine si's loqiii me. 
 
 Bal. Ldijuere atque i in malam crucem. 
 CoQ. Ybi dmnes patinae Idruont, omnis aperio : 840 
 
 Is odds di missis pddibus in caelum uolat. 
 Bal. Odds di missis pddibus ? 
 
 CoQ. Peccaui insciens. 
 Bal. Quidiini ? 
 
 CoQ. Diinissis nianibus uului dicere. 
 Eum oddrem cenat Iiippiter cottidie. 
 Bal. Si nusquam coctum is, quidnam cenat Iiippiter? 845 
 CoQ. It I'ncenatus ciibitum. 
 
 Bal. I in mal^m crucem. 
 Istacine causa tibi liodie nummuni dabo ? 
 CoQ. Fate(')r equidem esse m^ coquom carissumum : 
 A'eriiin i)ro j)retio facio lit opera appareat 
 Mea, quo conductus udnio. 
 
 Bal. Ad furandum quidem. 850 
 CoQ. An tu inuenire pdstulas quemquam coquom 
 
 Nisi miluinis aut aquilinis iingulis ? 
 Bal. An tu coquinatum te ire quoquam pdstulas, 
 Quin ibi constrictis iingulis cenam coquas? 
 Nunc adeo tu, qui mdus es, iam edicd tibi, 855 
 Vt nostra properes amoliri liinc omnia. 
 
Ill, 2, 68-89.] PSEVDOLVS. 59 
 
 Turn ut luiius oculos I'u jjculis habeas tuis. 
 Quoquo hie spectabit, eo tu spectato simiil. 
 Si quo hie gradietiir, pariter progredimiiio. 
 Manum si protoUet, pariter proferto maniim. 800 
 Suoui si quid siiiuet, i<.l tu sinito siimere: 
 Si Dostmm suniet, tii teueto altiinsecus. 
 Si iste ibit, ito : stabit, astato simul. 
 Si conquiniscet istic, conquiniscito. 
 Item his diseipulis priiios eustodds dabo. 865 
 
 COQ. Habe mddo bonum aiiiuium. 
 
 Bal. Quadso, qui possum, doce, 
 Bonum animum habere, qui te ad me adducam 
 domum ? 
 CoQ. Quia_soi-b[tk)ne facia m ego hodie t^ mea, 
 Item lit Medea P^liam coucoxit senem, 
 Quern Di^dicaraento et suis ueuenis dicitur 870 
 
 Fecisse rursus ^x.^sene adulesc^ntulum : 
 Item ^2;o te faciam. 
 
 Bal. Eho, an etiam es uen^fieus ? 
 CoQ. Immo ddepol uero sum hdiuinum seruator. 
 
 Bal. Ehem, 373.874 
 Quanti istuc iinum m^ coquiuare p^rdoces ? 87o 
 CoQ. Quid? 
 
 Bal. Yt te seruem, n^ quid surripias mihi. 
 CoQ. Si crddis, nummo : si uon, ne mind quidem. 
 Sed utriim tu amicis hiddie an inimicis tuis 
 Datilru's cenam ? 
 
 Bal. Pol eoo amicis scilicet. 
 
60 PLAVTI [III., 2, 90-111. 
 
 CoQ. Quill tuds inimicos potius quam amicds uocas ? 880 
 Nam ego ita conuiuis cdnam conditam clabo 
 Hodie, atque ita suaui suauitate condiarn : 
 Vt quisque quicque cunditum gustauerit, 
 Ipsils sibi faciam ut digitos praerodat suos, 
 Bal. Quaeso hdrcle, prius quam quoiquam conuiua<^ 
 dabis, 885 
 
 Gustato tute prius et discipulis dato, 
 Vt pradrodatis uostras furtificas manus. 
 CoQ. Fortasse haec tu nunc mihi non credis quad 
 
 loquor. 
 Bal. Moldstus ne sis : nimium tinnis : non taces ? 
 
 Em iUic ego habito : iam iutro abi et cenam 
 coque, 890 
 
 Propera. 
 
 PvER. Quin tu is accubitum et conuiuas cedo : 
 Conriimpitur iam cdna. 
 
 Bal. Em, subolem sis uide : 
 Iam hie qudque scelestus 6st coqui sublingulo. 
 Profdcto quid nunc primum caueam, ndscio : 
 Ita in addibus sunt iures, praedo in prdxumost. 805 
 Nam mihi uicinus apud forum pauld prius 
 Patdr Calidori edixit opere maxumo, 
 Vt mihi cauerem a Pseildolo serud suo, 
 Ne fidem ei haberem : nam dum circum ire in /O 
 
 hiinc diem, 
 Vt md, si posset, muliere interudrteret. 900 
 
 Eum prdmisisse firmiter dixit sibi, 
 
III., 2, 112 — IV., 1, 10.] rSEVDOLVS. 61 
 
 Sese abducturum a m6 dolis Phoeuicium. 
 Nunc I'bo intro atque edicam familiaribus, 
 Prof^cto ne quis quicquam credat Pseiidolo. 
 
 PSEVDOLVS. SiMIA. 
 
 PsE. Si umquam quemquam di immortales uoludre esse 
 
 auxilio adiutum, 905 
 
 Turn me ^t Calidorum sdruatum uolunt ^sse et 
 
 lenouein dxtiuctum, 
 Quom te adiutorem g^uueruut mihi tain doctum 
 
 liominem atque astutum. 
 Sed ubi illic est ? Sumne ego homo insipiens, qui 
 haec mdcum egomet loquor solus ? 
 
 Dedit udrba milii hercle, ut opinor. 909^ 
 
 Malus ciim male stulte caui. 909'' 
 
 Turn pol ego interii, homo si I'lle abiit, neque hoc 
 
 opus quod uolui hodie dfficiam. 910 
 
 Sed ecciim uideo uerbdream statuam : ut it, ut 
 
 magnifice infdrt sese. 
 Ehem, te h^rcle ego circumspdctabam : nimis 
 mdtuebam male, ne abisses. 
 Sim. Fuit meum officium, ut facer^m, fateor. 
 PsE. Vbi rdstiteras ? 
 
 Sim. Vbi mihi lubitumst. 
 PsE. Istuc eso satis scio. 
 
62 PLAVTI [IV., 1, 10-23. 
 
 Sim. Cur drgo, quod scis, m^ rogas ? 
 PsE. At hoc uolo, uioiR're te. 
 
 Sim. Moiiendu's, ne me moneas. 915 
 PsE. Nimis tandeui ego aps te c ont^mnor. 
 Sim. Quippe ^go te ni contdmDaiii, 
 Stvatioticus lionio qui cliiear ? 
 PsE. Tarn lioc ikUo, quod occeptiimst, agi. 
 
 Sim. Numquid agere aliud m^ uides ? 
 PsE. Au:il)ula ergo cito. 
 
 Sim. Immo otiose uolo. 920 
 
 PsE. Ha^c ea occasiost : duni ille dormit, uolo 
 Tu prior adire ut dccupes. 
 Sim. Quid prdperas ? placide : 11^ time. Ita ille faxit 
 Iilppiter, 
 Vt ille palam ibidem adsiet, quisquis illest qui 
 
 ad est a onijite : 
 Num({uam ^depol potior ille erit Harpax quam ego. 
 Habe animiim bonura. ^25 
 
 Piilcre ego banc dxplicatam tibi rdm dabo. 
 Sic ego ilium xlolis atque mendacns 
 In timordm dabo militarem aduenam, 
 Ipsus sese ut neget esse eum qui siet, 
 Mdque ut esse autumet, qui ipsus est. 
 
 PsE. C^ni potest ? 930 
 Sim. (3ccidis me, quom istuc rogitas. 
 
 PsE. liomindm lepidum. 
 Sim. T^ quoquo etiain dolls atque mendacijs,. 
 Qui magist^r milii's, antidibo, ut scias. 
 
IV., 1, 24-34.] PSEVDOLVS. 63 
 
 PsE. luppiter t4, mihi sdruet. 
 
 Sdi. Immo mihi. 
 S^d uide, ornatus hie m^ satiu condecet ? 935 
 PsE. Optume habet. 
 
 Sim. Esto. 
 PsE. Tantiim tibi boni di immortales duiiit, quantum tu 
 tibi exoptes. 
 Nam si dxoptem, quantum dignu's, tantiim dent, 
 
 minus _nihil6 sit. 
 Neque ego hoc homine quemquam uidi magis 
 malum. 
 
 Sim. Tun id mihi ? 
 
 PsE. Taceo. 939^ 
 
 Sed ego tibi quae bona dabo et faciam, si banc 
 
 sobrie rem accurassis. 939^ 
 
 Sim. Potin ut taceas ? Memorem inmemorem facit qui 
 
 monet quod memor m^minit. 940 
 
 Teneo omnia : in pectore condita sunt : meditati 
 
 sunt mihi doli docte. 
 
 PsE. Probus dst hie homo. 
 
 Sim. Neque hie ^st neque ego. 
 
 PsE. At uide, n^ titubes. 
 
 Sim. Potin iit taceas? 
 PsE. Ita m^ di ament 
 
 Sim. Ita non facient. Mera iam mendacia 
 fundes. 
 PsE. Vt ego 6b tuam, Simia, pdrfidiam te amo et mdtuo 
 et ma^ni facio. 
 
64 PLAVTI [IV., 1, 35-45. 
 
 Sim. Ego istuc aliis dare condidici : mi optmdere non 
 potis palpuiu. 945 
 
 PsE. Vt ego accipiam te hodid lepide, ubi effdceris hoc 
 opus, 
 
 Sim. Hahahe. 
 PsE. Lepido iiictu, iiino, liiiguentis et intdr pocula pul- 
 panientis. 
 Ibidem una aderit muli^r lepida, tibi sauia super 
 sauia quae det. 
 Sim. Lepide accipis me. 
 
 PsE. Immo si dfficies, turn faxo magis id 
 dicas. 
 Sim. Nisi eff^cero, tum cruciabiliter cum carnufice me 
 accipito. "^ 950 
 
 S^d propera mihi monstrare, ubist lenonis ostium. 
 PsE. Tdrtium hoc est. 
 
 Sim. St^, tace : aedes hiscunt. 
 
 PsE. Credo animo malest 
 Addibus. 
 
 Sim. Quid iam ? 
 
 PsE. Quia edepol ipsum lenonem duomunt. 
 Sim. Illicinest? 
 
 PsE. Illic ipsus est. 
 
 Sim. Mala m^rcist. 
 
 PsE. Illuc SIS uide : 
 
 Yt transuorsus, udu prouorsus c^dit, quasi cancer 
 
 solet. 955 
 
IV., 2, 1-14.] PSEVDOLVS. 65 
 
 Ballio. Psevdolvs. Simia. 
 
 Bal. Minus malum huiic hominem d.sse opinor, qua in 
 esse ceusebam, coquom : 
 ' Nam niliil etiam dum barpagauit piaster cyatlium 
 et cantharum. 
 PSE. Heiis tu, uunc occasiost et t^mpus. 
 
 Sim. Tecum sdntio. 
 PsE. Ingredere in uiam dolose: ego hie in insidiis ero. 
 Sim. Habui numerum s^dulo : hoc est sdxtum a porta 
 proxumum 960 
 
 Angiportum : in id angiportum m^ deuorti iusserat. 
 Quotumas aedis dixerit, id ego admodum incertd 
 scio. 
 Bal. Quis hie homo chlamydatus est? aut lindest ? aut 
 quem qua^ritat ? 
 Pdregrina facias uidetur hominis atque ignobilis. 
 Sim. Sdd eccum qui ex inc^rto faciet mihi quod quaero 
 cdrtius. 965 
 
 Bal. Ad me adit recta. Vnde ego hominem hunc dsse 
 
 dicam gentium ? 
 SnL Heiis tu, qui cum hirquina barba astas, responde 
 
 quod rogo. 
 Bal. Eho, an non prius saliitas ? 
 
 Sim. Xullast mihi salus dataria. 968. 969 
 Bal. Xam pol hinc tantumdem accipies. 
 
 PsE. lam inde a principio probe. 970 
 
66 PLAVTI [IV., 2, 15-28. 
 
 Sim. Ecquem in augiporto hoc hominem tu nouisti, t^ 
 
 rogo. ^ 
 
 JjAL. Eoomet me. 
 
 Sim. Pauci istuc faciunt homines, quod tu praddicas : 
 Nam in foro uix ddcumus quisquest, qui ipsus sese 
 nduerit. 
 PSE. Sahios sum : iam philosophatur. 
 
 Sim. Hominem ego hie quaerd malum, 
 Ldgirupam, impurum, peiiurum atque impium. 
 
 Bal. Me quadritat : 975 
 Nam ilia mea sunt cdgnomenta : ndmen si me- 
 
 mordt modo. 
 Quid est ei homini ndmen ? 
 
 Sim. Leno Ballio. 
 
 Bal. Sciuin ego ? 
 Ipse ego sum, aduldscens, quem tu quadris. 
 
 Sim. Tune's Ballio? 
 Bal. Ego enimuero is sum. 
 
 Sim. Vt uestitu's, ds perfossor parietum. 970. 980 
 Bal. Crddo, in tenebris cdnspicatus si sis me, apstineas 
 
 manum. 
 Sim. Erus meus tibi md salutem multam uoluit dicere. 
 Hanc epistalam accipe a me : banc me tibi iussit 
 dare. 
 Bal. Quis is homost, qui iussit ? 
 
 PsE. Peril : mine homo in medid lutost. 
 Ndmen nescit : hadret haec res. 
 
 Bal. Queni lianc misisse ad me aiitumas ? 985 
 
IV., 2, 29-46.J PSEVDOLVS. 67 
 
 Sim. Nosce imagindm : tute eius nonien memorato mihi, 
 Yt sciam te Balliouem esse ipsum. 
 
 Bal. Cedo mi epistulam. 
 Sim. Accipe et cognosce signum. 
 
 Bal. 0, Polymachaeroplagides 
 Funis putus est ipsus : noui : beus, Polymacbae- 
 
 roplagidi 
 Xdmen est. 
 
 Sim. Scio iam me recte tibi dedisse epistulam, 990 
 Postquam Polymacbadroplagidae ^locutus nomen es. 
 Bal. Quid agit is ? 
 
 Sim. Quod bomo ^depol fortis atque bellator probus. 
 S^d propera lianc pell^gere quaeso epistulam — 
 
 ita neudtiumst — 
 Atque accipeie arg^iitum actutum miilieremque 
 
 emittere. 
 ISTam bddie Sicyoni necessest me dsse aiit eras 
 mortem ^xsequi : 995 
 
 Ita erus meus est imperiosus. 
 
 Bal. Xoui : notis pra^dicas. 
 Sim. Propera pellegere ^rgo epistulam. 
 
 Bal. Id ago, si tacdas modo. 
 'Milds leuoni Ballioni epistulam 
 Conscriptam mittit Pdlymacbaeroplagides, 
 Imagine obsignatam quae inter nds duo looo 
 
 Conu^nit olim.' Siimbolust in epistula. 
 Video dt cognosco signum. Sed in epistula 
 Nullam salutem mittere scriptam solet ? 
 
68 PLAVTI [IV., 2, 47 —3, 4. 
 
 Sim. Ita inilitaiis disciplinast, Ballio : 
 
 Manu saliitem mittunt bene uoldntibus, ioo5 
 
 Eaddm malam rem mittunt male uoldntibiis. 
 Quid epistula ista narret. 
 
 Bal. Ausculta modo. 
 ' Harpax calator mdus est ad te qui uenit ' 
 Tung's is Harpax ? 
 Sim. Ego sum : atque ipse harpax quidem. loio 
 Bal. ' Qui epistulam istam fdrt, ab eo argentum accipi 
 Et cum eo simitu miilierem mitti nolo. 
 Saliitem scriptam dignumst dignis mittere : 
 Te si arbitrarem dignum, misissdm tibi.' 
 Sim. Quid nunc. 
 
 Bal. Argentum d6s, abducas miilierem. 1015 
 Sim. Vt^r remoratur ? 
 
 Bal. Quin sequere ergo intro. 
 
 Sim. Sequor. 
 
 PSEVDOLVS., 
 
 Peiorem ego hominem magisque uorsut(^ malum 
 Numquam ddepol quemquam nidi, quam hie est 
 
 Simla : 
 Nimisque ^go illunc hominem metuo et formido 
 
 male, 
 Ne mains item erga md sit, ut erga ilium fuit : 1020 
 
IV., 3, 5-4, 4.] PSEVDOLVS. 69 
 
 Ne in re secmula nunc mi obuortat cornua, 
 Si occasioneni capsit. Qui si sit malus, 
 
 Atque ^depol equidem nolo : nam illi bdne nolo. 
 Nunc injjifitu sum maxum.o triplici modo : i025 
 Primum omnium iam hunc cdmparem metuo meum, 
 Xe ddserat med atque ad hostis transeat. 
 Metuo aiitem, ne erus r^deat etianidum a foro : 
 Xe capta praeda capti praedon^s fuant. 
 Quom haec m^tuo, metuo, nd ille hue Harpax 
 aduenat, loso 
 
 Prius quam liinc ])ic Harpax abierit cum miiliere. 
 Perii hdrcle : nimium tarde eorediuntur foras. 
 
 o 
 
 Cor conligatis uasis expectat meum, 
 
 Si ndn educat miilierem ^secum simul, 
 
 Vt ^xulatum ex pdctore aufugiat meo. 1035 
 
 Victor sum : uici caiitos custodds meos. 
 
 SiMIA. PSEVDOLVS. PhOENICIVM. 
 
 Sim. Ne plora : nescis, ut res sit, Phoenicium, 
 
 Verum hand mnlto^post faxo scibis accubans. 
 Non 6go te ad ilium duco dentatiim uirum io40 
 Mac^doniensem, qui te nunc flent^m facit : 
 
70 PLAVTI [IV., 4, 5-13. 
 
 Quoiam dsse te iiis maxume, ad eum diixero. 
 
 Calidorum baud multo post faxo amplexabere. 
 PsE. Quid tu intus, quaeso, ddsedisti tarn diu ? 
 
 Milii cor retuDsumst oppugnando pdctoi'e. io45 
 
 Sim. Occasionem rdpperisti, u^rberO; 
 
 Vbi p^rcoiiteris iiie . 
 
 . insidiis hostilibus. 
 
 Quin bine metimur gradibus militariis ? 
 PsE. Atque ^depol quainquam iidquam bomo's, rectd 
 mones. 1050 
 
 Ite bac, triumpbe, ad cautbarum recta uia. 
 
IV., 5, 1-6, 4.] FSEVDULVS. 71 
 
 ACTVS IV. 
 
 Ballio. 
 
 Hahad, nunc demum mi animus in ^to locost, 
 Postquani iste hinc abiit atque abduxit mulierem. 
 lube nunc uenire Pseudolum, sceleriim caput, 
 Et abducere a me m ulierem fallaciis. 1055 
 
 ^onc^ptis hercle u^rbis, satis certo scio, 
 Ego p^riurare md mauellem milieus, 
 Quam mi ilium uerba p^r deridiculiim dare. 
 Nunc d^ridebo hercle liominem, si conu^nero. 
 Verum in pistrino cr^do, ut conuenit, fore. 1060 
 
 Nunc ^go Simonem mi obuiam ueniat uelim : 
 Vt mea laetitia ladtus promiscam siet. 
 
 SiMO. Ballio. 
 
 Sim. Visso, quid rerum mdus Ylixes ^gerit, 
 
 lamne habeat signum ex arce Ballionia. 
 Bal. fortunate, c^do fortunatam manum. i065 
 
 Sim. Quid est ? 
 
 Bal. lam 
 
 Sim. Quid iam ? 
 
72 PLAVTI [IV. 6, 4-22. 
 
 Bal. Niliil est quod metuas. 
 Sim. Quid est ? 
 Venitne homo ad te ? 
 
 Bal. Ndn. 
 
 Sim. Quid est igitur boni ? 
 Bal. Minad uiginti sanae et saluae sunt tibi, 
 
 Hodid quas aps ted dst stipulatus Pseudolus. 
 Sim. Velim quidem hercle. 
 
 Bal. Eoga me uiginti minas, io70 
 Si ille iliac hodie sit potitus miiliere, 
 Sine earn tuo gnato hodie, ut promisit, dabit : 
 [Eoga, opsecro hercle : g^stio promittere.] 
 Omnibus modis tibi ^sse rem ut saluam scias. 
 Atque ^tiam habeto mulierem dono tibi. 1075 
 
 Sim. Nulliimst periclum, quod sciam, stipularier, 
 Vt concepisti u^rba. Viginti minas 
 Dabin ? 
 
 Bal. Dabuntur. 
 
 Sim. Hoc quidem actumst haii male. 
 (Sed conuenistin hominem ? 
 
 Bal. Immo ambo simul. 
 Sim. Quid ait ? quid narrat ? quadso, quid dixit 
 tibi ? 1089 
 
 Bal. Nugas theatri : udrba quae in como^diis 
 Solent lenoni dici, quae pueri sciunt : 
 Malum ^t scelestum et pdiurum aibat ^sse me. 
 Sim. Pol haii mentitust. 
 
 Bal. Ergo baud iratus fui. 
 
IV., 6, 23-40.J psp:vdolvs. 73 
 
 Nam quaiiti refert ei uec recte dicere, 1085 
 
 Qui uiliili faciat quique iiititias lion eat ? 
 Si.M.) Quid ^st quod iion inetuam ab eo ? Id audire 
 
 ^xpeto. 
 Bal. Quia numquam abducet inulierem iain nee potest. 
 Sim. Quidiini ? 
 
 Bal. Meministin tibi me dudum dicere 
 Eam u^niuisse jtniliti Mac^donio ? 1090 
 
 Sim. Me mini. 
 
 Bal. Em illius seruos hiic ad me argentum attulit 
 Et obsignatum siimbolum. 
 
 Sim. Quid postea ? 
 Bal. [Qui int^r me atque ilium militem conu^nerat.] 
 
 Is s^cum abdiixit mulierem hau multo prius. 
 Sim. Bonan fide istuc dicis ? 
 
 Bal. Vnde ea sit mihi ? 1095 
 
 Sim. Aide modo, ne illic sit contechinatus quippiam. 
 Bal. Epistula atque imago me certnm facit. 
 
 [Qui illam quidem iam in Sicyonem ex urbe ab- 
 duxit modo.] 
 Sim. Bene h^rcle factum. Quid ego cesso Pseiidolum 
 Facere lit det nomen ad Molas coloniam ? noo 
 
 Sed quis hie homost chlamydatus ? 
 
 Bal. Non edepol scio : 
 Nisi ut obseruemus quo eat aut quam rdm gerat. 
 
74 PLAVTI [IV., 7, 1-21. 
 
 Harpax. Ballio. Simo. 
 
 Har. Malus ^t nequamst homo qui nihili facit im- 
 peiium siii seruos eri : 
 Mliilist autem suom qui officium facere inmemor 
 est, iiisist admonitus. 
 
 Nam qui liberos se ilico ^sse arbitrantur, 1105 
 Ex conspectu eri si sui se abdiddrunt, 
 Liixantur, lustrantur, comedunt quod habent, ei 
 nomdn diu 
 
 S^ruitutis feruut. 
 
 N^c boni iiigeni quicquam in is inest, 
 Nisi ut improbis se artibus tdneant. mo 
 
 Cum his mihi nee locus nee sdrmo umquam 
 Conuenit neque is nobilis fui. 
 Ego, ut mihi imperatumst, etsi ab^st, hie adesse 
 
 erum arbitror. 
 Nunc ego ilhim metuo ne, quom adsidt, metuam: 
 ei rei operam dabo. 1114. 1115 
 
 Nam in taberna lisque adhuc siuerat Surus, 
 Quoi dedi sumbolum. Mansi ut iusserat : 
 L^no ubi essdt domi me aibat acc^rsere. 
 Vdruni ubi is non uenit n^c uocat, 
 Venio hue ultro ut sciam quid rei sit, ne illic 
 homo me ludificetur. 1120 
 
 Neque quicquamst melius, quam ut hoc pultem 
 atque aliquem hue ^uocem hinc intus. 
 L^no argentum lidc nolo 
 A me accipiat atque amittat miilierem meciim simul. 
 
IV., 7, 22-38.] PSEVDOLVS. '^^ 
 
 Bal. Heiis tu. 
 
 Sim. Quid uis ? 
 
 Bal. Hie homo mens est. 
 Sim. Quidum? 
 
 Bal. Quia praeda ha^c meast : 
 Scortum quaerit, habet argentum : iam admordere 
 hunc inihi lubet. ^^'^^ 
 
 Sim. lamne ilium com^ssurus ds ? 
 
 Bal. Dum rec^ns est 
 Homo, dum cal^t, deuorari dec^t. Nam 
 Boni me uiri pauperaiit, improbi augeut. 
 Popl(3 strenui, mihi damnosi usui sunt. 
 Sim. Malum quod tibi di dabunt : sic scel^stu's. 11.30 
 Bal. Venus mi hade bona datat, quom hosce hue 
 
 adigit 
 
 Lucritugas, damni cupidos, qui se 1132^ 
 
 Suamque adtatem bene curant, 1132^ 
 
 Edunt, bibunt, seortantur : illi sunt alio ingenio 
 
 atque tu, 
 Qui ndque tibi bene dsse patere et illis quibus 
 
 est iuuides. 
 Har. Md mine eommoror, quom hie asto, quom has 
 
 1135'' 
 foris non ferio, ut sciam, 
 
 Sitne Ballio domi. ^^^^' 
 
 Heiis, ubi estis uos ? 
 
 Bal. Hie quidem ad me rdeta habet reetam uiam. 
 
 [Har. Heiis ubi estis ? 
 
 Bal. Hens, aduleseens, quid istie debetur tibi ?] 
 
76 PLAVTI [IV., 7, 39-53. 
 
 B^iie ego a1j hoc praedatiis ibo : noui : bona scae- 
 iiast mihi. 
 Har. Ecquis hoc aperit ? 
 
 Bal. Heiis, chlamydate, quid istic debetvir tibi ? 
 Hah. Addium dominiim lenonein Ballionem quadrito. ii40 
 Bal. Quisquis es, aduldscens, operam fac compendi 
 
 quac^rere. 
 Har. Quid iam ? 
 
 Bal. Quia tute ipsus ipsum pradsens praesentem uides. 
 Har. Tiiii is es ? 
 
 Sim. Chlamydate, caue sis tibi a curuo iiifortunio^ 
 Atque in hunc intrude digitum : hie Idnost. 
 
 Bal. At hie est uir bonus. 
 S^d tu, bone uir, flagitare sadpe clamore in foro, ii45 
 Qiiom libella nusquamst, nisi quid Idno hie subuenit 
 tibi. 
 Har. Quin tu mecum fabulare ? 
 
 Bal. Fabulor : quid uis tibi ? 
 Har. Argentum accipias. 
 
 Bal. lamdudum, si des, porrexi manum. 
 
 Har. Accipe : hie sunt quinque argenti l^ctae nuinerata^ 
 
 niinae. 
 
 Hoc tibi erus me iussit ferre Polymachaeropla- 
 
 gides, 1150 
 
 Quod deberet, atque ut mecum mitteres Phoenicium. 
 
 Bal. Iilrus tuos ? 
 
 Har. Ita dico. 
 
 Bal. Miles? 
 
IV., 7, 53-67.] PSEVDOLVS. 77 
 
 Hae. Ita loquor. 
 
 Bal. Mac^donius ? 
 Har. Admodum, inquam. 
 
 Bal. Te ad me misit Polymachaeroplagides ? 
 Har. Y^ra meinoras. 
 
 Bal. Hoc argentum ut iiiihi dares ? 
 
 Har. Si tii quidem es 
 L^no Ballio. 
 Bal. Atque ut a me miilierem tu abduceres ? ii55 
 Har. Ita. 
 
 Bal. Phoenicium dam esse dixit ? 
 
 Hae. Edcte meministi. 
 
 Bal. Mane: 
 lam redeo ad te. 
 
 Har. At maturate propera : nam propero. Yides 
 lam diem multuni dsse ? 
 
 Bal. Yideo : bunc aduocare etiam nolo. 
 Mane modo istic : iam reuortar ad te. Quid nunc 
 
 fit, Simo ? 
 Quid agimus ? Manufdsto teneo bunc bominem 
 qui argentum attulit. 1160 
 
 Slm. Quidum ? 
 
 Bal. An nescis, quad sit liaec res ? 
 
 Sim. Iilxta cum ignarissumis. 
 Bal. Pseudolus tuos allegauit lu'inc, quasi a Macddonio 
 Milite esset. 
 
 Sim. Habon arirentum ab bomine ? 
 
 Bal. Bogitas, quod uides ? 
 
78 PLAVTI [IV., 7, 68-82. 
 
 Sim. Heiis, memento ergo dimidium istinc mihi de 
 praeda dare. 
 Commune istuc ^sse oportet. 
 
 Bal. Quid, malum ? id totiim tuomst. ii65 
 Hae. Quam mox mi operam das ? 
 
 Bal. Tibi do equidem. Quid nunc mi's auctor, Simo ? 
 Sim. Exploratorem Ininc faciamus liidos suppositicium, 
 
 Adeo donicum ipsus sese liidos fieri sdnserit. 
 Bal. Sequere. Quid ais ? ndmpe tu illius s^ruos es ? 
 
 Hah. Planissume. 
 Bal. Quanti te emit ? 
 
 Har. Suarum in pugna nirium iiictoria : ino 
 Nam ego cram domi imperator siimmus in patria 
 mea. 
 Bal. An etiam ille umquam dxpugnauit carcerem, 
 
 patriam tuain ? 
 Har. Cdntumeliam si dices, aiidies. 
 
 Bal. Quotumo die 
 Ex Sicyone p^ruenisti liuc ? 
 
 Har. Altero ad meridiem. 
 Bal. Strdnuissume hdrcle iuisti. 
 
 Sim. Quamuis pernix hie est homo. 1175 
 Bal. Ybi suram aspicias, scias posse eum g^rere crassas 
 compedes. 
 Quid ais ? tune etiam cubitare solitu's in cunis, 
 puer ? 
 Sim. Scilicet. 
 
 Bal. Etiamne facere solitus es, scin quid loqnar ? 
 
IV., 7, 83-95.] rSEVDOLVS. 79 
 
 Sim. Scilicet solitum dsse. 
 
 Hak. Saiiiii dstis ? 
 
 IjAL. Quid hoc quod t^ rogo ? 
 
 Noctu iu uigiliam quando ibat miles, quom tii ibas 
 
 ^ siiijul, 1180 
 
 Couueiiiebatiie in uaginam tuain machaera militis ? 
 
 Har. I iu malam crucem. 
 
 Bal. Ilicebit tamen tibi hodie t^mperi. 
 Har. Quill tu mulierdm Dii emittis ? aut redde argeu- 
 tiim. 
 
 Bal. Mane. 
 Har. Quid nianeam ? 
 Bal. Cblamydem banc commemora, quanti conductast ? 
 
 Har. Quid est ? 
 Sim. Quid meret macbn^ra? 
 
 Har. Elleboruni bisce lioniinibus opus ^st. 
 
 Bal. Ebo, ii85 
 Har. Mitte. 
 
 Bal. Quid mercddis petasus liodie domino d^meret ? 
 Har. Quid, domino ? Quid soniniatis ? M^a quidem 
 baec liabeo omnia, 1187. 1188 
 
 Meo peculio ^mpta. 
 
 Bal. Xempe quod f^mina summa sustinent ? 
 
 Har. Vncti bi sunt sends : fricari sdse ex antiqu(') 
 
 uolunt. 1190 
 
 Bal. Pi^sponde, opsecro bdrcle, uero sdrio boo quod td rogo : 
 
 Quid meres ? Quantillo argento t6 conduxit Pseii- 
 
 dolus ? 
 
80 PLAVTI [IV., 7, 96-110. 
 
 Har. Quis istic Pseudolust ? 
 
 Bal. Praeceptor tiios, qui te banc offuciam 
 
 Docuit, ut fallaciis hinc mulierem a me abdiiceres. 
 
 Har. Qudm tu Pseudoluin, quas tii mihi pra^dicas 
 
 fallacias ? 1195 
 
 Qiiera 6go hominem nullius colons noui. 
 
 Bal. Non tu istinc abis ? 
 Ni'bil est bodie bic siicopbantis quadstus. Proin 
 
 tu Pseiidolo 
 Niiiities abdiixisse alium praddam, qui occurrit prior, 
 Harpax. 
 Har. Is quidem ddepol Harpax dgo sum. 
 
 Bal. Immo edepol dsse uis. 
 Pilrus putus bic sycopbantast. 
 
 Har. Ego tibi argentiim dedi, 1200 
 Et dudum adueni^ns extemplo siimbohim seruo tuo, 
 M^i eri imagine obsignatam epistulam, bic ante ostium. 
 Bal. M^o tu epistulam dedisti s^ruo ? Quoi seruo ? 
 
 Har. Sure. 
 
 Bal. (fNon confidit sycopbanta bic nequam est nugis 
 
 meditatur male. 
 
 fidepol liominem u^rberonem Pseudolum, ut doct^ 
 
 dolum 1205 
 
 Commentust: tantundem argenti, quantum miles 
 
 d^buit, 
 Dddit buic atque bominem dxornauit, mulierem qui 
 abdiiceret. 
 
IV., 7, 111-12G.J rSEVDOLVS. 81 
 
 Xam illam epistulain ipsiis uerus Harpax hue ad 
 me attulit. 
 Har. Harpax ego uocor : ego seruos sum Macedouis 
 militis. 1210 
 
 figo nee sycophautiose quicquam ago nee malefice, 
 Xdque istum Pseudolum, mortalis qui sit, noui 
 ndque seio.) 
 Sim. Tii, nisi mirumst, Idno, plane pdrdidisti miilierem. 
 Bal. Edepol ne istuc magis magisque mdtuo, quom 
 uerba audio. 
 Milii quoque edepol iamdudum ille Silrus cor 
 perfrigdfacit, 1215 
 
 Sumbolum qui ab hoc accepit. Mira sunt, ni Pseii- 
 
 dolust. 
 Eho tu, qua facid fuit, dudum quoi dedisti sum- 
 bolum ? 
 Har. Eut'us quidam, u^ntriosus, crassis suris, subniger, 
 Magno capite, aciitis oculis, ore rubicundo, admodum 
 Magnis pedibus. 
 
 Bal. Pdrdidisti, postquam dixisti pedes. 1220 
 Pseiidolus fuit ipsus. Actumst d^ me. lam morior, 
 Simo. 
 Har. H^rcle te hau siuam moriri, nisi mi argentum 
 r^dditur, 
 Yiginti minae. 
 
 Sim. Atque etiam mihi aliae uiginti minae. 
 Bal. Auferen tu id pradmium a me, quod promisi pdr 
 iocum ? 
 
 6 
 
82 PLAVTI [IV., 7, 127-139. 
 
 Sim. De improbis iiiris auferri pra^inium et praedam 
 decet. 1225 
 
 Bal. Saltern Pseudoliim milii dedas. 
 
 Sim. Pseiidolum ego dedam tibi ? 
 Quid deliquit ? Dixin, ab eo tibi ut caueres, 
 cdntiens ? 
 Bal. Pdrdidit me. 
 
 Sim. At m^ ui^inti mddicis multauit minis. 
 Bal. Quid nunc faciam ? 
 
 Har. Si mi argentum ddderis, te suspdndito. 
 Bal. Di te perdant. S^quere liac sis me ergo ad forum, 
 ut soluam. 
 
 Har. Sequor. 1230 
 
 Sim. Quid ego? 
 
 Bal. Peregriuos absoluam .• eras agam cum ciuibus. 
 Pseiidolus mihi cdnturiata babuit capitis comitia, 
 Qui ilium ad me bodie adlegauit, miilierem qui 
 
 abdiiceret. 
 Sdquere tu. Nunc ne dxpectetis, dum hac domum 
 
 redeam uia. 
 Ita res gestast : angiporta haec cdrtumst consec- 
 tarier. 1235 
 
 Har. Si graderere tantum quantum loquere, iam esses 
 
 ad forum. 
 Bal. Cdrtumst mi hunc emortualem facere ex natali die. 
 
IV., 8, 1-8.] rSEVDOLVS, 83 
 
 SiMO. 
 
 Bene ego ilium tetigi, bene autem s^riios inimiciim 
 
 suom. 
 Niiuc milii certumst alio pacto Pseudolo insidias 
 
 dare, 
 Quam in aliis como^diis fit, ubi cum stimulis aiit 
 
 fiagris 1240 
 
 Insidiantur : at ego iam intus promam uiginti minas, 
 Quas promisi, si ^ffecisset : obuiam ei ultro ddferam. 
 Niniis illic niortalis doctust, nimis uorsutus, nimis 
 
 mains. 
 Siiperauit dolnm Troiannm atque Ylixem Pseudolus. 
 Nunc ibo intro : arg^ntum promam : Pseiidolo 
 
 insidias dabo. 1245 
 
84 PLAVTI [V., 1, 1-19, 
 
 ACTVS V. 
 
 PSEVDOLVS. 
 
 Quid hoc ? Sicine hoc fit ? Ped^s, statin an non ? 
 An id uoltis, ut me hinc iac^ntem aliquis tollat ? 
 Nam h^rcle si c^cidero, nostrum flagitium erit. 
 Pdrgitin pdrgere ? Ah, sdruiundum mihi 
 Hodi^st. Magnum hoc uitiiim uinost : 1250 
 
 Ped^s captat prim urn, luctator dolosust. 
 
 Prof^cto edepol ^go nunc probe abeo madiilsa : 
 
 Ita uictu excurato, ita magnis munditiis et dis dignis 
 
 Itaque in loco festiuo 1254* 
 
 Sumiis festiue acc^pti. 1254^ 
 
 Quid opust me agere ambages ? Hoc est homini quam 
 
 ob rem uitam amet : ^255. 1256 
 
 Hie omnes uoluptat^s, in hoc omnds uenustat^s sunt: 
 
 Deis proxumum esse hoc arbitror : 
 (Nam libi amans complexiist amantem, ubi labra ad 
 
 lab^Ua adiungit, 
 Vbi alter alteriim bilingui manufesto inter s^ prae- 
 
 hendunt, 1260 
 
 Vbi mamma mammicula opprimitur ant si lubet 
 
 corpora conduplicant) 
 Mann Candida cantharum dulciferum propinare oc- 
 
 nlissnmam amicam 1262. 1263 
 
v., 1, 19-34.] PSEVDOLVS. 85 
 
 Neque esse alium alii odio ibi n^c quemquam ser- 
 mdnibus morologis uti : 
 Ungu^uta atque odores, lemniscos, corollas i265 
 Dari dapsilis : non enim parce promi 
 
 Victu cetero, ii^ quis me roget. 
 Hoc ego modo atque erus minor 1268^ 
 
 Hunc didm sumpsimus protliyme, 1268'' 
 
 Postquam opus meum omne ut uolui p^rpetraui 
 hostibus fugatis, 
 1116s accubantis, potantis, amaiitis 1270 
 
 Cum scortis reliqui et meum scortum ibidem, 
 Cordi atque animo suo opsequentis. Sdd postquam 
 
 exurr^xi, 
 Grant med ut saltem : ad hunc me modum intuli 
 
 illi satis facete, 
 L^pide ex discipulma : quippe ego qui probe loni- 
 
 cam perdidici. 
 Postid palliolatim amictus sic incessi ludibun- 
 dus. 1275 
 
 Plaudunt et ' pariim ' clamitant, ut reuortar. 
 Occdpi denuo hoc modo. (Nolui : 1277a 
 
 Idem amicae dabam me meae 1277'' 
 
 Vt me amaret.) Vbi circumuortor, cado : 1278'* 
 Id fuit naenia liido. 1278'^ 
 
 Itaque dum enitor, prox, iam paene inquinaui pal- 
 lium. 1279 
 Nimiae turn uoluptati edepol fui : 1280*^ 
 
86 PLAVTI [V., 1, 34-2, 6. 
 
 Ob casum datur cantharus : bibi. 1280'^ 
 
 Commuto ilico pallium, illucl posiui : 
 Inde hue exii, crapulam dum amou^rem. 
 Nunc ab ero ad erum m^um maiorem u^nio foedus 
 
 commemoratum. 
 Aperite, aperite. Heus, Simoni m6 adesse aliquis 
 iiiintiate. 
 
 SiMO. PSEVDOLVS. 
 
 Sim. Vox uiri p^ssumi me ^xciet foras. 1285 
 
 Sdd quid hoc ? quomodo ? quid uideo ego ? 
 
 PsE. Cum corona ^brium Psevidolum tuom. 
 
 Sim. Libere hercle hoc quidem. S^d uide statum. 
 Num mea gratia p^rtimescit magis ? 
 Cogito, sa^uiter blanditerne adloquar. 1290 
 
 Sed me hoc uotat uim facere uunc, 
 Q,u6;l fero : si qua in lioc sp^s sitast mihi. 
 
 PsE. Vir mains niro dptumo obuiam it. 
 
 Sim. Di te anient, Pseudole. 
 
 PsE. Haliae. 
 
 Sim. T in malam crucem. 
 
 PsE. Cur du;o adflictor? 
 
 Sim. Quid tu, malum, in os igitiir mi ebrius in- 
 nictas ? J295 
 
v., 2, 7-19] PSEVDOLVS. 87 
 
 PsE. Mdlliter sustiDe m^ : cane n^ cadam. 
 
 iSTon Hides ine, ut madide inadeaiii ? 
 Sim. Quae istaec audaciast, t^ sic iut^rdius 
 Cum corolla dbriimi iiicddere ? 
 
 PsE. Lubet. 
 Sim. Quid, lubet ? P^rgiu ructare in os mihi ? 1300 
 
 PsE. Suauis ructiis mihist : sic sine, Sirno. 
 Sim. Crddo equidem potis dsse te, scelus, 
 Massici raontis ub^rrumos quattuor 
 Frilctus ebibere in hora una. 
 
 PsE. Hiberna, addito. 
 Sim. Hau male mones : sed die tamen, 1305 
 
 Vnde onustam celocem agere te pra^dicem ? 
 PsE. Ciim tuo filio pdrpotaui modo. 
 
 Sdd, Simo, ut probe tactus Balliost. 
 Quad tibi dixi, ut effi^cta reddidi. 
 Sim. Pdssuinu's homo. 
 
 PsE. Mulier hoc facit : 1310 
 
 Ciim tuo filio libera accubat. 
 Sim. Omnia ut quicque egisti, ordine scio. 
 PsE. Quid drgo dubitas dare mi argentum ? 
 
 Sim. Ills petis, fateor : tene. 
 PsE. At negabas daturum dsse te mihi. 
 
 Onera hiinc umerum ac me consequere hac. 
 Sim. Eo'one istum onerem ? 
 
 PsE. Onerabis, scio. 1315 
 
 Sim. Quid ego huic homini faciam ? Satin ultro et 
 argdntum aufert et me inridet ? 
 
88 PLAVTI [V., 2, 19-29. 
 
 PsE. Vae uictis. 
 
 Sim. Vorte ergo umerum. 
 PsE. Em. 
 
 Sim. Hoc ego numquam ratus sum 
 Pore me, ut tibi fierem siipplex. 
 Heii heu. 
 
 PsE. Desine. 
 
 Sim. At ego doleo. 
 
 PsE. M doleres tu, dgo dolerem. 1320 
 Sim. Quid ? hoc auferen, Pseudole mi, abs tuo ero ? 
 
 PsE. Lubentissumo corde atque animo. 
 Sim. Non audes, quaeso, aliqiiam partem mihi gratiam 
 
 facere hinc argenti ? 
 PsE. Non m^ dices auidum dsse hominem : nam hinc 
 numquam eris nummo diuitior : 
 Neque t^ mei tergi misereret, hoc si non hodie 
 effi^cissem. 
 Sim. Erit ubi te ulciscar, si uiuo. 
 
 PsE. Quid minitare ? Habeo tdrgum. 1325 
 Sim. Age sane igitur. 
 
 PsE. Ptedi. 
 
 Sim. Quid redeam ? 
 
 PsE. Redi modo : non eris dec^ptus. 
 Sim. Reded 
 
 PsE. Simul mecum i p6tatum. 
 Sim. Esfone earn ? 
 
 PsE. Fac quod te iubeo. 
 Si is, aut dimidium aut pMs etiam faxo hinc feres. 
 
v., 2, 29-33.] rSEVDOLVS. 89 
 
 Sim. Eo : due m^, quo uis. 
 PsE. Niimquid iratus es aut mild aut filio 1330 
 
 Propter has res, Simo ? 
 
 Sim. Nil profecto. 
 
 PsE. I hac siraul. 
 Sim. T^ sequor. Quin uocas spdctator^s simul ? 
 
 PsE. H^rcle me isti haii solent ' 1333a 
 
 Vocare neque ergo ego istos. 133.3b 
 
 Veriim sultis adplaudere atque adprobare hunc 
 Gregem ^t fabulam, in crastimim uos uocabo. 1335 
 
METRES. 
 
 1-132. 
 
 iamb, senar. 
 
 201. 
 
 iamb, octon. hypercat. 
 
 133-137. 
 
 troch. octou. 
 
 202 a-b. 
 
 troch. dim. cat. 
 
 138, 140. 
 
 troch. septeu. 
 
 203. 
 
 troch. octon. 
 
 139. 
 
 troch. dim. cat. 
 
 204-205, 
 
 troch. septen. 
 
 141. 
 
 troch. trijDody. 
 
 206. 
 
 iamb, dim. 
 
 142-144. 
 
 troch. octon. 
 
 207. 
 
 incomplete vs. 
 
 145. 
 
 troch. septeu. 
 
 208. 
 
 troch. septen. 
 
 146-154. 
 
 iamb, octou. 
 
 209-210. 
 
 troch. octou. 
 
 155-156. 
 
 iamb, septeu. 
 
 211-21.3, 
 
 troch. dim. cat. 
 
 157-158. 
 
 iamb, octon. 
 
 214. 
 
 troch. septen. 
 
 159-160. 
 
 iamb, septen. 
 
 215. 
 
 troch, octon. 
 
 161-164. 
 
 troch. octon. 
 
 216--217, 
 
 troch. dim. cat. 
 
 16.5-168. 
 
 anapest. octon. 
 
 218-219. 
 
 trocli. octon. 
 
 169-171. 
 
 iamb, octon. 
 
 220, 223, 
 
 226, 229. troch. septen. 
 
 172. 
 
 iamb, septen. 
 
 221, 
 
 225, 228. troch. octon. 
 
 173. 
 
 troch. octon. 
 
 222, 224. 
 
 troch. dim. cat. 
 
 174-175. 
 
 anapest. octon. 
 
 227. 
 
 iamb, octon. 
 
 176-177. 
 
 anapest septen. 
 
 230, 232. 
 
 anapest. octon. 
 
 178-180. 
 
 anapest. octon. 
 
 231, 2.3.3- 
 
 242. anapest. .septen. 
 
 181. 
 
 anapest. septen. 
 
 243. 
 
 troch. octon. 
 
 182-184. 
 
 anapest. octon. 
 
 244-248. 
 
 Bacchiac tetram. 
 
 185-186. 
 
 iamb, octon, 
 
 249, 
 
 troch. octon. 
 
 187. 
 
 iamb. dim. cat. 
 
 250-254. 
 
 Bacchiac tetram. 
 
 188-192. 
 
 iamb, octon. 
 
 255. 
 
 trocli. dim. 
 
 193. 
 
 iamb, senar. 
 
 256-258. 
 
 Bacchiac tetram. 
 
 194. 
 
 troch. octon. 
 
 259. 
 
 two trocli. tripod, cat. 
 
 195 a-b. 
 
 troch. dim. cat. 
 
 260-261. 
 
 cretic tetram. 
 
 196. 
 
 troch. septen. 
 
 262-264. 
 
 cret. dim. -f- troch. 
 
 197-198. 
 
 troch. octon. 
 
 
 trip. cat. 
 
 199-200. 
 
 trocli. septen. 
 
 265-393, 
 
 troch, septen. 
 
2 
 
 METRES. 
 
 
 394-573. 
 
 iamb, senar. 
 
 941-942. 
 
 anapest. octon. 
 
 574-575. 
 
 anapest. octon. 
 
 943-945, 949-950. auapest. septen. 
 
 576,578. 
 
 troch. septeu. 
 
 946-948. 
 
 anapest. octon. 
 
 577, 579. 
 
 troch. dim. cat. 
 
 951-997. 
 
 troch. septen. 
 
 580, 583. 
 
 auapest. octou. 
 
 998-1102. 
 
 iamb, seuar. 
 
 581-582. 
 
 Bacch. tetram. 
 
 1103-1104. 
 
 auapest. octon. 
 
 584-585 b 
 
 . troch. septeu. 
 
 1105-1106. 
 
 Baccli. tetram. 
 
 586. 
 
 auapest. octou. 
 
 1107. 
 
 troch. septen. 
 
 587 a 
 
 troch. octou. 
 
 1108. 
 
 cret. dim. 
 
 587 b 
 
 . anapest. dim. 
 
 1109,1112. 
 
 two troch. tripod, cat. 
 
 588. 
 
 anapest. octou. 
 
 1110. 
 
 auapest, dim. cat. 
 
 589. 
 
 anapest. septeu. 
 
 1111. 
 
 auapest. dim. 
 
 590. 
 
 troch. octou. 
 
 1113-1115. 
 
 troch. septeu. 
 
 591. 
 
 anapest. dim. 
 
 1116-1117. 
 
 cret. dim. -f troch 
 
 592. 
 
 anapest. octou. 
 
 
 trip, cat. 
 
 593. 
 
 Bacch iac tetram. 
 
 1118. 
 
 cret. tetram. 
 
 594. 
 
 auapest. dim. cat. 
 
 1119. 
 
 cret. trim. 
 
 595-598. 
 
 auapest. octou. 
 
 1120. 
 
 auapest. octon. 
 
 599. 
 
 auapest. dim. cat. 
 
 1121. 
 
 anapest, septen. 
 
 601. 
 
 auapest. octou. 
 
 1122. 
 
 cret. dim. 
 
 602-603. 
 
 auapest. octon. hyper- 
 
 1123-1125. 
 
 troch. septen. 
 
 
 cat. 
 
 1126-1130. 
 
 Bacch. tetram. 
 
 604-766. 
 
 troch. septen. 
 
 1131-1132 a 
 
 , anapest. dim. 
 
 767-904. 
 
 iaml). seuar. 
 
 1132 b 
 
 . anapest. dim. cat. 
 
 905-907. 
 
 anapest. octon. 
 
 1133-1134. 
 
 iamb, octon. 
 
 908. 
 
 anapest. septeu. 
 
 1135 a 
 
 . troch. septeu. 
 
 909 a-b. 
 
 anapest. dim. cat. 
 
 1135b 
 
 troch. dim. cat. 
 
 910-913. 
 
 auapest. octon. 
 
 1136-1245. 
 
 troch. septen. 
 
 914. 
 
 troch. septen. 
 
 1246-1247. 
 
 Bacch, tetram. 
 
 915. 
 
 iamb, septen. 
 
 1248-1249. 
 
 cret. tetram. 
 
 916-918. 
 
 anapest. dim. cat. 
 
 12.50. 
 
 anapest. dim. 
 
 919. 
 
 iamb, octou. 
 
 1251-1252. 
 
 Baccli. tetram. 
 
 920-921. 
 
 cret. tetram. 
 
 1253. 
 
 anapest. septen. 
 
 922. 
 
 iamb. dim. 
 
 1254 a-b. 
 
 iamb. dim. cat. 
 
 923-925. 
 
 iamb, octou. 
 
 1255 + 1256. troch. septeu. 
 
 926-930. 
 
 cret. tetram. 
 
 1257. 
 
 iamb, septen. 
 
 931. 
 
 anapest. trim. 
 
 1258. 
 
 iamb. dim. 
 
 932-935. 
 
 cret. tetram. 
 
 12.59-1260. 
 
 trocli. octon. 
 
 936. 
 
 clausula, anapestic. 
 
 1261-1264. 
 
 auajiPst. octon. 
 
 937-940. 
 
 auapest. septen. 
 
 126.5-1266. 
 
 Baccli. tetram. 
 

 METRES. 
 
 1267-1268 a 
 
 two troch. trip. cat. 
 
 1297. 
 
 1268 b 
 
 auapest. dim. cat. 
 
 1299, 1301. 
 
 1209. 
 
 troch. octoii. 
 
 1300. 
 
 1270-1271. 
 
 Eaech. tetram. 
 
 
 1272. 
 
 iamb, septen. 
 
 1302. 
 
 1273-1275. 
 
 troch. octon. 
 
 1303-1304. 
 
 1276. 
 
 Baceh. tetram. 
 
 1305. 
 
 1277a-1278 
 
 a. iamb. dim. 
 
 1300-1307. 
 
 1278 b 
 
 iamb. dim. cat. 
 
 1308, 1310. 
 
 1279. 
 
 troch. septen. 
 
 1309, 1311 
 
 1280 a-b. 
 
 troch. dim. 
 
 
 1281-1282. 
 
 Bacch. tetram. 
 
 1312. 
 
 1283-1284. 
 
 troch. octon. 
 
 1313. 
 
 1285, 1287. 
 
 cret. dim. + troch. 
 
 1315. 
 
 
 trip, cat. 
 
 1316. 
 
 1286,1288. cret. dim.-l ^^^_ 
 
 1317-1319. 
 
 
 (or 1288 = 1285). 
 
 1320. 
 
 1289-1290. 
 
 cret. tetram. 
 
 1321 
 
 1291. 
 
 iamb. dim. 
 
 1322-1324, 
 
 1292. 
 
 cret. dim. + troch, 
 
 1325-1327, 
 
 
 trip. cat. 
 
 1330-1332. 
 
 1293. 
 
 twi) troch. trip. cat. 
 
 1333 a. 
 
 1294, 1296, 
 
 1298. cret. tetram. 
 
 1333 b. 
 
 1295. 
 
 auape.st. septen. 
 
 1334-1335. 
 
 93 
 
 anapest. dim. cat. 
 cret. dim. -| www — 
 
 cret. dim. -f- troch. trij). 
 cat. 
 
 two troch. trip. cat. 
 
 cret. tetram. 
 
 iamb. dim. 
 
 cret. tetram. 
 
 two troch. trip. cat. 
 , 1314. cret. dim. + 
 
 troch. trij). cat. 
 cret. dim. -\ www — 
 
 iamb, octon. 
 
 anapest. septen. 
 
 anapest. octon. 
 
 auapest. dim. cat. 
 
 troch. octon. 
 
 auapest. septen. 
 
 1328. anapest. octon, 
 
 1329. anapest. septen. 
 cret. tetram. 
 
 cret. dim. 
 iamb. dim. cat. 
 Bacch. tetram. . 
 
NOTES. 
 
 For explanation of the didascalia, see Introd. § 43. 
 
 The niss. contain acrostic arguments to all the plays except the 
 Baccliiiles, which lost the argument and the first part of the play by the 
 mutilation of an early ms. The acrostic arguments may have been 
 written in the century after the death of Terence (150-50 b. c), but more 
 probably date from the second century of the Empire. They are pre- 
 served in a very corrupt condition, and their metrical laws are somewhat 
 uncertain, especially in regard to hiatus. Of this there are about 35 cases 
 in 166 vss., 20 being in the main caesura. The question whether these are 
 accidental or intentional, and, if they are intentional, whether they are 
 due to metrical ignorance or to imitation of a supposed hiatus in the plays, 
 cannot be regarded as settled. For a careful study of the arguments, see 
 Opitz, de argumentorum metricorum Latinorum arte et origine, in the 
 Leipziger Studien, VI. pp. 193-316. 
 
 1. The last three words are from v. 53 of the play, and the state- 
 ments of 1-3 from 55 ff. Cf. Mil. Glor. Arg. II., which is alnio.'^t 
 wholly from a single scene, 99 ff. 
 
 2. consignat symbolum is not quite correct. PI. uses con- 
 slgnnre ephtuUtm, labelUis (Cure. 365, 369, Bacch. 935, etc.), "to 
 put a seal upon a letter as evidence of genuineness," but not cons, 
 si/nibolitin. 
 
 3. The hiatus qui eum is frequent in PI. (Introd. § 35), and is 
 imitated in Arg. Men. 1, r/uoi erant and ]Mil. Glor. 2. Perhaps 
 also in vs. 7. rfUrpio, in three syllables, would be evidence of late 
 authorship; PI. uses only relicuos. 
 
96 NOTES. 
 
 4. caculam is used by PL only Trin, 721, cdculam. See below 
 Arg. II. , l->, li. For interuorl'd symbolo, cf. 541, 900. 
 
 6. erili, sc.Jilio. The same omission in Arg. Epid. 4; Tl. always 
 uses Jilius. 
 
 7. The awkwardness of order, the wrong tense of supposuit and 
 the lack of distinct reference for is (i.e., Pseudolus) are due to the 
 difficulties of acrostic writing, as is also the general confusion of 
 tenses. 
 
 ARGUMENT II. 
 
 Non-acrostic arguments of 15 vss. each exist to the Aul., Merc, 
 Mil. Glor., and Pseud., beside one of 10 vss. to the Amph. and frag- 
 ments of two others, Pers., Stich. They were written in the second 
 century by some grammarian of the same school as Sulpicius Apol- 
 linaris, who wrote similar arguments to the iEneid and to Terence. 
 They are for the most part in better condition than the acrostics. 
 
 2. ecflictim deperibat, Amph. 517, and with amare, Cas. prol. 
 49. indigus is first used by Lucr. and the dactylic poets for 
 Plautine imligens, which could not be used in hexameter. In prose 
 not until Pliny and Tac. 
 
 5. ad = apud is common in PI., e. g. Capt. 699, in libertatest ad 
 patrem in patria. 
 
 8. mox, with the sense of deinde or pnstea in narrative, does not 
 occur before the Augustan age, and is not frequent till Pliny and 
 Tac. 
 
 9. calator from 1009. 
 
 13. subditiuo from 752. The ms. has suhditicio, but it is 
 doubtful whether this word was ever in use in Lat. cacula here 
 and in next vs. Various attempts have been made to rearrange the 
 vss. so as to make the quantity cdciila^ as in Trin. 721 and Arg. I., 4i 
 But I believe the writer of this Arg. misunderstood Arg. I., 4, and 
 scanned Venientem cacnl(am), inlrru., without hiatus. If this ex- 
 planation is correct, it offers additional evidence of the priority of 
 the acrostics. 
 
NOTES. 97 
 
 PEliSONAE. 
 
 Pseudolus has no corresponding form in Greek, and was prob- 
 ably coined by PI. from yj/evdo) with some thouglit of (/olus. Cf. 
 1205, 1244, where there is a half-pun. 
 
 Calidorus. The Greek KuXoSwpos does not occur, but is su})- 
 ported by 'ApLarodaipos. Uiarodiopos, etc. The change from o to i is 
 regular, thougii nut invariable ; SepixonaiXLov, theryn/po/iinii, 74'2 ; 
 Aiouvaodcjpos, Dionijsidortis , but cf. yEscIa^odonf, 19(5. 
 
 Ballio. A corresponding form is found in a fragnient of Axioni- 
 cus (]Meineke, III., 530), 6 livdobrjXos ovroai \ 6 BaWioiv npoaepxer 
 eniKaXovpevos, which implies tlir.t it was a nickname, but the point 
 is unknown. 
 
 Sinio, ^ipccv, is a common name for an old man in a comedy, e. g., 
 Most., Ter. Andr., cf. Hor. A. P. 328. 
 
 Callipho is an ordinary Greek name not used elsewhere in the 
 Latin comedy. 
 
 Harpax, ''Apna^ from dpTra^co, is not appropriate to the rather 
 serious messenger. In 653 if., 1010, it gives occasion for a joke, 
 but is not likely to have been chosen for that purpose. 
 
 Charinus, Xaplvos, is a common name for a young man; Merc, 
 Andr. 
 
 Simla, Si//tn?, ^ippias. an ordinary Greek name without special 
 meaning. For the dropping of y, cf. poeta, danista. 
 
 PROLOGUE. 
 
 These lines are from a prologue written for a later presentation 
 of the Pseud after the death of PI., as is evident from the reference 
 to rising from seats (cf. Introd., § 8), and from the use of Piau- 
 tina (cf. Cas. prol. 12, Plau/lnaa fnhuhia). They apparently form 
 the conclusion of some joking advice to any of the spectators who 
 might be unwilling to sit through a long play. Compare Poen. 
 prc^l. 1-45. where advice of the same general tone is given to differ- 
 
 7 
 
98 NOTES. 
 
 ent classes of spectators conceniiiig their behavior during the 
 performance. 
 
 1. Cf . Epid. 733, last vs , Pldudite el luilete : lumbos porgile atque 
 exsurgite. Lorenz, on tlie analogy of Mil. Glor. SI, qui autem aus- 
 cuUare nolet, exsurfjat foras, takes exsurgier impersorially, supplying 
 foras; better, with Loevve, Anal. PI. p. 149, as a pass, with iw/d/os 
 as subject. For the rare but well attested trans, use of surgere, see 
 Harp. Lex. 
 
 First Scene. ~ Pseudolus and Calidorus come out of Simo's house ou the 
 right side of the stage. 
 
 3. te tacente, and in 4 te tarn, miseriae misere macerent. Such 
 alliterations, survivals from an earlier kind of versification (Introd. 
 §§ 21, 26), weie often carried to a ridiculous extreme, as in Ennius, 
 Ann. 113 Vahl., o Ti'f. lute Tali tlhl tanla tiratine tulisti. 
 
 4. miseriae. The u.se of abstract words in the plu., found at all 
 periods (D)aeger I., 10-25), is especially frequent in PI. In many 
 cases this is due to association with a plur., jNlost. 348, sum7nis 
 opihu!^ el iniluslriis , in others the plu. expresses repetition, as 
 amoves, 64; but most frequently the word has not yet taken on ab- 
 stract meaning, or has done so only in part, and therefore may be 
 used in the plu. as freely as may any concrete word. Metrical ne- 
 cessity has nothing to do with this use. Mberia generally means in 
 PI. " an unlucky circumstance," " a misfortune," cf. 21, where it 
 means the separation from Phoenicium. 
 
 5. parsissem. PI. uses both parsi (Trin. 316, Bacch. 903) and 
 pepercl (Aul. 381). Cf. 79. 
 
 6. mei, tui, gen. of the pers. pron. in partitive appos. with dno- 
 rum, instead of meo, lun agreeing with lahori. The passage is 
 quoted and correctly explained by Gellius, XX., 6, 9. The distinction 
 between the gen. of the peis. pron. and the possessive pron. was 
 not scrupulously observed in PI. (see on ^86, 584), nor even in later 
 Latin. Cic. has both laudntorem m^«?/ (possess.) and accuaalorem 
 me'i (object, gen.): cf. also mea rimus opera. (Madvig's Gram., 
 § 207, a and h.) For le rogandi PI generally uses lui rogandl but cf. 
 Men. 687, te defrudaudi causa. (Goetz tis, after some mss. of Gell.) 
 
NOTES. 99 
 
 7, necessitas . . . subigit is intentionally formal and ironical. 
 PI. uses necesse est ut or necessitate. 
 
 9. exanimatus is a comic exaggeration. Cf. Asin, 265, sed 
 quid lUuc, quod exanimatus currit hie Leonida f 
 
 hos multos dies, hie with a word of time in ace. {hunc arnnim, 
 diem, hoc iriduom) refers to time extending either forward or back- 
 ward from the persent time; when such an ace. is used with lam it 
 always refers to the past, Aul, prol. -i, Merc, 59, Men. 104, mm hos 
 
 7ind(os dies. 
 
 quid est quod . . . gestas? In these questions quod is an accus. 
 of compass and extent, and is not distinguishable from the conjunc- 
 tion, into which it is passing over in the Latin of PL A\'ith indie, 
 the regular mood, Aul. 718, Cas. 111., 5, 8, Cure. 135, 166, lipid. 
 5G0, 570, Most. 69; with hoc, hoc negoli, istuc, illuc, id, about a 
 dozen times. Without est, see on 479; with subjunctive, 1087. 
 
 10. tabellas regularly in PL for letter-tablets, about = epistula. 
 lauis. For other od conj. forms, see Lex. and Introd., § 18. 
 
 11. consiU. Nouns in ius, ium, have in PI. always gen. in i, not 
 a. The first case of ii in inscriptions is post- Augustan, the first 
 cases in poetry are in Propertius, except for a few proper names 
 which would not fit hexameter verse (e. g. Tarquini) , in prose the 
 copyists have confused the forms, but ii did not come into use 
 before Cic. 
 
 12. tecum sciam. The colloquial Latin made large use of cum, 
 conceiving of a person as merely connected with an action, where 
 the later Latin defines the relation more precisely by the ace, the 
 dat., or by some other prepos. So orare cum aliquo (Cure. 432 and 
 also later), mentlonem facere (Pers, 109), cauere (Most. 1142, Ps. 
 909), mutuom facere (Cure. 47), pignus dare (Bacch. 1056), etc. 
 Some of these uses, e. g., tecum sentio, have maintained themselves 
 into the classical period. 
 
 13. id. The neut. sing, of pron. is widely used in early Latin in 
 ace. of compass and extent (inner object), often in connection with 
 a personal object. Cf. Trin. 87, qui tu id prohibere me potes, ne 
 suspicer? Amph. 1051, Liv. XXXIX., 45, 7. 
 
 14. prohibessit for later prohibuerit . prohibessis, Aul. 611, and 
 
100 NOTES. 
 
 in old laws and prayers (Xeue, 11- 542). Similar forms in 1st and 
 3d conj. are given below. All of these, as well as the future per- 
 fects in so, sso (j'econciliasso, Capt. 576, seruasso, Most. 228) and the 
 fut infin. in -assere {impetrassere, Aul. 687, Mil. 1128), which do 
 not occur in the Pseud., are formed fioni the signiatic aorist stem 
 (Gk. first aorist) rh prohihuerint is formed from the perf. in id. 
 
 15. uapulo, " I am suffering." Literally, " I am beaten, get a 
 beating," Amph. oo4, o70, 379, 388, and often where the context 
 shows that the literal sense is intended, as Quintil. I., 3, 16, /(/x//- 
 bus uapulare. In figurative uses there is always a comic reference 
 to the literal meaning; True. 357, uah, uapulo hercle ego nunc, 
 " now I 'm going to be ' struck,' " Stich. 751, pecuUum uapulat. 
 Esp. in impv. uapulu, "you be beaten " =r " you be hanged/' 
 Asin. 478, True. 945, and with reference to impv. uapulare te 
 iubeo, Cure. 508, cf. Hor. Sat. I., 10, 9\, plorare te iiibeo. 
 
 16. antidhac, from the early foim antul (cf. antidea, antideo) 
 and ha-ce (ace. plu. with original long vowel), is found also in 620 
 and 8 times beside in PI. ; see list in Lex. Terence has only antehac. 
 
 18. face, dice, duce are largely used m comedy, though the 
 classical forms fac, die, due are more common. In most cases (not 
 here) they are employed on metrical giounds, and for the same 
 reason are not infrequent in later poetry. Few cases occur in prose. 
 For other forms of this phrase, see 598, 696, 965; also fac me 
 consciam, Cist. II., 3, 46, scientem, Asm. 48, and the common face?'e 
 aliquem certiorem. 
 
 19. Cf . Ter. Heaut. 86, aut consolando aut consUio aut re \uuero : 
 in both passages re seems to mean help by a loan or gift of money 
 Cf. the confidence with which Pseud, promises 20 minae, 114 ff. 
 The anticlimax in this line is consistent with the ironical attitude 
 of Pseud, throughout the scene. 
 
 20. narrate, cf. Pers. 499, r/uid isfae (Jahellae) narrantf || percou- 
 tare ex ipsis , ipsae tihi narrabwd, and Pseud. 1008. 
 
 21. contabefacit, a7ra| Xey. Lorenz, Einl. S 36 f., gives a list 
 of verbs compounded with con which appear in PI. with meaning 
 so weakened that con has lost all its force, quae is rel., not 
 interrog. as Lor. takes it. 
 
NOTES. 101 
 
 22. mos tibi geretur, " you shuil be obeyed," " I will do as you 
 wish." In this phrase mos is always in sing, and has its earliest 
 sense, " wish, will, whim." Capt. 404, be?ie ero gessisse morem, 
 Men. 78S, uivo ut inorem geras ; also in Ter. , Cic, Nep., Ovid. 
 
 25. Sibulla. The stor}^ of the books offered to Tarqiiin and the 
 connection which Vergil makes between the Cumaeau .Sibyl and 
 iEneas show that the Sibyls had been long known in Ronie. It is 
 therefore nn necessary to refer this vs. to the Gk. original. 
 
 26. natus nemo, '"no human being," a Plautine phrase. Most. 
 402, 451, Rud. 970, and below 297. Cf. nemo qulsquam. 
 
 27. inclementer dicere is used with dat. Rud. 114, 7ol, True. 
 604, as the dat. is used with male {bene) dicere. In class. Latin 
 this changed to in with ace, which had already begun in PL, 
 Amph. 742, hie in me incL dicit, so that it was necessaiy to explain 
 mihi by in vie. Cf. 372, where the gloss in me is found in the mss. 
 
 27. lepidis, lepida, is a striking illustration of loss of meaning 
 by frequent and indiscriminate use in conversational style (Introd. 
 § 23). It is used as a vague term of praise with homo, caput ("jolly 
 fellow "), jjttter, nugator, dies, forma, fama, /acinus, mores, victus, etc. 
 Lor. well compares Germ, reizend : cf. Engl, "jolly," and with 
 somewhat different meaning, " splendid, lovely." 
 
 28. an is largely used in PL and Ter. to introduce a question 
 involving an inference from what has been said either by the 
 speaker or, as here, by another person. When such questions fol- 
 low another question by the same speaker, they approach the dis- 
 junctive question, into which they afterward developed. Examples 
 in the Pseud, are 92, 305, 309, 314, 851, 853, 872, 969, 1161, 1172. 
 The independent an question survives in classical Latin. [For 
 different explanation, see grammars.] 
 
 29. quas, indefinite. Cf. Asin. 717, an quid est homini salute 
 melius? Cist. lY., 1, 17, an quis deus ohiecit hanc ante ostium nos- 
 trum . . . ? Merc. 145, an boni quid iisquamst, . . . ? Cf. also Cas. 
 III., 5, 38, Mil. Glor. 840, and Brix on Trin. 439. 
 
 30. gallina. The same idea in Engl. " hens' tracks." Lor. 
 comp. Germ. Krahenfiisse, Dutch haene pooten, French pieds de 
 mouche. The comparison is so much more suitable to irregular 
 
102 NOTES. 
 
 uncial writing that one may suspect the modern phrases of being 
 traditional from the Latin. 
 
 31. For hiatus in change of speakers, see lutrod. § 35. 
 
 enim is in PI. regularly an asseverative particle, meaning "indeed, 
 certainly, truly;" it is so used alone or more often, as heie, to 
 strengthen another word. So with at, verum, sed (but not in PI.), 
 no/?, certe, with pronouns and in answers. Some of these combi- 
 nations are continued in later usage, after eniin alone had taken ou 
 a causal function, and are commonly but wrongly explained as due 
 to an ellipsis ('' and this is so, for "). The few cases in PI. where 
 enini may perhaps mean "for" mark tlie transition to later usage, 
 which in Terence is already distinct. [Prom Langen, Beitriige, p. 
 261 ff., where many examples are given. The article in Harp. Lex. 
 also gives illustrations of this use.] 
 
 32. animum, " mind," i. e., " attention." But Cal. takes it in 
 the sense of "courage, spirits," and answers, "I haven't any." 
 In the next vss. there is a reference to the meaning " heart, feel- 
 ing," but I see no reason for thinking that it contains an allusion 
 to mi anime as a term of endearment. 
 
 33. On the hiatus tii isti?ic, see Introd. § 35. 
 
 35, Pseud, refers to the name Phcenicium at the beginning of 
 the letter, but cries out so suddenly that Cal. supposes him to be 
 speaking literally. 
 
 36. eccam. The uses of ecce and its compounds in PI. are 
 peculiar, and are not sharply defined in Harp. Lex. 
 
 ecce alone is used (a) with autem, ecce autem peril, (b) with person, 
 pron., ecce me, ecce nas, (c) with reference to a person or thing not 
 on the stage, for vividness in narration, ecce mulier aduenit, or of 
 an abstract idea, ecce Grijn scelera. 
 
 The compound forms, eccum, eccam, eccos, eccas, and less fre- 
 quently ecca, eccillum., eccillam, eccillud, eccistam are used of persons 
 or things present on the stage, or vividly thought of as if present. 
 The constructions are (a) eccum, etc., alone, Most. 1127, atque 
 eccum optume, (h) with ace. or rel. cl., this passage and Ps. 965, 
 eccum, qui . . . faciet, (c) without influence on the rest of the sen- 
 tence, eccum. referring either to the subject, IVIost. Q\\, pater eccum 
 
NOTES. 103 
 
 aduenit, Ps. 693, 789, or to the object, 911, 410. (d) In some 
 cases, by a mixture of b and c, the ace. with eccum would logically 
 be the subj. of the verb, Amph. 1005, sed eccum Amjjlutruonem 
 aduenit, Mil. Glor. 1290, sed eccum Palaestrionem stai cum mdile. 
 With eccum, est without predicate is never used. 
 
 37. Supply perduintj cf. Aul. 785, ut ilUon di inmortales omnes 
 deaeque quantumst perdui/il, a very common form of curse. On 
 quautumst see o.jI, on seruassint, 11. The same form occurs 
 Asin. 651, Trin. 384, Cas. II., 5, 16, and other forms of 1st con jug. 
 are ainussis, cnnassint, cenassU, indlcasslt, intrassls, etc., indie, 
 amasso, seruassu, enicasso, etc. [Neue, II., 540 f.] 
 
 38. paulisper is pred. with fui. These vss., with their some- 
 what unusual phrases, solst. herba. paul. fui, repentino, are intended 
 to be solemn and affecting. 
 
 40. ergo, "then," is frequently used with the impv. and with 
 urgent and impv. questions, and has slight causal or argumentative 
 force. See Lex. s. v. II B, 2 and 3, for examples. Whether this 
 is the original sense from which the use in ai'gument w^as derived 
 (cf. enim), or a colloquial weakening from " therefore," is not 
 clear; the former is more probable. — Elsew'here the order is quin 
 ergo. 
 
 41 ff. Letters are read aloud also Ps. 998 ff., Bacch. 997 ff., 
 Pers. 501 ff., all in iamb, senar. as here. In Bacch. 735 ff. a let- 
 ter is dictated in troch. septen. 
 
 43. salutem — salutem, " greeting " and 'Mielp." "My ser- 
 vice to you, and I ask a service in return." The same double 
 sense is played upon in the foil. vss. inpertire witli ace. of thing 
 and dat. of the person occurs only here in PL, but became the 
 prevailing construction; ace. of person and abl. of thing, cf. 456, 
 is the usual constr. in PI., and recurs in Sueton. ex te expetit 
 is also unusual; elsewhere in PI. (PvUfl. 258, 1393, Mo.st. 155, 
 Epid. 255) this verb has a, ab, and the mss. Pall, here have 
 ajis te. 
 
 44. animo. corde et pectore are not to be carefully distin- 
 guished from one another ; they are merely a triple expression of a 
 single idea, like " heart and soul." 
 
104 NOTES, 
 
 48. vide . . . geras, "think, will you, what you're about." 
 sis =: si vL^ is used rather more than 100 times in PI. as a courteous 
 phrase to soften an impv. Ter. uses socles, si audes, more fre- 
 quently. 
 
 49. faxo scies. On form faxo, see 14. In this play 387, 
 393, 766, 949, 1039, 1043, 1329; faxhn, etc., 315, 533, 923, and 
 in other plays with corresponding frequency. Other verbs of 3d 
 con jug., capso, capsif, nccepso, empsim, etc. 
 
 The construction with faxo is always paratactic, I. c, the follow- 
 ing verb is not subordinated but remains independent and retains 
 its proper mood and tense, indie, fut. and fut. perf., subjunct. 
 pres. and perf . For a general statement of the nature of parataxis, 
 an understanding of which is necessary to the student of PI. and 
 Ter,, read Kiihner, Ausf. Gram., II., 757 ff., or Draeger, Histor. 
 Synt., II., 213 ff. (§§ 368-375). 
 
 50. usus. The grammars (A. & G., 243 e, H., 414 IV.) put opus 
 est and usus eft together as if they were used alike with the abl., 
 but usus est with abl. is very rare in later Latin, perhaps only five 
 times. In Plant, it is more widely used with the abl., which it 
 takes because it is a verbal substantive from utor, as, e. g., taclh 
 takes the ace. This abl. is a noun with perf. part, only here, Asin, 
 310, audac'ui usust nobis Inuenta, and Bacch. 749. Elsewhere. only 
 the ptc, generally facto, Amph. 505, citius quod non factost usus Jit 
 quam quod factost opus. 
 
 52. uoluptas, see Introd. § 42. 
 
 53. minis uiginti. The same sum (about -1^400) as price of a 
 slave, Epid. 703, Adelph. 742; in Most. 300 the price is 30 minae; 
 in Epid. 52, 40 minae; in Pers. 665, 60 minae. These are Greek 
 prices, and are doubtless taken without change from the Greek 
 original. 
 
 54. unae = solae. Trin. 166 unos sex dies, Bacch. 832, ires unos 
 passus; also in Cic. Epist. — remorantur, transit, here as always 
 in PI., "delay the matter," "hinder the completion of the bar- 
 gain." The intrans. meaning given in Lex. should be confined to 
 later authors. 
 
 55 sumbolum. Somewhat inexactly used in the play either of 
 
NOTES. 105 
 
 the seal stamped in wax upon the letter (so here, 716 epiMulam et 
 isuntbolum, lOUl sumhohist in [/. e. on, cpislula, cf. 98<J f.), or of the 
 letter and seal together, as constituting the token (1200 Hi. dedi^ . . 
 sumholum seruo tuo, mei eri inuujine obsifjnalam eiAstulam, (Jl7 f., 
 1097 and often.) When Ballio receives the letter, he recognizee the 
 seal without comparing it Avith his copy, 988. 
 
 59-60. These vss. bring up a difficulty in the chronology of the 
 play. From the rest of the plot {e. g., 622, arf/enlo haec dies prae- 
 slliHtast, quoad referret) it appears that the day of the play was the 
 date fixed for the payment of the money, and this is the date which 
 would be expected. But from these vss. and from 82 it would ap- 
 pear that the money w^as not due until the next day, and that this 
 would be the day or one of the days of the Dionysiac festival. 
 This allusion must be from the Greek original, and the text would 
 make a play presented on the Dionysia speak of the Dionysia as 
 *' to-morrow." Compare the correct allusions in Heaut. 162,733, 
 which fix the imaginary date on the Dionysia. Cf. also Poen. 191, 
 256. Neither the conjecture of R\ts<M, proxuma ad Dionysia, nor 
 the suggestion of Usener that Dloni/skt may be ace. after proxuma 
 removes the difficulty, and it must be left among the unexplained 
 contradictions of the plot. Cf. Introd. § 45. 
 
 62. For the hiatus ciim ea, see Introd. § 35. — The infin. forms 
 in -I fir, which were still in use in the time of PI. by the side of the 
 forms in -?, were largely employed by the dramatic poets, but 
 almost wholly at the end of a vs., where the long syllables -arier, 
 -erier, -irier, made a proper cretic close. Of verbs of 3d conjug. 
 only those are used which have long stem-vowel, dicier, credier, 
 
 etc. 
 
 64 fE. These vss. bring together some of the most marked pecu- 
 liarities of the colloquial Latin. Diminutives are used by Plant, in 
 emotional passages, most frequently as terms of endearment. So 
 ocellus, lahellum, Poen. 366, animule, melUlla. Cas. I. 46, pa^:<prculus, 
 agnellus, haedillus, Asin. 666 f. The nearest parallel to this is in 
 the amatory poems of Catullus (see list in Simpson\s ed., p. 18.3). 
 By heaping these terms together, PI. gives to them a comic effect, 
 which they do not have in Catull., and this is increased here by the 
 
106 NOTES. 
 
 use of alliteration and rhyme, for which see Introd. § 21. Notice 
 also the semi-abstract nouns. 
 
 65. This vs. is found also Baccli. IIG, where the context (120) 
 shows that it is in place. Here it is not necessary', and the nouns 
 in the sing., even though they be taken collectively, injure the 
 symmetry of the passage. It is therefore put in brackets as a gloss, 
 Cf. Goetz on the vs. and on Bacch. 116. — suauisauiatio is a word 
 coined by PI. from auauia sauia, e. (/., 918. For examples v. Lex., 
 su allium. 
 
 66. conpressiones artae and conparum are unusual in PL, but 
 only because this kind of description is unusual. The suggestion 
 of Lor. that consuetudines is a transl. of uwovulai and conpares of 
 av^vyoL is particularly unfortunate here, for no passage could bear 
 clearer marks of Roman spirit than this, 
 
 69. harunc. The sing, forms of lac in -ce are not used by PI. 
 except when -ne is appended. In plu. the forms in s, liisce (nom., 
 dat., abl.), Jiosce., hasce, are used before vowels, ///, Jiis, Jias, hos be- 
 fore consonants, while in the gen. only Jidnmc, harunc appear before 
 vowels, and horum, hdi'um, horuuc, harunc before consonants, as 
 here. This is one among many illustrations of the fact that PL 
 had double forms at his command for different metrical uses. 
 
 70. Observe here the repetition of dis- dis- and u- u-, and the 
 heaping up of words which are practically synonymous; for it is 
 useless to attempt to find in the three nouns an intentional expres- 
 sion of the order of events, "the parting, the absence, the conse- 
 quent loneliness." 
 
 72. sciui, apparently from scisco, not from scio, but the distinc- 
 tion between these verbs in PL is not clear, and would repay 
 investigation. Cf. Langen, Beitr. 301, on restilL — ut scires 
 curaui. The constructions of curare are extremely varied in PL 
 It takes an ul clause in perhaps half-a-dozen cases. Mil. Glor. 1238, 
 istuc curaui, ut . . . sis, Rud. 192, Id curaui, ut cauerein, Amph. 487, 
 Pers. 523, 527, the last two at the end of a letter as here ; so often 
 
 in Cicero's letters. 
 
 74. misere . . miseriume, " wretchedly," the first referring to 
 the condition of the writer, the second to the handwriting. 
 
NOTES. 107 
 
 75. pumiceos. The proverbial dryness of puinice-stone is al- 
 luded to in Aul. 297, pumex non aequest aridug quam hie eat senex, 
 and Pers. 41, nam tu aquam a pumice hercle postulas, qui ipsus sitiat. 
 
 77. siccoculum only here, and no doubt coined by PI. 
 
 78. audes, •' wish," not " dare " or "venture." So often in PI., 
 Ps. 1317, Mil. Glor. 232, auden participare me quod commenfu's ? 
 Asin. 476, non audes mihi . . . subuenire ? ]Men. 14!), (j97, liud. 
 lOoO, and esp. in sodes = si audes, " if you please," cf. Trin. 244. 
 audeo is for auideo from auidus, and this from aueo, and in all these 
 the predominant sense is '-desire, will," so that this meaning of 
 audeo, which is not noticed in Harp. Lex., is undoubtedly the pri- 
 mary sense of the verb, not a colloquial weakening, as Brix (on 
 Trin. 244) says. 
 
 79. dabo is the regular word for closing a bargain, cf. 118, and 
 Ps. means to make a formal promise to pay eheu on demand. 
 
 80. argentum . . . mutuom, a loan from a friend, contrasted 
 with a loan at interest from a banker in 286 f., Asin. 248, nam si 
 mutuas (sc. minas) non patera, cerlumst sumam fennre. Never m.u- 
 tuom alone in PI. 
 
 83. istocine = isto-ce-ne. cf. harunc, 69. When ne is appended 
 to the demonstratives it preserves the demon.-trative suffix ce, bnt 
 with weakening of the vowel to i. So hicine, isilcine, dlicine in 
 various forms, and adverbs, ^irinc, hucine, perhaps famine. Tiie 
 demons, so used are always emphatic. " Is that the way yon help 
 me? " 
 
 84. " For in our house, where T undergo punishment for my 
 faults, I have an inexhaustible supply of groans on hand." This 
 use of thensaurus is not common, but is a natural comic inversion, 
 cf. Merc. 163, 642, Poen. 625. 
 
 86. drachumam is the regular form in PI. for Spaxf^rj. Some 
 combinations allowed in Greek were strange to the Roman ear, 
 and were avoided by the insertion of a short vowel ; tecJiina, mina, 
 Hercules, Alcumena. This applies mainly to words learned by ear; 
 thus gyminasium. but as a proper noun Gymnasium; and as the 
 knowledge of Greek ino'eased among the educated classes, the 
 transliteration became moie exact. 
 
108 NOTES. 
 
 87. opino. The use of pass, form with active meaning had 
 begun in Latin before the time of PL, but for some reason it 
 greatly extended itself in the classical period. We find therefore 
 in ri. many verbs in active form, either occasionally or exclusively, 
 which in classical Latin are always deponent. Thus urbltro four times, 
 (lucuj)o always, contemplo generally, minito once or twice, munei-o 
 always, paciscu generally, parllo always, phUoso/jho, Ps. 687, cf . 974, 
 projicisco once, obsono twenty times, etc. For other examples, 
 see Langen, Beitr., p. 59 If., Brix, j\lil. (ilor., 172. ojjIiio is not 
 found in the mss., but is required by the metre in some six or 
 eight passages, and is supported by the analogy of other verbs. 
 Cf. also the variations in dtcl. and in conjug. Introd. § 18. 
 
 89. Allusions to suicide by hanging are frequent in PI., esp. as 
 a curse, abi ac naspeiule ie, 1229, Poen. o09, Pers. 815, and more 
 elaborately Poen. 390, capias resllin ac te suspeiidas cunt ero et nostra 
 familia. Cf. the curse abi in vialam cruceiu. The word pensiiis, as 
 appears from Poen. 312, j^'i'o una 2)assa pensiUs, contains a comic 
 allusion to a cluster of grapes hung up to dry. Cf. Aul. 76 ff., ex 
 me ut unam faciam Viiieram lo7ir/am, i. e. the letter I. 
 
 qui is the old abi. form of the rel. and interrog. pron., and is 
 used for all genders and numbers. Abundant examples in Harp. 
 Lex. The fact that (pii is indeclinable shows that it is already 
 passing over into an adv. or particle, and instances of these uses 
 will occur below. 
 
 96 cucule. Of a young lover duped by his mistress, Trin. 245, 
 of an old man, Asin. 923, 934. Brix compares Germ. Gimpel and 
 l^rnpf. 
 
 quid . . . ni is not a case of tmesis, ni is the oriirinal Latin 
 negative, the same as nei, ne, and is used with (piid in dubitative 
 questions after a negative question or some form of sentence imply- 
 ing ])rohibition. So 652, Mil. 1311, Men. 912, Cure. 423, Stich. 333. 
 Tn these ni, as a simple negative, properly stands next to the verb. 
 The combination qnidni is found in questions without verb. In 
 neither case is ni conditional : render " why should n't I . . . ? " 
 
 98. libellai. This old form of the gen. 1st decl. is found in 
 inscriptions down to the end of the Ke])ublic, mainly in proper 
 
NOTES. 109 
 
 nouns, and is commented upon by the Latin giamniaiians with 
 many ilhistrations from the early literatm-e. In the mss. it has 
 Wen generally changed by copyists into ae, but can often be re- 
 stored on metrical grounds. Fl. uses CJtarmidui, Periphauai, and 
 of common nouns audaciai, Jiliaij comoediai, uijuai, sduui, familial, 
 mural, and a few more, as well as some adjectives, magnal rel pub- 
 llcal, meal, and tital (Aul. 121). Ennius, Lucilius, and Lucretius 
 employed these forms, the last quite frequently, and Yergil used 
 them occasionally (Aen. IIL, 354, aulal, VI., 747, aural) with con- 
 scious archaism. The word llhella, though it had a definite value 
 (= as), is used in PI. only proverbially, as here, 629, and 1146, and 
 the coin had probably fallen out of circulation; cf. '• picayune." 
 
 99. ut . . . audio, •' to judge from the way I hear this letter talk." 
 This use of ut, which takes what has just been said or done as a 
 measure oj" standard, is more frequent in comedy than is suggested 
 by Harp. Lex. I. B, 4, esp. with audio, uideo, and verbs of saying. 
 So Cas. II., 5, 4, Most. 993, ut uerba audio, Capt. 569, ut rem uldeo, 
 Capt. 585, utpersplclo: cf. Ps. 473, 596, 749, 980, ut uestitu's, "to 
 judge by your clothing." [Dahl on ut, p. 98 if. J 
 
 100. illi appears to be a dat. of advantage, and lacrumis an abL 
 of instrument, but I do not know any parallel for such constr. 
 with Jlere. 
 
 101. quod . . . postulas, " as to what you expect ..." This is 
 quod at the point of transition from a rel. pron. m ace. of compass 
 and extent to the conjunction. So Capt. 586, fillum tuom quod 
 redhnere se ait, id ne utlqunm mlhi placet, Amph. 479, mnic de Alcu- 
 mcna dudum quod dlxi minus, hodle ilia parlet, Mil. Glor. 1114. 
 The indie, stands in 14 passages from early Latin, the subjunct. in 
 13 with potential or conditional force, and Rrix (on Mil. Glor. 1G2). 
 Lor. here would change to poslules. See on the whole Zimmerman 
 on quod and quia in early Latin. Progr. Posen, 1880. 
 
 postulare, " to expect, desire." is very common in PI. and Ter., 
 see 378, 439, 851, 853. This appears to be a colloquial weakening 
 of the original sen.se. te probare, " to make 5^ourself appear 
 probus,^' "recommend yourself." 
 
 102. A reference to the fable of the Danaides. Lor. quotes els 
 
3 10 NOTES. 
 
 TiTpvTTT^ixevov ttIBov (xptKuv, Xeil. Oecoil. VII., 40, (Is TOP iridov (f)€povai 
 TOP TCTprjixevov, Meiiieke, III., p. 299. Cf. also vs. 369. 
 
 104. As the line stands, bona opera means "by my helpful ser- 
 vices," and then aut mala is added by a second thought, as it occurs 
 to the speaker that his services as a swindler cannot well be called 
 bona. But the text cannot be regarded as fixed. 
 
 105. auxilium argentarium is used also by an unknown poet, 
 Ribbeck, Frag. 11^ p. 12.), cf. opesi arf/entariae, Epid. 672, and Ps. 
 300, 312, 421, all used for comic effect. 
 
 106. atque in partially adversative sense, " and yet," is not rare 
 in PI. Cf. 278, 309, Trin. 336, niisquam per uiriutem rem coiifregit 
 atque er/et, Capt. 479, ]Men. 576, Bacch. 814, etc. Esp. when a 
 new person comes upon the stage atque eccum is almost equiv. to 
 sed eccum, cf. ]Men. 565 with 898. 
 
 106. nnde id futurum dicam for wide id futurum sit. This 
 pleonastic use of dicam., which belongs to the colloquial language, 
 is found only in certain forms of interrogative sentence : («) in 
 direct ^'//.s-questions {quid., ubi, quain, etc.) Asin. 587, qiiidnam 
 esse dicam ? Cure. 12, quo te dicam ego ire ? True. 689, quam esse 
 dicam hanc belluam ? Capt. 533, 541, Cure. 1, Cas. III. 4, 26, Mil. 
 Glor. 1201, Merc. 516, Ps. 744, 966, Pers. 400, Rud. 263, 447, St. 
 288 ; (6) in similar questions, indirect, depending always upon a 
 negative verb or phrase; with nescio, as here, Amph. 825, IMost. 
 1042, Trin. 2, True. 70, with other negative phrase, Aul. 67, 804, 
 Rud. 611 ; (c) in indirect disjunctive questions, w-ith nescio, Capt. 
 268, Cure. 463, with aniini pendeo, Merc. 127, with nunc cor/ito, 
 Men. 887, in both of which the negative leaning is plain. In sen- 
 tence questions, direct or indirect, or in direct disjunctive ques- 
 tions, I have found no case of dicam. The verb is a dubitative 
 subjunct., inserted as a fuller expression of the feeling of uncer- 
 tainty. Cf. arbltrarer, Most. 89, credam, Merc. 252. 
 
 107. nisi, after a general negative, to denote an exception is 
 well-known (Madv 442, obs. 3; A. & G. 315, d; H. 507, 3, n. 3), 
 and in combination with nf, si, quod, quia, it seems to imply an 
 ellipsis of the leading verb, cf. the full expression in Rud. 751, . . . 
 nescio: nisi scio. . . . In this combination quod and quia have their 
 
NOTES. Ill 
 
 original conjunctional sense " tliat," not "because." Capt. 394, 
 ()21, ntque mi esse ul/uin morbiun nisi qaod seraio, '-except these 
 bonds/' Pers. 517, Cist. II., 1, 1'2, nefjiie nisi (/uia miser non eo pes- 
 sum, Jiiihi iilla ahest perdilo perniciesj in all these nisi quod, quia 
 expresses an exception. In the other six cases, here, 508, Pers. 
 545C?), Rud. 1024, Triu. 938, True. 786, ni>i quia is used after 
 nescio or an equiv., and expresses a complete adversative idea, "I 
 do not know . . ., but (I do know that) . . . " = *' I do not know, 
 except in this one particular that . . ." (Biix on Trin. 038, Langen, 
 Beitr. 57 ff. do not explain exactly, but seem to imply a difference 
 between quod and quia, which does not exist.) — supercilium 
 salit. cf. i/a dorsus prurit. Mil. Glor. 398, and " By the pricking of 
 my thumbs Something wicked this way comes," Macb. IV. 1. 
 
 109. commoui sacra, a technical term for setting the Dionysiac 
 procession in motion, CatuU. LXIV., 225, Aen. IV'., 301, here of 
 course wdth comic intention. So the dimin. lurbellas, 110, " What 
 a nice little row I njake." 
 
 111. aetati nieae = mdii, so in uae aetali tuae = nae tibi, Capt. 
 885, Men. 075, Rud. 375; Cf. 1132, and often. 
 
 114. On rogd, see Introd. § 11. In the following stipulaiio, 
 rogare means to propose tl;e formal question dubisne, the formal 
 answer to which, dabo^ made the contract binding. Cf. also 1076, 
 ff. The fact that the bargain is here made by a slave, and that as 
 soon as it is made he expects his master to rely upon it as if it were 
 really binding is only part of the comedy, to exhibit the unbounded 
 self-confidence of Pseud. 
 
 118. nunciani is always in three syllables in PI. like etiam. and 
 quoniam, and, except in a few cases (e. g. Ps. 594) with fut. indie, 
 is used only with an impv. or equiv. in the sense of an emphatic 
 nunc. As two words, sometimes separated by other words, nunc 
 lam means "now at last." Brix ■^ on Capt. 266 considers nunciam 
 a lengthened form of nunc; I should still call it a compound of 
 nunc and iam, as quoniam is quite certainly quom + iam. — molestus 
 ne sis, " don't bother me; " a frequent expression in PI. 
 
 120. tangam, "cheat, strike." Cf. 1306, Epid. 705, ie tetigi 
 triginta minis, '^ I did you out of thirty minae." 
 
112 NOTES. 
 
 121. pietatis causa, "so far as piety is concerned;'' so mea 
 causa, " for aught I care," Men. 1029, 727, Epid. 679, Rud. 57. — 
 uel has in PI. always something of its proper force from uelle ; 
 here, " if you choose," "if you prefer." Vss. 122, 121 are given 
 as in tlie mss. Goetz (Bothe, Hit., Lor.) changes the order and 
 reads seruent. uerum qui potest ? 
 
 123. in oculum utrumuis . . ., "rest easy about that." The 
 pro[)er forn) of the saying is given in Heaut. 342, adempium tibi iam 
 fuxo omnem metum, in aurem utramuis otiose ut dormias, Menander, 
 Meineke, IV'., 189, in dfx(l)6Tepa (sc. to. a>Ta) KaOevSeiv. Cf. About, 
 Story of an Honest Man, Appleton's ed,, p. 241, " I may sleep upon 
 both ears." PI. intentionally changes to " you may sleep on either 
 eye " for the comic effect of this way of putting it and of the reason 
 at hoc peraoUjatumst nimis, "the other way is too stale." For 
 similar intentional slips, see 711, note, 842. 
 
 125 ff. These vss. are a parody of the style of proclamation by 
 a crier, esp. pube, contione and edico, which are all somewhat techni- 
 cal, pube, dat. of 5th decl. from noni. pjubes, which is elsewhere 
 of the 3d decl. with gen. pubis. So as gen. or dat. die, facie, Jide, 
 acie, not only in PL, but also in Verg.,- Hor., Caes. See Introd. 
 § 18. — poplo for poprdo, cf. perichun, poclum, is found in inscrip- 
 tions, and is preserved in the mss. of PI. six or eight times, always 
 at the end of an iamb, senar., as here, or before the caesura of 
 iamb, septen. 
 
 130. ostium crepuit refers to the creaking of the door as it was 
 drawn back by some person within the house. So Men. 348, con- 
 crepuit ostium, INIil. Glor. 154:, /oris coiicrepuit, and often at the end 
 of a scene. PL's experience and skill as a playwright appear in 
 these careful and, for a reader, too elaborate introductions of new 
 characters upon the stage, which the lack of a play-bill and the 
 ignorance of the audience about the plot rendered necessary. So 
 ipse, 132, tells who it is that is coming out. 
 
 131. crura mauellem refers to the crnrifrafjium, a punishment 
 inflicted upon slaves and criminals by breaking the ankle or shin- 
 bones with a hammer. See on 145, 154. " The pandei*'s door 
 creaked. || T wish it had been his shins, cracking." 
 
NOTES. 113 
 
 132. periuri caput, cf. sceleruin caput, 446, 10.54, and both to- 
 gether, liud. 1098 f. : also sctlus, scelus uiri. The seuse is rather 
 " essence of lying," " incarnation of perjury," than as in Lex. 
 
 Secokd Sce.ne. — During the first part of this scene Calldorus and Pseudolus 
 remain near Sinio's house. Ballio comes out of his own house on the right side 
 (if the stage with a whip in his hand, followed by a slave (jmer, 170) carrying 
 the crumina. As he speaks the first words of the scene, the slaves who have 
 been at work in the house come out and stand about the door, some of them 
 still holding the utensils or tools which they had been using. 
 
 The scene is one of the roughest and most brutal in PI. Its primary inten- 
 tion is to exhibit the Una as the villain of the piece, so bad as to be beyond all 
 sympathy, but no doubt the horse-play, the cracking of the whip, the shouts of 
 Ballio and the contortions of the slaves, amused the Koman popuhice. The 
 scene is marked in one ms. with a C, and was a canticuin in the special sense, 
 performed with dancing and full musical accompaniment. 
 
 133. male conciliati, cf. Trin. 856, melius . . . concUlauerlt, '^ will 
 have had a better bargain," Eun. 669, prodl, male conciliate, in 
 voc. as here, " come out, my bad bargain." So male uendere, emere, 
 etc. But male hablti is somewhat less clear; ordinarily it would 
 mean "badly kept, in poor condition," but here apparently "of 
 bad disposition." Lor. comp. Cure. 698, bene et pudice me domi 
 Jiabuif, and habitus, the noun, is not rare in this sense. 
 
 134. numquam quicquam quoiquam, colloquial exaggeration, 
 which would seem to the hearer to be strengthened by the similarity 
 of ending. So esp. in general negations, ci. Q'2\, numquam — um- 
 quam, 7ol, nee quoquam, neque umquam, lOlS, numquam — quemquam, 
 ^lost. 925, umquam quicquam in question implying negative, and 
 often, quicquam is ace. of compass and extent. 
 
 135. ad h6c exemplum (cf. ad hunc modum, quemadmodum) is 
 explained by a gesture with the. whip. On quantity, see Introd. 
 § 41. The construction of the rest of the vs. is a little peculiar; 
 quibus, abl. after usura as a verbal noun from utor (see note on usus, 
 50); usurpari in original sense from u,<;us, making Jig. etymol. with 
 usura. Render "of whom no use can be made." 
 
 136. asinos, generally referred to as type of stupidity (so asine 
 as term of reproach), here because of its toughness of hide, mae/is 
 
114 NOTES. 
 
 asinos instead of an adj. in conipar., a use for which 1 have not been 
 able to find an exact parallel in Fl. — iieque . . . iiumquam with 
 effect of a single strong negative. So neque . . . haiul, Bacch. 2G, 
 1037, neque ego hnud cuntmittcuii, Pers. 5o5, Epid. 6Gi, (Men. o71 is 
 a conjecture), Ter. Andr. 2U5; Epid. 5o'2, neque nunc uhi sit nescio, 
 Cato, 11. 11. GO, Cure. 579 f., neque Lstas tuas uiagnas ininas nan 
 jduris faclu quaiii . . ., Mil. Gior. Ull, iura te noclturuni non esse 
 hamuli de hac re nemini, of. 619 L.^ Also in Propert. 11., 19, o2. 
 The usage seems to belong to early and plebeian Latin (Petronius), 
 with imitations in Gell. and Apul. Lorenz considers it a Greek 
 construction, a very improbable explanation. Prix on Men. 371 
 says that neque had partly lo.st its negative in its connective force, 
 which does not explain Mil. 1111. The construction seems to me 
 to bear on its face the evidence of colloquial origin, and to be of the 
 same general nature as tiie heaping up of adverbs of time oi' place 
 and the doubling of the negative in English, at least in all the cases 
 except neque . . . haud. This usage is said to reappear in the 
 Romance languages. — plagis, abl, " with beatings.'' 
 
 137. eo and haec refer to the same thing, described in ubi data 
 occasiost, etc. The whole sentence is paratactic: "This in fact is 
 theii- disposition, and these are the ideas they have : when there is 
 a chance, steal," etc., instead of "their disposition and ideas are 
 such that they steal whenever they get a chance.'' — flagritribae 
 iro]n JJarp'uyn and rpilBoi. V\. uses a few hybrid words for comic 
 effect, ferrifribaces, Most. 35G, idmitriba, Pers. 278, pultipliagus. 
 Most. 828, beside some words of Greek origin compounded with 
 Latin prefixes, pergraphicus, ineuscheme. 
 
 138. The succession of short vowels rape clejje fene is intentional; 
 so Trin. 289, rape, trdlie, fuge, late, of the same kind of conduct. 
 
 139. harpaga, a Plautine word, 957, Pacch. 057, Aul. 201, and 
 cf. 653 f. As Greek verbs in -^a> become in Latin -sso (e. g., co- 
 missor = KOjfxdCco), PI. ]irobably made this from apirayr] or aprra^, 
 of. the noun Jiarpago, Trin. 239. 
 
 140. opus, for sense, cf. Most. 412, id idri doctist opus, —r The 
 proverb about sheep and wolves is at least as old as Herodotus, 
 TV., 149, KaToKfLTTfLP (HP €v XvKOKTi. IS fouud iu Tcr. Eun. 832, ouetn 
 
NOTES. 115 
 
 lupo commmsti, is referred to by Cic. Phil. III., 11, 27 as a common 
 saying, and is familiar in the X, T. 
 
 142 is bracketed on the ground that the contrast between the 
 looks of the slaves and their real character makes a break in the 
 connection of thought. (Goc-tz Nvithout brackets.) 
 
 143. nunc adeo generally marks a change from one subject to 
 another, and always introduces an emphatic command or determi- 
 nation. So Ibo, 8.35, Men. 119, Mil. 150, Trin. 855, etc. Render 
 "now then,'" "now therefore." — edictionem, also 17"2, Capt. 811, 
 823. Lor. calls attention to the frequency of veibals in -tio, -sio in 
 the comedy. The ease with which they were formed shows the 
 plastic condition of the language, and the fact that they often take 
 the construction of the verb shows that they were still felt almost 
 as a part of the verb (cf. usura, 135). 
 
 144. The change from fut. aduorletis to pres. exmouetis is attrib- 
 uted by Lor. to metrical necessity, but cf. jNIerc. 458 f., rjuUl? illi 
 quoidani, qui mandault tlbi, si emetur, (urn iiolet : si er/o erno illi, qui 
 mandauit, turn ille nolet ? where emam would do as well as emo. 
 Also Mil. Glor. 936, . . . si ecjiciam . ., si hodie Jiunc dolum dolamus, 
 quid . . . viiflfim ? As Pi. could use either pres. or fut. in protasis 
 W'ith fut. in apodosis, he occasionally used both together. 
 
 146. peristromata, coverings for dining couches, but the reason 
 for their being called Campanica is unknown. 
 
 147. Thick rugs with figures of animals woven into the fabric 
 were first made in Alexandria, according to Plin}^ IT. N. VIII., 48, 
 74. 196. Cf. Stich. 378, Babylonica perislroma et tonsilia tapetia, and 
 on the comparison of a scourged back to picture cf, Epid. 625 f., 
 and often in various comic ways. — tonsilia is a very unusual accent, 
 found only in lyrical passages (cf. 171 dicere, 185 nomine) and occa- 
 ssional ly in the first foot of iamb, senar. 
 
 148- Of the many metaphors in PI. drawn from Roman public 
 life (cf. .579 ff.) none is more frequent than this use of pi'ouincia, 
 e. g., 158, Capt. 156, 158, St, 702, etc., perhaps because the two 
 foreign provinces, Sicily 241 b. c, Sardinia 235, embodied in some 
 measure the rising desire for foreign conquest. 
 
 150. cogatis, the reading of the mss., does not give a good sense, 
 
116 NOTES. 
 
 nor is Ritschl's cupiatis much better. The thought should be " that 
 you need to be "warned, have to be reminded." — ofificium, ace. of 
 the thing after commonerier, cf. Stich. 58; moneatur . . . officium: 
 elsewhere in PI. and Ter. only neut. pron., iW, hoc, etc., after moneo. 
 malum means generally in Pi. " })unishment," the slave's evil, and 
 from this sense it passes over into curses, and finally into questions 
 like (luid, malum . . . ^ -12. 
 
 150-156. The numbers attached to these vss. indicate their 
 order in the mss. Pall, and in Goetz ; the palimpsest has 151, 153. 
 The connection of thought from 143 appears to be this : " Now if 
 you do not listen to me and get rid of your laziness, it shall be the 
 worse for you. I gave you your orders yesterday, but you are so 
 careless that nothing but a thrashing will keep you up to your work. 
 (Turning to a spectator) Just look at this! They pay no attention 
 to me. (To the slaves) Look here! Listen, I tell you, to what 
 I'm saying, you scoundrels. Oh, yes! you think your hides are 
 tougher than my whip; you 're going to find that that's a mistake. 
 How 's that ? (with a blow.) Does tliat hurt? Theie, that is what 
 a slave gets who isn't respectful. Take your pitcher," etc. The 
 objection to 156 is not so much in the sense, for a repetition of the 
 demand for attention would be entirely in place here, but rather in 
 the use of contva'^WXx short a and governing the ace. Elsewhere in 
 PI. contra, as an adv. Other arrangements of the vss. may be found 
 in Goetz, Ritschl,^ Loienz, Spengel Reform., Langen PI. Stud. 
 
 153. plagigerula also Most 875, cf. munerigeruli, 181, damnige- 
 ruU, True. 551. Goetz has loquar here and in 156 ; the present, 
 which has good ms. suppoi-t, is given in the text. 
 
 151, 154. The connection of thought here, if expressed logically, 
 would be: " In fact you think that you by reason of the toughness 
 of your hides are too much for me and my whip, but I will show 
 you that it is just the other way; " that is, the sentence vhicills . . 
 me would be subordinated to anlmati e.^tts, and 151 would be intro- 
 duced by an adversative particle. So Ritschl ^ reads uincere, and 
 Goetz effects the same thing by reading ut animatlior ita. I under- 
 stand the structure to be paratactic, as in 137 f. and frequently in 
 PI. and in all colloquial language. Cf for omission of adversative 
 
KOTES. 117 
 
 particle, Capt. 482-4, aiid on a/yue, lUti. — tergiuum, properly an 
 adj., from the use of terf/i.nn, " liide." So apparently in Lucil. 
 XXIX., 08 .\I., s(,liii (lum saluo lerrjo a fevfjino licet, 'i he material of 
 which the scoiuoe was made is also referred to in Triii. 1011, hubuli 
 coltabi, Most. 882. 
 
 155. em .should be distinguished from the emotional interjection 
 hem and from the later or interrogative en. Jt is properly the ace. 
 of the demons is, and in its various and frequent uses in PI. and 
 Ter. preserves much of the demons, effect. It is used most fre- 
 quently before sentences beginning with emphatic demonstratives. 
 518 em, istis, 526 em, ah hoc, 444, 890 em, illic, with sic, as here, 
 True. 634, with words of time or direction, em nunc, Merc. 909, Men. 
 613, with verbs, to mark the performance of the action, em desino, 
 Adelph. 137, or to emphasize the demonstrative sen.^e of the verb, 
 Aul 633, em tihi ostendo : eccas. Also frequently with the impv., 
 892, ein . . . vide, Most. 333, em iene, with an accus. of exclamation 
 (not dependent upon an omitted impv.), 754, em iil/i omnem fabulam, 
 em pateram, Amph. 778, ein manum, Capt. 859, with tibi alone, Men. 
 1018, Cure. 195, 625, and occasionally alone, Capt. 570, aspice ad 
 me. II em. [Brix on Trin. 3 and esp. Ribbeck, Latein. Partik., 
 pp. 29 ff.] Often, as here, to emphasize a blow, especially with 
 da7'e. 
 
 157. The imm as a vessel for drawing water is mentioned Rud. 
 443, 467. 471, etc 
 
 158. cum securi exactly equiv. to qui urnam habes, or to an adj. 
 or ptc. So often, 593, 967, 1287, 1299, Capt. 203, cum catenis sumus. 
 — caudicali, formed by PI from caudex, perhaps with side refer- 
 ence to caudex = ".stick, blockhead." Lor. on 1220 L. gives other 
 adjj. of the same form coined for comic effect, emortualis, 1237, 
 esurialis Capt. 468, uapularis Pers. 22, comptionalis Bacch. 976, all 
 aV. Xfy. 
 
 159. sine siet, "let it be so " = " I don't care if it is." Ex- 
 amples in Lex. s. v. sino, II. A. — itidem pred. of estis ; so fre- 
 quently ita, 240, 360, 6.57. sic, 677, and often, ut, satis, bene, male, 
 palam, frustra, etc. [Draeg. I., 192.] This usage, which is by no 
 means confined to earlv Latin, dates from a time when esse had 
 
118 NOTES. 
 
 concrete meaning and could take an adv. like any other verb; the 
 phrases, once formed, continued in use after esse had become a 
 mere copula. The sense here is, "1 don't care if it is dull; so are 
 all of you, and yet I have to use you as well as I can." For omnes 
 Goetz reads plagis ; both words are in the mss , and one of them is a 
 gloss. 
 
 160. numqui is the old abl. of the indef. (cf. rel. qui, 89), here 
 to express degree of difference with minus, and nu7n has the chal- 
 lenging tone which expects a negative answer. As the negatives 
 in num and in minus make an affirmative, tamen is used as if the 
 sentence contained no negation. 
 
 161. For Jidbes, see Introd. § 41. facias is of course jussive 
 subjunct. 
 
 162. lectisterniator, an. Xf-y., is apparently directly from lecd- 
 sternium, and as this word is used only of a religious ceremony, there 
 is an intentional exaggeration here as in 158. idem is nomin,; 
 exstruito has for obj. only such words as mensas, Men. 101, or cani- 
 stros in the sense of " heaping high " with food. 
 
 163. offendam, "find." Except a few cases of the literal sense 
 " strike against," Cure. 282, Poen. 483, offendere means in PI. 
 and Ter. always "find, come upon," either with personal obj.. 
 Cure. 294, eos ego nunc si offendero, or with noun and ptc , as here, 
 Most 26, hncine modo hie rem curatam offendet suam ? and often. 
 
 164. Lor. refers to a similar house-cleaning in Stich. 347 ff., 
 where details are given and the same technical words are used. 
 The house was swept {uorsa) with brooms {scopae), the floor 
 sprinkled (sparsa) with water from a sprinkler (nassilema) and 
 rubbed dry (tersa), the couches were spread (strata) and wood split 
 for the fire ( 58). Cf. also Bacch. 10-12. 
 
 166 is bracketed because it is addressed to a single slave in the 
 midst of general remarks, and because orders for the preparation of 
 food are out of place when the cook has not yet been hired. It 
 was inserted here from some similar scene, cf . St. 3-39 f. 
 
 167. magnufice. So 681, also manufestus, sacrufico 327, car- 
 nufex 707, all in the last syllable of a compound before/. But for 
 all these tlie mss. give forms with /, and general consideiations in- 
 
NOTES. 119 
 
 dicate that in this as in so many points the orthography of the time 
 of PI. was fluctuating. — uolo me with infin. is not peculiar to Ph, 
 but is found occasionally at all periods. See Lex., uolo, I., B. 1, b, 
 Draeger, II.. 401 f. 
 
 169. praestiuem, frompme and a lengthened form of stare, not 
 as Harp. Lex. says from praes. Cf. destinare. Only here, Capt. 
 848, Epid. 277, and in Apul , always of the buyer and not in con- 
 nection with a definite price (argento in Epid. as pretlo here). It 
 does not mean simply '• to buy," as Lex. says, but to agree upon a 
 price, to make one's own by an agreement to pay. to bargain for. 
 Cf. Paul. Fest. p. 223 ]M , pruestinare apud Plauium est praeemere, id 
 est, emendo tenere. Cf. use of destinare, Rud. 45 f., mmzs triginta 
 sibi pueilam destinat dafque arrabonem et iureiurando adlegat, " he 
 agrees to buy for a certain price, pays part to fix the bargain," etc. 
 
 170 is incorrect in metre, having for the fourth foot quis\qudm 
 per\lundat and no proper caesura, but of the various conjectures 
 none is entirely satisfactory. — puere is given by the mss. in about 
 a dozen places (.so here, 241, 242, 249), is required by the metre in 
 other places, and is supported by quotations in the grammarians, 
 but no case of the nom. puerus is known. — pertundat is a comic 
 word for cutting open the purse, crumina, which was carried by the 
 slave. Cf. True. 652 ff., homo cruminam sibi de collo detrahit, and 
 the last scene of the Ps. — cautiost, as a verbal substantive, gov- 
 erns the ne-clause as cauere would, and as other verbals govern a 
 case. 
 
 171. est quod (qui) has normally the indie, in PI., Trin. 91, 
 sunt quos scio amicos esse, sunt quos suspicor, Asin. 232, est . . . quod 
 uolo loqui, Capt. 263, sunt quae . . . scitari uolo, Ps. 462 and often. 
 Cf . quis est qui regularly with indie. When est qui has the subjunct, 
 it is either independent of the relative (jussive, optative), Trin. 
 310, est quod gaudeas, 1160, est quod miki suscenseas ; or it is the be- 
 ginning of the subjunct. of characteristic. 
 
 171. oblitus fui. Forms yv\t]ifui,/uit, etc. for sujn, est occur in 
 PI. about 25 times, esp. in deponents, oblitus fui, Cas. Y., 4, 12, 
 Merc. 481, Amph. 4.57, Poen. 4(),fuerani, Most. 487, not to be dis- 
 tinguished in sense from oblitus sum, Poen. 118. For other ex- 
 
120 NOTES. 
 
 amples in PI. and in Cic, Livy, etc., see Neue, II. ^ 352 ff. The 
 choice between fui and i<um was influenced by the metre, as fui 
 occurs most freqiiently at the end of a vs. or before the caesura of 
 iamb, octon. Cf. 08!J. 
 
 172. auditin, audin, referring to and introducing a command, 
 have ahnost impv^ effect. So Asin. 116, Men. "2b'^:, Ps. 605, etc. 
 Esjj. at<iae audui? following one impv. and introducing a second, 
 as in 665, Mil. Glor. 1088, Epid. 400, etc. munditiis, etc., see n. 
 on 4. mundltiae is common in plu. at all periods, cf. Hor. Carm. 
 I., 5, 5; molliliae only here and once in Veil. Paterc. , deliciae is 
 regularly plur. The fact that mundit'ds and deliciis are plur. 
 doubtless influenced moUkiis. 
 
 174, scibo, experiar. Both forms of fut. of 4th conj. weie in 
 use in time of PI. So conuenibo {sub-, per-, in-), adgredibor, audibo, 
 expedibo, opperihor, seruibo, etc., most of them with parallel forms 
 in -iam^ sciam, conuenunn, etc. As both forms were in use they 
 gave opportunity for choice on metrical grounds. There is a con- 
 trast in each of the three clauses between the slaves who caie for 
 their own ultimate good, their freedom {capdi^ suae rei), and those 
 who care only for immediate pleasure or ease {uentri, somno) ; the 
 former will be set free, the latter will be sold, caput, used often 
 of the whole person (uae capiti tuo = uae tibi, and cf. n. on aetas, 
 111), is especially frequent of the freeing or purchase of a slave, 
 e. g., 22b, pro capite, " for your freedom," and so J\Iost. 211, 301. 
 Here it suggests the use of uentri to carry out the contrast. In 176 
 experiar is again the leading verb and credam (see n. on dicnm, 106) 
 must be supplied w-ith tienalem. — Vss. 176 and 177 may be scanned 
 as anap. octon. with hiatus in the principal caesura. 
 
 179 f. The vocabulary of PI. is very rich in terms of endear- 
 ment, which are often used as hei-e in great profusion. Cf. Poen. 
 365 ff., mea uoluptas, meae deliciae, mea uita, mea amoenitas, mens 
 ocellus, meinn labellum, mea solus, memn sauium, meimi mel, meum 
 cor, mea colustra, mens iriollicidus caseiis. Cf. Cas. IV., 4, 14, 19, 
 I., 46, Asin. 664 ff., 6!)1 ff. meUitus (cf. the Southern "honey") 
 is found in Catull. III., 6, XLVIIL, 1, XIX., 1, Cic. ad Att. I., 
 18, 1, etc. ((joetz, mamillae, mellillae.) 
 
\ \ D n /^ rr y'^^ 
 O^ THE 
 
 UNIVERSITY 
 
 or 
 
 i)fOH^i^h^ 121 
 
 181. maniplatim, cf. pojylo, 126, and for military metaphors, 
 see on 579 ft. Compare a,\so J'acite adsinl with facile ut conueniant^ 
 111. 
 
 182. praehibeo = (praebeo) is the only form used by PL, e. g. 
 Men. 802, DTU, Mil. 591, and below 3tj«. Also dehibuisli, Trin. 426, 
 elsewhere debeo. 
 
 184. eo seems to refer to liini and to bring in the vs. with some- 
 thing of adversative eifeet, '• You care for nothing but wine ; thai 
 you faiily diown yourselves with." Langen, Beitr., p. 147, says 
 that adeo here is unintelligible; it seems to me to add to the con- 
 trasting effect of eo, cf. Merc. 2o4, ea simia adeo . . . ueu'd. But 
 the vs. is quite uncertain in text and meaning. — quom is adver- 
 sative, " while." 
 
 185. factust optumum ut. Xeither /«c/?/ nor the ut clause is 
 remarkable with optumum est, but the combination of the two is 
 rare, perhaps only here and Aul. 582, nunc lioc mUti factust optu- 
 mum, ut ted auferam. — quenique, fem. for quamque. In the fem. 
 of tlie interrog. PI. shows a preference for quis (quis haec, quis viu- 
 lier, etc.) though quae is also used. The simple indef. is more fre- 
 quently qua or quae, but in the compounds qiiisquam is the regular 
 fem. in PI. and quisque is found also Poen. prol. 107, Hec. 216. — 
 uostrarum — uostrum. The person, pron. early lost their proper 
 gen. forms (cf. on 4) and took instead the gen. of the possess., 
 7nei, tui, nostrum, uostrum, the last two being nothing but the earl}-- 
 gen in -um (cf. deum, sestertium) and not essentially different from 
 nostroru7n, uostrarum. Usage gradually restricted nostrum, uostrum 
 to the person, pron., but in PI. nostrorum, uostrarum and even the 
 fem. forms are still in use. So pa7\t uostrorum Most. 280, neutram 
 uostrarum St. 141, quaeque nostrarum True. 252, uter uostrorum 
 Aul. 321, and six or eight times more. Cf. 584. 
 
 188. Hedylium, 'Ubvkiov, from j^SuXoy, a dimin. of j^Sv?- 'HSuXj/ 
 is found as a woman's name. 
 
 189. This exaggerated description of the amount of grain in the 
 possession of the dealers probably alludes to attempts to corner the 
 wheat market, which two years later, in 189, brought down a fine 
 upon the frumentarii, Livy, XXXVIII., 35, 5. 
 
122 NOTES. 
 
 191. atque carries the following clause back to fac, making it 
 parallel with sit delatum; adeo goes with ajiuam, introducing the ut 
 clauses in 192. The whole expression is careless, but not beyond 
 what is permissible in conversation, and the attempts to emend by 
 substituting U!<que for atque (Brix, Goetz), or by omitting ut 
 (Ritschl) or atque (Lor., Lang.) are only partial remedies. 
 
 193. ex denoting change is commonly used after esse^facere^ 
 reddere, e. g., 324, 871, 96.5, \'2)1, but cf. St. 138, quin uos capitis 
 coiidicionem ex pcs^uma primariam ^ INIost. 53. — recjem lasonem, not 
 (he Argonautic hero, who was not a type of vveallh, but the tyrant 
 of Pherae in Thessaly, a successful adventurer like Agathocles, 
 532. 
 
 194. From this point to the end of the scene the speeches given 
 in the text to Pseud, ai'e given by Goetz to Calid. and cice versa. — 
 furcifer is one of the most frequent terms of reproach in PI. — 
 satin (salisne) is used about 70 times in PI. {a) with the proper 
 sense of satis ; satin habes si, satin est si, 112, with verbs, satin audis, 
 166, intellef/is, scis, etc. ; all these may be answered by satis, and all 
 have parallel uses in declarative sentences. But in questions (/>) 
 satis passes over (satis scio would form a middle step) to the mean- 
 ing "really," "actually," and satin becomes almost an interroga- 
 tive particle; so satin ahiit ? Most. 76, "• has he actually gone off? " 
 Ps. 1321, Rud. 462, 1193, Mil. Glor. .393, 462, 999, etc. Transl. 
 here "don't you see how he is showing himself off?" But the 
 effect of nonne is not produced by satis alone, cf. Most. 622, 
 
 195. hanc rem gere, '"attend to the matter in hand," so Men. 
 825, satis iocatus : nunc hanc rem gere, and cf. the more common 
 it or. age. 
 
 196. Aeschrodora = klcrxpoboapa, a coined name for a meretrix, 
 ;i[)parently not found in Greek. 
 
 197. The word lanii includes not only the butchers but also 
 keepers of small eating-houses where cooked meats were furnished. 
 Cf Epid. 199, where lanienae (sc. tahernae) are mentioned among 
 other places of public resort. There is a pun upon iure, either with 
 iurando, "an oath,'' or with mala, '"poor broth," and it is for the 
 sake of the pun that iurando is put before iur<; and the adj. malo is 
 
NOTES. 123 
 
 added. Cf. Varro, R. R. HI., 17, 4, hos piscis nemo cocus in ias 
 uocare audet, and Cic. Verr. I., 40, 121, ius Verrinum. Also Epid. 
 523, Poeii. 58G. " AVho make money as we do by cooking up 
 frauds." 
 
 198. caruaria, frames with hooks for hanging meat upon. Cf. 
 Capt. 914, (leturbauit tolum cum carnl carnarium. Not " pantry," 
 as ill Lex. 
 
 199. quasi— item. The use of quasi in actual comparisons is 
 ahuost confined to early Latin. Cf. Asin. 178, fj nasi piscis, itidemst 
 amator, Trin. 8o5, iia iam quasi canes, haud secus circumsiahant 
 nanem lurbines uenti, and often. Also without demonstr. St. S-jQ ff. 
 The idea of the comparison is that the woman would be torn by 
 the hooks of the meat-frame as Dirce was mangled by the horns of 
 the bull. 
 
 201. nimis has here its usual Plautine sense, " greatly, exceed- 
 ingly;" so also niinio \\\t\\ compar. and niniium. The meaning 
 " too, too much " is rare, but is found, e. g. Most. 292 R., si {mu- 
 lier) pulcrast, nimis ornatast. \\ nimis din apstineu manum, where both 
 meanings appear together. 
 
 202. iuueututem is subj. oi pati, hominem subj. of culere, which 
 depends upon pad. The use of the infin. with subject ace. in ex- 
 clamation is to be classed with the ace. alone in exclamation, and 
 should not be explained by an ellipsis. It is found at all periods, 
 e. g., Aen. L, 37, mene incepto desistere . . .? Ilor. Sat. I., 9, 72, 
 huncine solem (am nlfp'um surrexe ntdi'i '. but is especially common in 
 colloquial style. The sense is the same whether -ne is used or not, 
 though it was doubtless first employed in exclamations which had 
 a decided interrogative tone. — colere, absol., is without support 
 in PI. (iMost. 765 is entirely uncertain), and Speng. conjectures 
 clamare, Bx. pollere / the difficulty is somewhat lessened by hie, 
 which takes th'^ place of an ace. 
 
 203. amant a. see Tntrod. § 42. a lenone. The prepos. ab is 
 used in colloquial Latin with an extension of the idea of source to 
 cover possession. So esse ab aliquo means "to belong to (the family 
 of)." Ps. 735, possKm a me dare '• from my possessions," Cist. IV., 
 1, 6, hinc a nobis domo. Mil. 160, quemque a milile, "of the soldier's 
 
124 NOTES. 
 
 slaves," Mil. 339, 523, and often, amare a lenone also Poen. 1092. 
 Cf. 595, 690. 
 
 205. illine audeant is a repudiating question, in which the 
 speaker repeats and rejects something that has been said or implied. 
 Most. G-)3, die te daturum. || egon dicam dare ? Cure. lU), salue. || 
 cfjon salua sim? Epid. 518, eamne ego sinam inpune ? Trin. 961, 
 . . . ehie ciurum crederem. i Fs. 1328, and often. Other forms have 
 ut or omit -ne, but the sense is the same. They are connected on 
 one side with the exclamatory iiifin. (202), on the other with 
 questions in which -ne is appended to person, and demonstr. pro- 
 nouns, nearly all of which are exclamatory and rejecting. 
 
 206. The antecedent of quibus would be a dat. after facere ; 
 quibus depends upon seruiant. The woids in brackets are cut out 
 as a gloss upon 205-7. 
 
 208. quom, explanatory, cf. Most. 587, bealus nero nunc es, quom 
 clamas, J^oen. 914, lep'tdu's, quom mones ; most frequent with verbs 
 of emotion, gaudeo, gratlam habere, etc., always with indie, in PI. — 
 obsono, to prevent Ps. from hearing l)y talking against (in rivalry 
 with) Ball., apparently only here. 
 
 209. taceas malo. This parataxis is found in class, prose, and 
 with malim or inaUem is more frequent than the subordination with 
 ut. " I would much rather have you keep still than say that you 're 
 keeping still." 
 
 210. Xutilis is the form suggested by the readings of the mss. 
 (X//flIis, Xiflilis) perhaps for Sou^iXi's, lepidida (?) [Goetz, praef.] — 
 oliui also 301 and Asin. 432 in mss. and supported by the metre. 
 PI. uses also the classical oleum., 213, 221, etc. 
 
 211. dynamin. Greek words are often used by PL, 712, Trin. 
 187 iravcrai, 419 oi'xerai, 1025 €TTi6r]Kq, etc., and imply a considerable 
 knowledge of colloquial Greek on the part of the audience. For 
 dvmjxLi in the sense, see L. & S. and cf. uis Jiominum, Epid. 249. 
 
 217. tenes , . . loquor ? Goetz prints with period, but cf. Heaut. 
 700, fe7ies quid dicam? Ph. 214, Poen. 1103; like rogas ? negas? 
 
 218-224 are put in parenthesis to indicate that they were not a 
 part of the original play. In all other cases the women are ad- 
 dressed by name (187, 196, 210, 227), some specific demand is 
 
NOTES. 125 
 
 made upon them, and, except in the first case, the demand is en- 
 forced by a threat. These vss. therefore cannot well be addressed 
 to a fifth peison. The threat in 215 ff. seems to bring the remarks 
 to Xutilis to a close, and would be only weakened by 218 ff. It is 
 necessary either to bring in 218-221 before 212, or to cut them out 
 as a pai-allel version to 210 ff. or an interpolation from another play. 
 They are entirely Plautine in manner. 
 
 218. ain is not in place here; it is used only at the beginning of 
 a speech to express disappiobation or surprise at what has been said 
 by another person. — probe, whatever may have been the original 
 meaning of prohm, is used in PI. frequently as a mere intensive, 
 errant probe, ulciscar probe, etc., probably by degeneration from its 
 proper sense like lepide, ninds. 
 
 220. nitidiusculum, a comparative with dimin. ending. So 
 liquidiusculus ^lil. Glor. 661, meliusculus Capt. 968, plusculus 
 Pers. 21, minusculm Trin 888 (Kuhn. I., 676, Neue II., 186.) So 
 imciiusculo, 221. The sense here and in 221 is literal, not as in 
 Catull. X., 9ff., quoted by Lor., nor is there any special reference 
 to the use of unci us of a fine dinner. 
 
 220. magis unctiusculo. cf. Bacch. 500, inimiciorem magis, Capt. 
 641, maci'is certius, Men. prol. 51, magis maiores, 980, magis facilius, 
 St. 699, Poen, 82, 212, 461, and the use of aeque with the conipar. 
 Both show a weakening- of the effect of the compar. termination in 
 colloquial Latin and a tendency to make up for this by adding 
 strengthening words, ^-f-.^,/? ^-^f ^,fv-lAS'^ 
 
 22,\. Notice the simplicity of expression; each thought is given 
 in a sepai-ate sentence, without subordination and without an ad- 
 versative conjunction. 
 
 222. sine modo, '• never mind," " just wait a while." Cf. sine 
 159, 239, Most. 11, and often. 
 
 223 is much confused in the mss. reprehendam, apparently 
 '• to find fault with" or " get a hold upon " for punishment. An 
 early conjecture is rependam, " pay you for." una opera (see on 
 319) must mean " at the same time." " all together," a sense 
 which eadem opera approaches, but which una opera nowhere has. 
 Men. 525 is not parallel. 
 
12G NOTES. 
 
 224. facis effecta, cf. ecfecta reddat, 38G, 530, explicatam rem 
 dabo, 92(3, and often with reddere, dure and facere. This use of 
 the perf. ptc, which is found occasionally in classic writers, is 
 properly colloquial and connected with the use of perf. ptc. after 
 habere, which gave lise to the auxiliary hubeie in the Romance 
 languages. 
 
 225. iam iamque semper numeras, "who are always just on 
 the point of counting out the money for your freedom."' This is 
 always the meaning of nuinerare in PL, never " to pay." 
 
 229. PI. wrote Poenicium (ph, ch, th are later combinations) and 
 the pun with poenlceo is therefore closer than the text would 
 indicate. 
 
 The threat in these vss. is entirely inconsistent with the plot of 
 the play, as Ballio was expecting to sell Phoenicium the next day 
 (or the same day) to the soldier. See Introd. § 45. 
 
 TniKD Scene. — Pseud, and Calid. perhaps advance somewhat from tlieir 
 place of conceahnent near Snno's house, as they speak the next vss., 230-240. 
 Ballio is supposed not to hear or see them. How far the awkwardness of such 
 a stage-situation was relieved by the action, as b}' Balho's driving the Avomen 
 into the house, laying down his whip, taking a staff, etc., is not known. But it 
 is probable that the action, though lively and comic, paid slight attention to 
 stage-realism, and that Ballio, here and in the preceding scene, 191 ff., 201 ff., 
 simply waited till his turn came to speak. 
 
 230. non audi.s. The use of nonne was just beginning in the 
 time of PI., having been delayed by the fact that the negative sense 
 of -ne was still felt. ]\Iany questions will therefore be found be- 
 ginning with non which in Cic. w^ould have nonne. 
 
 231. quid mi's auctor, ut, " what do you advise me to 
 send.. ..?" So Poen. 410, Stich. 128, and in later authors; a 
 survival of verbal force in auctor. Cf. 1166. 
 
 232 "Don't bother; keep cool." The figure in liquido animo 
 is often used in PI., sometimes with reference to the clearing of 
 wine, Aul. 79, defaecato nnhjio, Ps. 759, i. e., with the dregs settled 
 to the bottom, sometimes with reference to the weather, Most. 737, 
 tarn Ilquidust, quam Uquida esse (empestas sole.t. 
 
 234. mala res (770, 1006) is equivalent to the frequently used 
 
NOTES. 127 
 
 malum (150, 242) and therefore takes an adj. — maturani is not 
 entirely clear, but appears to refer to aniiqua ; "our friendship is 
 an old one aud my present has grown large and ripe," i. e., ready 
 for immediate [)resentation. 
 
 235. quid opust ? " AVhat 's the use? " i. e., of these threats, 
 which Cal. only half understands. This suits the objecting tone of 
 the vs., and the conjecture opist is unnecessuiy. — potin ut = po- 
 lisne est ut ; PI. never uses polestne. In this question the verb is 
 always imperson. (cf. answer potest JMost. ;:j9G, Merc. 495) and the 
 verb in the sub] u net. denotes passivity or some very easy act, so 
 that the question is stiongly sarcastic, " is it in your power to keep 
 still? to be quiet? to stop bothering me?" etc. potin ut taceas? 
 Fs. 940, Poen. 910, Pers. 175, qaiescas, Men. 466, sums, Trin. 628, 
 aliud cures, Merc. 495, Bacch. 751, mohstus ne sis, Epid. 63, Merc. 
 779, Pers. 287, True. 897, Men. 627, about 20 cases in all. To be 
 distinguished from ;;o^m with iufin., which is personal. — bat is a 
 comic rejoinder to ut in order to shut off discussion. So at enim \\ 
 bat enim, Epid. 95, lie'ia || heki, Pers. 212. 
 
 237. praeuortaris, "attend to . . . before," cf. 602, hoc prae- 
 uortar. In depon. forms only with ace. neut. of pron. ; in act. form, 
 as in 293, with other words. The arrangement of the varied mean- 
 ings and constructions of this verb is simpler in Langen, Beitr., 
 p. 78 ff.. than in Lex. 
 
 238 ff. The connection of thought is this : — Cal., anxious to 
 do something at once, "How can I control my feelings?" Ps., 
 anxious to be let alone in order to observe Ballio and think of a 
 plan, " You had better think what "s to be done, instead of bewail- 
 ing your troubles." "That 'sail nonsense; there's no fun in it, 
 unless one makes a fool of himself when he is m love " "You 're 
 going right on, are you?" "O Pseudolus, let me alone in my 
 misery ! " " All right; I will. But let me go off out of your way." 
 " No, don't do that! I '11 do as you w^ant." " Now you 're coming 
 to your senses." 
 
 Into this line of thought vs. 238 fits somewhat awkwardly. It 
 makes Cal. say, in effect, "My despair is only a sham, the kind of 
 fooling that I regard as proper to a lover's condition.'* which de- 
 
128 NOTES. 
 
 stroys the point of the whole passage. Lor. brackets the vs. as an 
 interpolation, perhaps rightly. Vs. 239 also is confused in the mss. 
 Spengel reads . . . nihili. Ps. mitte me sis. Cal. sine. Vs. modo 
 ego abeam, following the mss. exactly. I should adopt this reading, 
 changing only to si/ie modo. || ego abeam, except for the difficulty of 
 explaining inltte nte. 
 
 241. ego mihi cesso, cf. same phrase Epid. 344, Phorm. 844, 
 and cesfio with infin. in questions. mihi dat. of disadvantage. 
 (Goetz, mdn (/ao)n cesso. i prae.) 
 
 242. quid, malum . . . ? malum from the general use (cf. 150) 
 passes over into curses, Most. 655, malum quod isti di deaeque omnes 
 duint, Ps. 1130, and so into questions with quis, 1295, Amph. 403, 
 592, 602, 626, Aul. 429, etc., about thirty times in all. Also in 
 Cic, Livy, Catul. (XXiX., 21), etc. It expresses impatient anger 
 like the Engl. " what the deuce . . . ? " and belongs exclusively to 
 colloquial Latin. 
 
 243. hodie nate, as a form of address, is a parody upon B.'s 
 references to his birth-day in the preceding scene. 
 
 245. moramur, " we want you,'' cf. j\lil. 759, lolle . . ., remoue 
 . . ., nd moral', " I don't want them any longer," Bacch. 990 and 
 often. The active meaning should precede the neuter in Plarp. Lex. ; 
 at least it is the prevailing sense in PL, see Langen, Beitr. 174 ff. 
 
 248. The emphasis is on the past tense of fuit ; only one who 
 can serve him, not one who has done so, exists for Ballio. 
 
 251. te uolo maybe either complete in itself, "I want you," 
 as in Trin. 516, 717, or may refer to Ballio's words and mean^fe uolo 
 (ut) luppiter perdat, as in Epid. 23, di te perdant. || te uolo — per- 
 contari, Mil. Glor. 287. Ballio takes them in the latter sense and 
 replies in the same way, at ego tios ambos (uolo ut luppiter per daf). 
 
 252. licet — lubet, see 281 and note. 
 
 253. sin . . rem ? sc. non licet'? " But if it is somewhat (quip- 
 piam) to your advantage (may we not speak to you)? " 
 
 254. bitere, also in m.ss. Cure. 142, Merc. 465, St. 608 = ire, and 
 no perbito =^ pereo, interbito == intereo. 
 
 255-6. These vss. are differently arranged by Ritschl, Goetz, 
 Spengel. Goetz writes in one vs. mania. || omitte. || Ballio, audi. || 
 
NOTES. 129 
 
 sunlus swn. || {Cal.) pr oh. . . || (Ball.) indnilo[/ista\^, hnt \t seems to 
 me better that the last part of the vs. should be a Bacchiac teti-ani. 
 — inanilogistae (Xoyio-Tr;s), a comic coinage from Xoyoi, 'mere 
 words"; rhoriii. 492 it.,/abulue, logi, and somnia as contemptuous 
 replies to promises, Men. 779, paucis, non longos logos ; perhaps also 
 with a reminiscence of the meaning of logista, " acconntaiit," and 
 so " an empty bringer of mere words instead of money." 
 
 258. ducito, sc. Phoenicium. Lex., duco, I., B, 4, end. 
 
 260-1. mortua . . . . re, i. e., " after you have lost your money " , 
 the same figure in Trin. 1002, res quom anunam CKjebat, " when my 
 property was at its last gasp," True. 213, neniam mea era dixit de 
 bonis. For rem actam agis, see Lex., ago, II., D, 9. The common 
 form is actum ne agas. 
 
 262-4. The arrangement of these vss. is from Becker, Stude- 
 mund's Studien, I., p. 253, except 264, which I have added. For 
 re'sjHctas, see Spengel, Kef., p. 83; tuo is not in the mss., but is re- 
 quired by the sense and the metre. — quis est . . , quis is sit. In 
 PI. the indirect question was still to a large extent in the paratactic 
 stage; in general, when the connection between leading and de- 
 pendent clause is slight, or when the main thought is in the ques- 
 tion while the leading verb merely serves as introduction, the indie, 
 of the direct question is retained. This is the case, especially after 
 the impv. of verbs of saying, die, responde, {e)loquere, cedo, and 
 under certain conditions after phrases equivalent to an impv., tiolo 
 scire, fac sciam, audin, sci?}, and as in classical Latin after nescio 
 quis. Examples of the indie, in the Ps. are 9, 18, 21, 194, 330, 387, 
 408, 538, 641, 657, 693, 696, etc. 
 
 264. From 243 to this point the four actors move rapidly about 
 the stage dancing to the Bacchiac-cretic measures of the dialogue. 
 Ballio and his slave appear to be trying to escape from Pseud, and 
 Cal., though as Ballio's house was on the right side, next to the 
 forum-entrance, this involved a considerable violation of stage illu- 
 sion. Ballio pretends not to recognize the others (251, 262), but 
 this is evidently meant by PI. as only a pretense. As Pseud, speaks 
 the words cum lucro tuo, Ballio stops, and the violent action comes 
 to a sudden end. 
 
 9 
 
130 NOTES. 
 
 266. Roman customs; poricio is the technical word for holding 
 out the entrails of the victim. — interea loci, " meanwhile." The 
 partitive gen. with adverbs is found at all periods (e. g. uhl gentium 
 smnus) ; locus with temporal sense is esp. frequent in PI. {cuUiuc 
 locorum, Capt. 385, postidea loci St. 758, etc.), but is also found in 
 Sail., Lucr., Liv. See Lex. for examples. 
 
 268. " Pity can't be allowed to interfere with profit; " but the 
 vs. is quite uncertain, pietale is an early conjectui'B for pletali 
 (mss. Goetz), These four vss. nmst be spoken half-aside, as is 
 209, which Goetz gives to Pseud. 
 
 271. meo arbitratu, etc., " as ho wishes or as I do." So often 
 in answers, tuo arbiratu, "as you please" (GGO), cf. 428, 5/ meo 
 arbitratu liccat, " if I could have my way about it." 
 
 272. The third uel has the meaning conmion in PI., " or rather," 
 as in 171. — On neque , . . nee for the more precise neue . , . neue, 
 see Madv. Gram. § 459. 
 
 273. quid agitur ? is somewhat less frequent than quid agis ? and 
 is often used to give oppoi-tunity for a literal answer, as here and 
 457. So quid agis'^ || licmiinem optumum teneo, Most. 719. Lor. well 
 compares Pers. 203-8, where compellabo, a literal reply to quid agis ? 
 and a parallel to 272 occur. 
 
 274. misereat, si . . . possim, a condition contrary to fact. So 
 Asin. 188, .v/ ecastor nunc habeas quod des, alia uerba praelnbeas ; 
 nunc quia nil habes . , ., Bacch. G35, pol si mihi sit, non poUicear. || 
 scio, dares, Asin. 398, si sit domi, dicam tibi, Epid. 331, si Jiercle 
 liabeam, polliceor lubens. uerum . . ., Pers. 215, fatear, si ita sim, 
 Most. 555, dicam, si confcssus sit; in all these cases the context 
 proves that the conditions are such as would have the impf. or 
 plupf. subjunc. in classical Latin. Rothheimer, de enuntiatis 
 condit PI , Gott. 1876, p. 37, gives about 95 cases from PI., but 
 he includes, e. g., Ps. 415, 428, 541, and other cases equally doubt- 
 ful. It is clear, however, that this is a genuine early construction, 
 and not merely a vivid substitution of the pres. for the impf. 
 
 276. scin quid . , . ? Questions with scin quid, quam, quo modo, 
 ut and the indie, or without dependent verb, generally have a 
 threatening or corrective effect and introduce a request or com- 
 mand. Cf. 538, 041, 657. 
 
NOTES. 181 
 
 278. atque, see on 106 — quid uelis is a good illustration of 
 the kind and extent of variation Nvhicli PI. allowed himself on 
 metrical grounds. After the impv. confer the iudic. would be the 
 usual mood (see on 262-0 and cf. 606, Aul. 770, loouere, quid tiis, 
 Cure. 517, 11 cases in all). But the subjunctive also would be 
 allowable as an optative (or potential?) even if the question were 
 direct. Having therefore two forms at his command, PI. uses uelis 
 where it suits the verse, i. e., at the end of a senar. or troch. septen. 
 (so six times) or before the diaeresis (Cist. I., 1, 58). [Becker, 
 p. 162.] 
 
 279. '• My master here is ashamed that he has not yet paid you 
 the twenty minae which he promised you and on the day he prom- 
 ised it." As the clauses quod . . . die precede uiginll minas the sum 
 of money is referred to by the neut. sing, quod, id. But the text 
 is uncertain; Kiessling, Lor. read quamquam id promisit diu. 
 
 281. The impers. pudet, piget are used occasionally in 1st pers., 
 and are frequent in PI with a neut. sing. pron. as subject. Most. 
 281, 1119, 1150, etc. The similarity in form of pudel and piget 
 gives point to the retort. Cf . 253, Trin. -315, pol pudere quam pigere 
 praestat totidem litteris, Capt. 203, at nos pudet quia cum catenis sii- 
 mus. |[ at pigeat . . . erum, si . , . eximat. 
 
 284. simultatem suam, " on account of your quarrel with him." 
 The use of possess, pron. for an objective gen. is supported by ex- 
 amples (Madv. 297 b, obs. 1), but is not frequent ; simultas is found 
 only here and Ph. 232 in comedy, and is not an accurate word to 
 express the relation of Ball, and Cal. For these reasons Lor. 
 brackets the vs , perhaps correctly. 
 
 285. fuit, the original quantity; so Capt. 555, 633, Mil. 754, 
 776, and esp. at end of vs. fuimus Capt. 262, fuerim Mil. 1364, 
 fuerit Asin. 782, in all cases under the ictus, 
 
 286. si amabas, condition contrary to fact. Cf. Rud. 379, quid 
 faceret? || si amabat, rogas quid faceret? adseruaret . . ., Men. 195, 
 nam si amabas, iam oportebat nasum abreptum mordicus, Poen. 516, 
 si properahns . . . oportuit, St. 130, nisi placebant, . . . 7wn oportuit. 
 A comparison of these passages with Asin. 143, atque ea si erant, 
 magnam kabcbas omnibus dis gratiam, shows clearly that this is not a 
 
132 NOTES. 
 
 simple condition in the past. The apodosis, inuenires, is jussive 
 subjunctive, as are the following verbs. 
 
 288. This suggestion has already been made by Ps. himself in 
 V20\ his indignant rejection of it here is, as Lor. remarks, a bit of 
 fine characterization, finer, indeed, than is common in PL 
 
 290. egon . . . possini ; this form of exclamatory question is 
 found either with or without ne, and implies the rejection of a pre- 
 vious suggestion. — For egon, see Introd. § 4L 
 
 293. quom . . . uideo ; quoin takes the indie, in PL in causal 
 clauses (except possibly two or three cases) as well as in all kinds 
 of temporal clauses. 
 
 294. roges; the potential idea of the subjunct., which is less 
 clearly felt in rel. clauses after a negative anteced. in class. Latin, 
 is here plainly perceptible. So Cure. 171, Jiaud quidquamst magis 
 quod cupiam, Bacch. 92, quid est quod metiias ? (cf. 54). 
 
 295 quiu, " why, 1 tell you," almost advei'sative. Similar com- 
 plaints about the difficulty of borrowing occur Pers. di.,itaJio 
 miser quaerundu argento mutuo, nee quicquam nisi ' non est ' sciunt 
 mihi respondere quos rogo, Trin. 761. 
 
 296 ff. mensa may be either a banker's counter (cf. mensarii, 
 tarpessitae, ''bankers") or a dining table; in the latter sense it 
 suggests satis pofi instead of a literal phrase. " having made plenty 
 of money." 'J^he next vs. gives the means by which the money 
 was made, cf. Cure. 377 f., liahent hunc morem plerique argentarii, ut 
 alius alium poscant, reddant nemini ; in Pers. 435, 442, Cas, pro). 
 26-8, there are other attacks upon the bankers as untrustworthy 
 depositaries of money. Taken in connection with Livy XXXV., 
 41, 9, indicia in faeneralores eo anno [192 b. c, the year befoi'e the 
 Pseud, was played] multa seuere sunt facta, this passage must mean 
 " See here ! since last year, when those {isti) bankers made money 
 by fraudulent practices and i-etired from business, the money mar- 
 ket has been tight, and men (having lost money by the bankers) 
 are afraid to loan to any one else." 
 
 Kiessling, Rh. Mus. XXIIL, 416-7, followed by Lor., Uss. and, 
 apparently w^ith hesitation, by Goetz, takes the passage to mean, 
 " It is impossible now to borrow money at interest," and as mutuom 
 
NOTES. 133 
 
 (295) can mean only a loan without interest, he supposes that a vs. 
 has been lost after 295, in which Ballio repeats tho suggestion of 
 287. But the vss. do not mean "he cannot borrow from the bank- 
 ers; " 298 is the important vs., "he cannot borrow from any one," 
 and 296-7, " since the dishonesty of the bankers became known," 
 only give the reason for the state of things described in 298. I 
 have therefore, not without hesitation, rejected Kiessling's hypothe- 
 sis of a Idciina and piinted the lines as they stand in the mss., 
 except that they are given to Pseud., not to Ballio, understanding 
 them to be a confirmation of Cab's words in 295. 
 
 301. die caeca . . . oculata. The only explanation is from 
 Fest. Paul., p 179, " oculatum pro praesenti posuit Plautus, cum 
 dixit oculata die " ; so "buy on (for) a day not named (a day in 
 the future) and sell at once." This I understand to mean " buy 
 on credit and sell for cash," without reference to a rise or fall of 
 prices — not, of coarse, a legitimate transaction. 
 
 303. The lex quinauicenaria or lex Plactoi'ia, of uncertain 
 date, divided citizens into maiores and minores, and piovided a cwa- 
 tor for the minur, whose presence was necessary for the making of 
 a binding contract. 
 
 305. autem to strengthen an exclamatory repetition only here 
 and Amph. 901, inimicos • • . || heia autem inbnico.s? but more fre- 
 quent with allied exclamations like pergin aitfem ? Amph. 539, 
 Merc. 998; in Ter. both uses are frequent. — paenitet, " are you 
 not satisfied . . .?" So always in PI. {^= parum uideiur, Don. on 
 Ter. Eun. V., 6, 12) either with gen. or w-ith ind. quest., and often 
 with negative = " T am satisfied." Cf. Bacch. 1182, i<atis satis iam 
 uosirist coiniiiii : me nil paenitet ut sim acceptus, " I am satisfied with 
 "your reception of me; " other examples in Harp. Lex. s. v. II., C, 
 but this division should stand at the beginning of the article. 
 
 307. det usque, " give without stopping," lit. " all the way," 
 and so the same idea as perpetuat data; perpefuos in PI. always 
 *' uninterrupted," never " lasting, perpetual." 
 
 308. dicta non sonant, " words do not chink." Taubm. quotes 
 an old German saying, Talei' Happen, Wort lappen, Handsclirifft 
 klingen nicTits. 
 
134 NOTES. 
 
 309. atque, " and yet," 106. The use of the irapf. uellem im- 
 plies that Cal. was not " alive and well,*' and leads to the question 
 of Pseud, and the following explanation. For the general sense, cf. 
 248, True. 104 ff., te, dum uiuebas, noueram. || an me mortuom arbi- 
 irare ? \\ qui poiis, amabo, planius ? qui antehac amator summus habitues, 
 nunc ad amicam uenis querimonlas deferre. 
 
 310. " However he may be (to others), so far as I at least am 
 concerned, he is certainly dead, when he talks like that." 
 
 311. ilico (in-loco) is more frequent in PI. with temporal than 
 ■with locative sense, though the latter is found, uixit, see Introd., 
 § 38. The tense is the emphatic perfect, well knov»Mi in Jliuin 
 fuit. 
 
 312. argentata has comic effect; "silver-plate your complaints 
 when you bring them to me." 
 
 314. The only place in PI. where the step-mother is alluded to, 
 but the proverbial view is evidently already in vogue. In the later 
 poets it is frequent. — querere is indie. ; the idea is, " bring money 
 if you want me to listen to you; your present style of complaint 
 falls on deaf ears, you 're talking to a regular step-mother."' Lor. 
 (after Pareus, Taubm.) understands it to be impv., something like 
 " teach your grandmother to suck eggs," i. e., " you might as w^ell 
 try that." In either case Ps. treats it as an indie, in his reply. 
 
 317. euoluere is not found elsewhere in PI. nor in the Fragm. 
 Com., but twice m Ter. and five times in the Fragm. Trag., with 
 personal object, with consiliujn, dicta, or with ex and abl. It is a 
 serious word used here with argentum for comic effect; render 
 " unfold, disclose, elaborate." 
 
 318 f. qua opera . . . una opera, " I might as well . . . as." 
 So with (lua clause Cas. II., 5, 1, Capt. 563; without qua clause, but 
 with subjunct. (potential) as here, Asin. 99, iubeas una opera me 
 piscari in aere, Most. 259, una opera ebur atramento candefacere pos- 
 tules, Men. 794, 796. In 223 and Men. 525 (in m/ clause) una opera 
 means "at the same time, likewise," = ertf/c7?i opera, which never 
 means " as well." 
 
 319. lactibus must be an abl. instrumental, as the dat. with 
 alligare is found only in very late Latin ; lactis ar/ninas are men- 
 
NOTES. 135 
 
 tioned as dainties in Titinius 00 Kibb. So " I might as well tie up 
 a runaway dog with the soft intestines of a lamb, as to trust to your 
 promise to bind you." A connection with the Greek k.vu>v irap 
 evTepois, which Lor. suggests, would require the dat., and is there- 
 fore improbable. The explan. in Lex. under lactes is entirely 
 wrong. 
 
 320. sicine is emphatic and repudiating like hicine, etc. " Is 
 Ihat the way you thank me . . .y " 
 
 321. sex of a round number also Trin. 166, Cist. IT., 1, 13. 
 For aliquos cf. 283. — ne uendas is loosely attached to the preced- 
 ing clause, which in a similar loose way suggests nolo to be sup- 
 plied from ids . but neither clause has advanced far beyond the 
 paratactic stage. 
 
 325. quid iam ? asks for a reason and is followed by an expla- 
 nation with quia^ 953, 1142, and often, quid ais? (so Goetz, fol- 
 lowing A) referring backward, as it would here, is followed by a 
 statement of fact, but never by quia. 
 
 328. Cf. Capt. 862 ff., iube . . . agniim adferri • • . || cur'^ || ut 
 sacrufices. \\ quoi deoriimf \\ mihi hercle: nam ego nunc tihi sum 
 summus luppiter. 
 
 329. The mss. have agninis, parth' in corrupt form, but it can 
 hardly be the correct reading; it makes a distinction between uictu- 
 mae, " full-grown victims," and hosfiae, '' lesser victims," which is 
 not borne out by usage, e. g., Liv. XXL, 1, 1-5, and it is entirely 
 pointless, since there is no reason why Ballio should prefer lambs. 
 What is needed is a word which (1) shall have a point in Ballio's 
 speech, (2) shall be misunderstood by Cal. to be a call for lambs, 
 and (3) shall be a rare word, likely to be changed by a copyist to 
 agninis, to make it suit the next vs. Ritschl proposed mininis, used 
 by Ball, as if from 7nina = fxvd, but understood by Cal. to mean 
 lambs. Goetz, adn. crit., sugrijests crumdlis — inillis. The diffi- 
 culty with both is that 7nina means an old bald sheep, Varro, R. K. 
 XL, 2, 6, minam, id est uenire glahro, Bacch. 1129, ueiulae sinit minae 
 ambae, of two old men, Merc. .524, ouem tihi mdlam daho, natam 
 annos sexaginta ; no passage is known which will connect mina or 
 milla with lambs. 
 
136 NOTES. 
 
 331 f. Pseud, is entirely sceptical in regard to Ballio's state- 
 ments, and in the form of an assent to the order of Cal. he inti- 
 mates that Ball, deserves a flogging rather than a sacrifice. So the 
 technical terms have two meanings, extra portain, sc. Esquihnam, 
 where the executioners lived and slaves were punished, lanios, 
 properly butchers to kill the victim, but also for cctrintjices. tintm- 
 nabulis, bells on the necks of the victims and the chains to bind 
 Ballio. greges mrgaruni, the rods are the victims to be sacrificed 
 on the altar of Ballio's back. For eadem (sc. opera), " by the same 
 effort" = "at the same time," see on 319. 
 
 335. i . . . crucem, "go to the deuce," a frequent retort to a 
 cutting joke. The adj. malam goes closely with crucem, as is shown 
 by its frequent position at end of a vs., where two iambic w-ords 
 were not allowed. Other forms of this curse are i in malam rem or 
 without f/7, the ace. being one of limit of motion. As mala crux, 
 res forms one idea (cf. 234), it often takes an adj. of degree, maxu- 
 mam, aliquam. Cf. Greek ds KopaKas. — istuc in emphatic position, 
 " that 's where the Jupiter of panders will go." 
 
 336. ex tua re, "to your advantage," cf. m tuam rem, 253. tua 
 is addressed to Ps., in 338 to Cal. quidum. The adv. dum has a 
 wide use as an enclitic in colloquial language; (1) with advv. e(i- 
 amdum, mterdum, nondum, uixdum, primumdum, and even ehodum 
 (Andr. 184, 324); (2) with all sorts of imperatives, svrgedum, 
 auscuUadum, of which only agedum is found in classical Latin. It 
 is almost without time-force, like Engl, "now, then," in similar 
 uses. 
 
 339. uiuos uiuam. This form of the fig. etymol. occurs again 
 508, memor meminit 940, tacitus taceo, Poen. 906, Epid. 051, to the 
 modern ear it sounds flat, like a rhyme by repetition of a word, but 
 to the Roman feeling it evidently adds to the force and liveliness 
 of the expression. — frugi is a predicative dative, like curae, sohili, 
 USUI (305), which, like coj^di, came by frequent use to be an indecl 
 adj. In PL the change is not complete, and frugi as a noun takes 
 the adj. bonne, Capt. 950, Asin. 002, Cure. 521, Trin. 321, etc., 
 also Cic. Att. IV., 8, which shows that the usage survived in col- 
 loquial Latin, 
 
NOTES. 137 
 
 340 uerum serio, •' but in sober earnest," so Amph. 855, die 
 mihi, uerum serio . . . But cf. 1191, note. 
 
 341. non habes, not precisely equiv. to nonne, but an exclama- 
 tory repetition of non habeo, 325 f., though the formality of 340 
 gives it something of questioning force. 
 
 343. quomodo, "how?" has two distinct senses in PI. It is 
 used unemotionally as in 720, implying a repetition of the leading 
 verb, or emotionally; in the latter case the veib, if expressed, is a 
 verb of saying in the perf., quomodo adiurasli "? Most. 183, 7. d'lxti? 
 Trin 602. Without a verb it occurs a dozen times or more, e g. 
 St. 252, 343, :Merc 826, Amph. 556, 737, Ps. 1286. So Engl, 
 "how ? " with falling inflection is literal, with rising inflection is 
 colloquial for • what did you say? " quomodo, like scin quomodo ? 
 is often corrective and followed by a threat. Hei'e Cal. intends 
 quomodo in the second sense = " what do you mean? " and Ball 
 answers in first sense, as if quomodo uendidisti? Cf. Amph. 1023, 
 Poen. 854. 804. and note on 273. 
 
 343. sine ornamentis. An extra price was sometimes paid for 
 the dresses and jewehy, e. g , Cure. 344, Pers. 669. 
 
 344. ualde is a strong word of approval, as, ironically, in 364, 
 and is not really in place to reply to a question; '• very much so" 
 or "precisely 30" (cf. maxume). The use of this word and the 
 briefness of the replies, adding one detail after another, are in- 
 tended to annoy Cal., who is interested only in the main fact, and 
 becomes more excited with every repl)^ 
 
 350. " You had better be satisfied with killing yourself, for B. 
 will die of hunger anyway," i e.. Ball is such a mi.<erable scoun- 
 drel that he is predestined to a wretched death (Engl -he 's born 
 to be hanged '"), and it would be a waste of time to kill him. 
 Lambinus says " tu [Cal.] enim ei uictum suppeditas," but this 
 is opposed to the whole situation, though good in itself. Lor. 
 wrongly says this vs. is " nicht spottisch vorzutrasrend." 
 
 351. quid ais ? refers forward to introduce the main question. 
 — quantum — hominum. This partit gen. plu. with neut. sing, is 
 frequent in PI., e g. Poen. prol. 90, homlni . . ., qunntum hominum 
 terra sustinet, sacerrumo, Merc. 663, Capt. 836, etc., and is a favorite 
 
138 KOTES. 
 
 construction with Catullus, III. 2, IX. 10, V. 13, XIV. 7, VI. 15, 
 
 etc. 
 
 352. iurauistin with almost the effect of nonne. '\ he only other 
 perf. 2d sing with this sense is dixlin, Eun. 792, but it occurs 
 with swnne, in certain questions with edne expressing recognition, 
 and witli the 1st pers. perf. indie, except Cist. 251 Uss. So Amph. 
 823, Epid. 703, True 935, Bacch 561, 85G, Men. 283, 375, Asin. 
 424, 425, 420, Capt. 703, Cas. II., 2, 4, Pseud. 489, 976, 1227. It 
 does not appear to be connected directly with the original negative 
 sense of -ne. 
 
 353. nempe in PI. always means "undoubtedly, of course"; 
 when it is used with words which continue a previous question, it 
 demands a certain reply, and such sentences are often punctuated 
 as questions, as might be done hei-e. On nempe, see Introd., § 39. 
 
 — concipere uerba is to propose 11 le formal and binding contract, 
 of. 117, 1076 ff 
 
 354 f. condere and promere are technical for laying in and 
 dispensing pi'ovisions ; so condus proiims 608. 
 
 356. " You, for all your piety and all your fine family connec- 
 tions." — Cf. Most 1141, sunrmiK gnafi generibus. 
 
 357. altrim secus is here printed in two words to avoid a 
 dactylic word-close with accent on penult, usually as one word. 
 
 — licet, "all right," "I will," after an impv. or equivalent, 
 but not as an answer to a question, Trin. 372, 517, Men. 
 162, 214, Capt. 949, Mil. Glor. 535, and especially Rud. 
 1211-26. 
 
 359, The figure in ingere mala is explained by Don on Ter. 
 And IV., 1, 16, "quasi tela ita dicit se ingesturum mala, cf Men. 
 717, Bacch. 875 — differam, " tear to pieces, distract," a frequent 
 sense in PI. which appears to be colloquial Cf. Cist. II., 1, 5, 
 exanimor, feror, differor, distrahor^ diripior, and often, either with 
 painful or pleasurable emotions. 
 
 360-366. This series of abusive terms is the longest in PI. 
 Some of the words, scelesfe, inpudice, furcifer, periure, fur, are com- 
 mon, but bus/irnpe and soclofraude are ffiund only here, and are 
 very likely coined by PI. The composure and variety of liallio's 
 
NOTES. 139 
 
 replies should be iiutieed ; (juippini, "why not?" is a common 
 form of assent in PI. ; unlicinamini preserves the old meaning of 
 uates, "you 're singing an old song," bahae and hombax are Greek 
 comic expressions of surprise or admiration. Nearly all of these 
 replies are idiomatic, and occur frequently in dialogue. 
 
 368. iium ^vith challenging force, as often, rather than " ex- 
 pecting a negative answer," while in 370 it merely asks a question 
 which suggests that the speaker is about to go away, without any 
 implication as to the answer expected. The common form of 
 this is numquid uis ? 
 
 369. Ci. 102 and note. 
 
 370. ecquid te pudet? "Aren't you ashamed of yourself?" 
 So Cas. II., 3, 26, Poen. 1-305, Andr. 871; not distinguishable in 
 sense from tion (lulne) te pudet ? and closely connected with impv. 
 questions like ecquid audis ? 
 
 371. ten (so A) was formerly corrected into ted, but was fully 
 restored to the text by Professor Warren in the Amer. Jour, of 
 Philol., II., 5. He explains -?v(^) as an auirmative particle con- 
 nected in oiigin w ith nam, nempe : cf. also Asin. 884, Epid. 73, Mil 
 309, 565, 936, Poen. 428. I understand it to be the interrogative 
 -ne used in exclamation. 
 
 372 ff. The order of the sentence is free, each thought being 
 expressed as it comes up in the mind without attempt at periodic 
 structure; 374 is parenthetic, and the nin clause is therefore re- 
 peated in SI id non adfert ; note the careless substitution of si non 
 for nifii and of pres. for fut. perf. 
 
 374. sicut introduces in a few cases an explanation (not the 
 cause) of a previous statement, cf. nam. So Epid. 271 f. 
 nunc occasiost faciundi, priusquani i)i urhem aduenerit, sicut crn.^ 
 hie aderit, " he will be here to-morrow, you know." So pos- 
 sibly Pars. 137. Cf. Mo.st. 379 if., UW. 974. [Langen, Beitr. 
 249] 
 
 375. posse opinor facere expresses the indifference of Ball, to 
 the sacredness of his promise. — ofBciuni is used in PL only in its 
 original sense " function, that which it is natural for one to do in 
 view of his condition or character." So it is the ojfjciuin of a good 
 
140 NOTES. 
 
 slave to care for his master's interest, 1104, of a bad slave to run 
 away (Asin. 380, qu'in tuom officium facis ergo ac/agis? and often), 
 of a leno or lena to defraud (here and Asin. 173), of a swindler to 
 swindle, 913, etc. Cf. opui^^ lAO, meum, tuom, " my way," Trin. 
 123, 445. This is not a colloquial degeneration, but the earliest 
 and proper sense, and should come first in Lex. 
 
 377. operae . . . sit, " if I had time "; so Mil. 252, occupatast ; 
 nperae nan est. True. 883, operae mi uhl erit, and often, apparently a 
 predicate partit. gen. Roby, 11. , §§ 1280, 1283, takes it as pred. dat. 
 Cf. also Merc. 286, dicain, si uideam tihi operam esse aut otium (so 
 mss. Goetz; Miill operae.) For the condition, see n. on 274. 
 
 380. iamne abis ? "Are you going so soon, already?" So 
 Pers. 50, Most. 991, Men. 441, True. 919, and with perf. Merc. 791, 
 True. 634. But as iam has also the meaning " so late = at last " it 
 is used with the perf. Men. 333, iamne abiit ? " has he gone at last ? " 
 Cf. Men. 876 with St. 632. — paulo po.<3t magis, sc. negoti plenus 
 eris. This is spoken as Ballio goes off the stage toward the 
 market-place. 
 
 381. illic homo meus est, " I 've got that fellow," so 600, Cure. 
 431, Bacch. 103, Mil. 434 and often. Such boasts are often uttered 
 by slaves, though they may have no plan in mind for realizing 
 them 
 
 382. In lit. sense Adel. 378; the operation seems to have in- 
 volved the breaking of the bones (Paul. Fest., p. 79, exdorsua : dor- 
 sum confringe ; alii exlme), and so in Amph. 318 ff. exossare and 
 exdorsuare are used of beating with the fists From this it is used 
 as a slang word for cheating, see n. on 120. — simulter = similiter 
 IS placed in the text solely on the authority of Nonius, p. 170, and 
 is not found elsewhere. On the pleonastic use with itidem, " ex- 
 actly the same as," see Introd., § 22. 
 
 383. ecquid inperas ? with impv. effect, '^ Command me as 
 you choose; " examples in n. on 370. 
 
 384. The comparison of a man who is to be swindled to a town 
 to be captured is often used by PL, and is w^orked out in great de- 
 tail in Bacch. 925-978, with special reference to the siege of Troy. 
 
 385. doctU3, " knowing," and so alwavs in PI., often associated 
 
NOTES. 141 
 
 with malus, calliflus, etc. This is a colloquial or slang use, not an 
 early meaning. 
 
 386. iiigilans dormiat, "is half-asleep in the day-time." The 
 more frequent uujUans somnlat, Amph. G97, Men. o95, Capt. 848, 
 "has dreams while he is awake." is used of one who makes absurd 
 mistakes, and in connection with deliramenta loquitur^ sanan es f etc. 
 
 388. bis iterare, '' to go over it twice." iterare means " to go 
 over in words what has been done or is to be done in acts," and so, 
 on the one hand simply "to tell," Cas. V., 2, 5, dam mea facta 
 Uero, Asin, 5G7, tua male facta iterari , on the other hand, it may 
 be to " repeat a story which has been told before," Amph. 211, 
 Poen. 921, and in this sense may be strengthened by bis^ iieriim, cf. 
 propere celeriter, repente subilo. [Langen, Beitr. 282 f.] For the 
 destruction of stage illusion in the rest of the vs., cf. 720 f., Cas. 
 v., 4,27, Poen. 920 If. 
 
 389. orsLie = dlcere is very frequent in PI., esp. with bonum, 
 aequom , cf. orator^ " speakei'," and Aen. X,, 90, talibus orabat luno. 
 The meaning " to beg, pray," which predominated in classical 
 Latin, is in general use in Ter. , but is just coming up with pron. 
 ueut. ace. in PI. 
 
 390-392. These vss. are put in parenthesis to indicate that they 
 were added when the play was represented a second time, by some 
 one who noticed the fact that the person whom Cal. really brings 
 (694 ff.) is not an astutus, doctus, callidus, i. e., a tricky slave, but 
 a personal friend. For the sense, cf. Trin. 91 f., sutit quos scio esse 
 amicu!^, sunt quos suspicor, sed tu ex amicis certis mi es certissumus. 
 
 393. This kind of treatment of a young master by a slave, as if 
 lie were a child who must be put out of the way lest some at- 
 tempt of his should spoil the plot, is frequent in PL, e. g.. Most. 
 388 ff. 
 
 Third Scene. — Calidorus goes off toward the market The soliloquy of 
 Ps. shows that he had no plan in mind when making his confident promises to 
 Cal. This is almost invariable the case in the plays, and the suddenness with 
 which the plot is hatched is an essential part of the comedy. 
 
 397. gutta certi consili, " a drop of fixed plan," but the figure 
 does not occur elsewhere in PI. Epid. 554, guttura pectus ardens mi 
 
142 NOTES. 
 
 adspersisti is somewhat similar, and Lucr. IV., 1060, has Veneris 
 dukedlnls (jutta. 
 
 398. The words in brackets are a gloss explanatory of the situa- 
 tion ; they were introduced into the text by the error oi" a copyist, 
 and have crowded out the proper ending of the vs. This must have 
 contained a word upon which argenti depended, like inueniundi idla 
 spes adest (Hit.) or mimnius usfjuam gentium (Bugge, Lor.). 
 
 399. exordiri is the technical word for attaching certain threads 
 to the warp before beginning to weave, while dctexere means to 
 "w-eave off, to weave to an end that will not unravel." Cf. Cic. de 
 Orat. II., 38, 158, ante exorsa el pollus detexta, "the arguments 
 which they had begun before and had preferi-ed to bring almost to 
 a conclusion." The comparison of a plot to a web is used seveial 
 times by PI. (e. g. Bacch. 350, Mil. 257, Asin. 115), and is a com- 
 monplace in modern literature. 
 
 401 ff. The sentence is loosely put together, quasi (which is 
 not confined in PI. to imaginary comparisons) introduces quaerit 
 •dud reper it ; then the idea seems to need further dealing up and 
 40o is put in parenthetically to explain what is meant by "seeking 
 what does n't exist and finding it in spite of its not existing." By 
 this time the fact that the sentence began vvith quasi is so obscured 
 that the main thought is introduced without any correlative to 
 quasi, or rather the whole idea of 401-3 is put briefly in nunc ego 
 pneta fiam, and what would have been the main clause follows in 
 liiginti mirnie, etc. To cut out 403 (Kiessling, Lor.), is to take out 
 the idea which threw the sentence into confusion, without really 
 removing the confusion. 
 
 404. minae . . ^ inueniam. Cf. Trin. 137, ille, qui mandauit, 
 exturhasti ex aedibus, Cure. 296 f., turn isti qui ludunt serui scurrarwn 
 in uia et dafores et factores omnis subdam sub solum, for istos seruos ; 
 more frequently the ace. for nom.. Cure. 419. sed istum quem quaeris 
 ego sum, Trin. 985 with Brix's note. In all such sentences the case 
 is determined by the nearest verb because the main verb, which 
 always follows, has not yet been clearly thought of. 
 
 406-8. These vss. are inconsistent (1) with the fact that Ps. 
 knew nothing of the troubles of Cal. until he was informed in the 
 
NOTES. 143 
 
 ti.st scene, and (2) .ith the beginning of the next scene esp. 
 l.):3_4 Nvliich imi3ly that Ps. did not know, until he heard 41o tt., 
 that Suno .as acquainted with the ruatte. at all. ^^^ 409 has also 
 been cut out by some edd. because it recurs below, ^87, but it can 
 hardly be spared from either place. - For the figure imc.r. trajju- 
 lam cf. Epid. 090, tragalam in te inicere adornat, Most. 570, conUnuo 
 adueniens pit urn irdecisii imlii. , 
 
 410 una simul cum, colloquial fulness of expression, bo 
 Most. 10:)7, Poen 553, and una sinud, Pers. 170, Poen. lU.. 
 ^ 412 sepulcrum is not elsewhere used of an old man ; in the 
 passage from Laberius, quoted by Lor., it means a tombstone, not 
 a grave, as here. But cf. Asin. 892, capuU decus Mil. o capu- 
 IcX " fit for the bier," and Ad. 587, siUcermum, " luneral-feast, 
 
 ''^4ll'pse'!!r' retires into an angiportum, perhaps that between 
 Simo's house and Callipho's, where he can be seen by the audience 
 but not by any one entering the stage from the side. 
 
 FouuTH SCENE. - Simo and CalUpho, .vho have already beeu made known 
 to the audience by 410 f., enter from the right engaged in conversation. 
 
 415. damnosis, " spendthrifts," as dcmiium in PI. is generally 
 loss of money. For the hiatus de dm., see Introd., § 35. 
 
 416. Athenis Atticis is found also Rud. 741, Epid. 502, but 
 
 not in Greek. 
 
 421. subolebat is found only in comedy, and is always impers. ; 
 in combination with sentio, uideo, Trin. 615, 698, etc. 
 
 422 This vs. occurs only in one ms. (A), and of the next to 
 the last word only the letters FE are legible. Loewe conjectured 
 foetet (fclet) as a comic repetition of the literal sense of suholebat 
 
 423. occisast haec res, " this business is gone up, this affair is 
 stuck fast." The same phrase Men. 512, Capt. 539, etc, ctocmh 
 = peril -haeret. cf. 985, Trin. 904, Amph. 814, etc., and haereo, 
 
 "I'm caught.' ,, 
 
 424 commeatus in the literal sense " a passage, passage-way 
 is used in the Mil. Glor.; here it is transferred from the military 
 use "supplies carried through." Epid. 343, nt inportem in colomam 
 Jninc . . . commeatum, Mil. 224, cibatus commeatusque. 
 
144 NOTES. 
 
 425. oppido is the adv. Notice the alliteration op- op, prae. 
 
 427. gestant crimina, " gossip," cf. compound famUjerator. 
 There is a vigorous attack upon such persons in Trin. 199-222. 
 
 429. Unguis, auribus, abl. instrum. with pendeant, cf. Cas. II., 
 6, Z^, pedibus pendeant. Slaves were suspended by the wrists from 
 a beam and flogged, and the idea here is that the parts of the body 
 which had committed the crime were to receive the punishment. 
 [Lor. takes these words with gestores, auditores, " those who speak 
 with the tongue and hear with the ear."] 
 
 431. circumducere is one of the common slang words for 
 "swindle," 631, Asin. 97, True. 874, and often. So also circum- 
 ire, -uenire, -uertere, cf. Engl. " to get round a person." 
 
 432. fors fuat an = later /or.s sit an, forsitan, which PI. does not 
 use, though Ter. has it three times, fuat (also /warn, fuas, fuant) 
 is an old subjunct. pres. from stem fu (perf. fal, (pva) used some- 
 what frequently by PL, especially in formulaic phrases like the 
 present, but in ordinary conversation largely driven out by siet and 
 sit. It is used by Verg., Aen. X , 108, is found in old carmina 
 (Liv. XXV., 12, 6), and was affected by the later archaists. 
 [Neue, 11.'-^ 591.] 
 
 433. maxume, " especially when you consider what the customs 
 are now-a-days." Cf. Men. 1118, id nunc mnxiune memini ; so I 
 should take JNIen. 570 (Bx. takes maxwne with moro), Trin. 661 
 (Bx. with uoles), many cases with rel. pron., Pliorm. prol. 27, Ps. 
 269, etc., and some cases with si, Eun. 864, Pliorni. 295, uerum si 
 cognatast maxume ; the last two also illustrate the position at the 
 end of the clause, which appears to be frequent. 
 
 436. uetus nolo faciat, i. e., "that is exactly what I object to, 
 that he should follow the old ways instead of improving upon 
 them." facial is a jus.sive subjunct. used paratactically with 7iolo. 
 — ne-uis, which may be written as one word or as two, is used by 
 PI. (e, g INIerc. 150, Pers 358, Trin. 1156) by the side of 7ion uis 
 (Trin, 1160, Men. 788, Most. 336), just as non scio and nescio are 
 used ; in this case as in some othei-s the original negative 7ie had 
 not yet been crowded out of its use with indie, by the intrusion of 
 non. 
 
NOTES. 145 
 
 439. ipsus is found everywhere in early Latin by the side of the 
 more strictly correct ipse {is-pse) , cf. 724, 029, 930, 970, etc., with 
 ipse, lo'2, 220, 979, etc. ipsus bears the same relation to ipse that 
 ipsum bears to eumpse. 
 
 440 f. " Yonr discreditable conduct was enough to have fur- 
 nished a share to every man in town if it had been divided, as the 
 public money is." Cf. Aul. 107 f., nam noster nostrae quist imifjis- 
 ter curiae ditiiclere argentl dixit nuinmos in uiros, and 180 ; as these 
 divisions of money are not known to have taken place in Rome as 
 early as the time of PI., the references to the custom are probably 
 from the Greek original. 
 
 442. patrissat = Trarpi'^co. So badisso, malacisso, mnecliisso, cya- 
 tliisso from Gieek verbs in -i^co, and comissor = Kcofid^a). 
 
 443. This vs. has a hiatus in the caesura which is removed in 
 the text by the insertion of aeque (Miiller, Goetz) or by wiiting 
 pauculi (Spengel). But the position of em and the 2d pers. eslis 
 are still peculiar. The sense should be, '' How few men are so 
 ea.sy-going as Callipho ! He is the kind of father a son ought 
 to have." 
 
 445. Pseud, has spoken aloud so that he is supposed to be over- 
 heard by the old men, and as they turn Pseud, steps out from his 
 hiding-place. 
 
 451. sint, absol. Cf. Epid. 19, qidd tihi ids dicam nisi quod est ? 
 Amph. 793, qui<[ ego audio ? || id quod est, " the facts." 
 
 453. itur ad te has a hostile sense, cf. Don. on Ter Andr. I., 
 5. 16 (251) quasi ad hostem, Capt. 534, sunt ad te hostes For hiatus 
 in change of speakers, see Tntrod., § 35. 
 
 452 This vs. stands in the mss. (and Goetz) after 451, where it 
 is di.stinctly out of place Rit. changed it to the position in the 
 text. For the sense, cf . Capt. 202, in re mala animo si bono utare, 
 adiuuat. — dimidiumst mali, Engl. " half the battle." 
 
 456. superfieri is Plautine for superesse, Trin. 510, Mil. Glor. 
 356, St. 592, etc. — On quid ac/itur and the literal answer, which is 
 intentionallj" cool and annoying, see 273 and note. 
 
 458. statum is attracted into the main clause, cf. Ph. 986, m- 
 purum uide, quantum ualef, Cas. TI., 3, 30, uide palliolian, ut rugat, 
 
 10 
 
146 NOTES. 
 
 and especially with neut. prou., as in Ps. 95i. The rest of the 
 sentence would i-egularly be qiiam basilicust, but the verb is omitted, 
 as often with (/uarn (Andr. 136, reiecit se in euin Jleus rjuani Jamil ia- 
 ritcr), and uasilicum takes the case of statuni. 
 
 459. adstitisse, perf. from stem sta , except Merc. 187 always 
 with pres. sense, ''I stand," and this connects it with pies, .s/.s/o, 
 "T have placed myself = 1 stand," rather than with sto, which 
 would be " I stood, have stood." So Capt. 004, nt coujidejiter miJii 
 contra adslilit, Mil. 213, euscheme hercle adstitit, St. 271, Trin, 025, 
 Men. 805, Mil. 1254, all except the last two iu describing the 
 posture of some one, as here. 
 
 460 f. These vss. occur again in a mutilated form in Capt. 005 f., 
 where they do not suit the context as well as here. Foi- superbum 
 the Capt. version has conjidentem, polissiimum (adv.), because the 
 master should be the fiist to recognize the slave's merits. 
 
 462. sunt quae with the indie, is regular in PI. ; the subjunct., 
 which became the ruling but not the invariable mood after est qui 
 in classical Latin, is just beginning to be used in PI., cf. 390, Men. 
 440 f,, where indie, and subjunct. are u.sed together. — quasi per 
 nebulam. The slight confusion of figure occurs also Capt. 1023. 
 audisse me quasi per nebulam. Call, is following out his idea that 
 very polite and friendly questioning would succeed best. 
 
 465. Socratem. The idea that Socrates was a great sophist, 
 a man of words, is no doubt traditional in comedy from Aristo- 
 phanes. 
 
 466. ita with est expresses always an agreement with what has 
 been said, "Just so, I know that you have had a poor opinion of 
 mo." So 359, 657, Rud. 152, and often. Without est, ita is gen- 
 ei-ally "yes " in answer to a question. 
 
 467 is cut out by many editors as an unnecessary repetition of 
 400 ; but it is entirely in the manner of PI to express the same 
 idea in more than one form, Cf. 174 ff., and the precisely similar 
 accumulation of synonyms, 134, 400, and often. 
 
 469. uociuas and the earlier uaciuos are the only forms in PI. 
 for uacinis. The mss support uociuas in Trin 11, Cas. prol. 29, 
 Ter. lleaut. 90. Cf. Cas. TTT., 1, 13. fac hatteant linquam tuaeaedes. 
 
NOTES. 147 
 
 II quid ita ? \\ quom ueniam, ut uocent ("call out" or "stand 
 empty "). 
 
 470. migrare is technical for moving into a house, Most. 105, 
 471, Men. 822. 
 
 472. tam is the reading of A ; the nearest parallel is Mil. 627, 
 taut t'dii ego uideor opp'ido Adierunticus? which, however, is a con- 
 jecture. Kiessling's an gives a better sense here. 
 
 473. qui (originally "how?") is here a mere strengthening 
 particle, preserved in atqui. It is found in PL in connection with 
 hercle, Merc. 412, 436, 1007, Trin. 464, etc., with ed(q)ol, Mil. 779, 
 Pars. 564, Amph. 776, with pol, iit, qiiippe, tie, and in curses 
 (cf. u(). 
 
 474. cauendumst mi aps te ; the variety of construction with 
 cauere in PI. should be noted; the ablative without prepos. (Bacch. 
 147, caue malo) and with cum (Most. 1069, 1142, Ps. 909) are ap- 
 parently not classical, nerberare is used in double sense, " to flog " 
 and "to cheat." But alque (474) is very peculiar; the sense is 
 " I must look out for you. if you are angry, and you are thinking 
 of striking me in a different fashion from that in which I often 
 strike you." We should expect ^'' for your kind of striking is dif- 
 ferent from mine (and more difficult to avoid)," or perhaps an ad- 
 versative particle. The whole is of course ironical, as is quid 
 censes ? " what 's your opinion ? " addressed to Call. 
 
 479. sed quid ais ? The simplest form of this introductory 
 question is quid ais ? || quid uis ? or quid est ? followed by the main 
 question, or occasionally by a statement which calls for comment. 
 So 615, Asin. 104, Bacch. 78, Epid. 50, Men. .319, — about 2.5-30 
 cases. SomcMliat more frequently the speaker does not wait for 
 tli'i ]-esponse quid uis (est) ? but asks the main question at once 
 So 351, 1169, 1177, Amph., 418. 620, Asin. 898, Capt. .599, — per 
 hnps 40 cases. This should be distinguished from quid ais? "what 
 did you say '? " referring back to a previous remark. 
 
 480. ducito, " consider," for c//r//o of mss [This emendation, 
 attributed to Ritschl, is given in the text of Lambinus, edd. of 
 1577 and 1605, with note translating it hj putato.] 
 
 481. sis, subjunct. jussive with /ac. 
 
148 NOTES. 
 
 482. ecquam in agreement with a noun, especially a noun 
 wliich has definite application, loses almost all its force except the 
 interrogative ; so moi'e clearly below, ec<jua.s uiginti minas. The 
 Greek replies are intended by Ps. to carry out his assumption of 
 the functions of the Delphic oracle. Cf . Capt. 880 ff, 
 
 485 is given again in the mss. after 527, where it is more in 
 place. 
 
 489. dixin, " did n't I tell you so?" See n. on 352. 
 
 490. ilico, " at once " does not go well with celata sunt, but the 
 immediate addition, or rather substitution, of (luor non resciui? 
 shows that celata sunt is equivalent to " why were they not (old to 
 me?" with which illco can properly be joined. Lor. and Brix on 
 Trin. 457 put ilico in the ubl clause, not noticing that this does not 
 really change the sense ; quom exteniplo could not be used where 
 extemplo . . . quom could not. Other cases of ubi . . ., itlco are 
 Amph. 2U, 242 f., Cure. 363, Cist. I., 2, 18, Most. 270, Men. 598, 
 Poen. prol. 106, St. 557, — all except the last having the ubi clause 
 first, as here. Cf. also extemplo ubi . . . ilico, Cure. 81. 
 
 491. me. This construction appears to be unique ; celor aliquid 
 is the regular passive. See Draeg. I.^ 371. 
 
 493. erum, Calidorus ; apud erum, Simo; but the ambiguity is 
 intentional. 
 
 494. iuberen, "wouldn't you . . .?" with effect of nonne, and 
 so the other cases of impf. subj. with -7ie, Trin. 178, Capt. 713-4. 
 — The threat of sending a slave to work at the hand-mill {pistri- 
 nuni) is very common, e. g. Most. 17, Bacch. 781. 
 
 495. immo contradicts the negative implied m numqtdd. 
 497. peccata mea. Goetz, pcccalan ea ? after Bothe. 
 
 499. This vs. is given as it appears in the mss., except vnoido 
 for mundiim and/rmm iov faxevi. Charisius, p. 201, explaining in 
 mundo hy pa lam et in expedito ac cito [see Lex. under adj. mundus'], 
 quotes in this form: quia scleham in [i.e. mi] pistrinum in ?Jiundo 
 fore, and so Fleck., Lor , Goetz, changing to niihi sciebam. 1 have 
 kept to the mss., believing that the quotation is a confusion of 499 
 and 500. — si id faxim. is changed by Madvig, Opusc. XL, 69, to ni. 
 si is of course illogical, but the writer had in mind lli(> negative 
 
NOTES. 149 
 
 implied in the preceding vs., " I will tell you why I didn't reveal 
 it : because I knew that, if I did, the hand-mill was waiting 
 for me." 
 
 5021 "Because I knew that Cal. would punish me at once, 
 w'hile any punishment from you would not be immediate." The 
 second vs. repeats the idea of the first, as so fi'equently in PI. 
 
 504. agetis, Pseud, and Cal. From this point Simo drops en- 
 tirely the indignant tone, forgets his son's part in the matter, and 
 simply bets Pseud, that he cannot succeed in swindling Ballio. 
 The change is somewhat abrupt. — a me repeats hinc. 
 
 509. strenue nmst mean "certainly," almost like maxwne, but 
 I do not know another case. In Most. 586, III., 1, 59, it expresses 
 ironical encouragement. 
 
 511. dico, " to warn," with iit clause, appears to be rare in 
 classical Latin, but is very common in PI. So 1227, Trin. 582, 
 Mil. 185, Vm, 1191, etc. [Dahl on u(, p. 275 f.] 
 
 512. facinus in original sense, *' a deed." Fig. elymol. 
 
 515. aetatem, " as long as you live," is used as an adv. of time 
 in PI. (Asin. 21, 274, 284, etc.), Ter. Hec. 747, Lucr. YI , 236. 
 The obj. of hahiturum is to be supplied, quod apstuleris. 
 
 517. egon ut, see n. on 205. This is one of the most frequent 
 and striking forms of the repudiating question. Examples are 
 Aul. 690, egone ut te aduorsum mentiar ? Trin. 378, egone indutatam 
 te uxorem ut patlar? (sc. ducere)^ True. 441, egone illam ut non 
 amem? egone illi ut non bene uelim? Cf. without ut Capt. 139, 
 egone iUuni nonjieam f ego non deflecun talem adulescentem ? Without 
 ne, Amph. G94, te ut deludam contra, Trin. 750, etc. With neither 
 ne nor ut Aul. 829, reddam ego aurum ? ]Mil. 496, auscidfa, guaeso. || 
 ego auscultem tihi, Ps. 1315, and often. Thesubjunct. expresses the 
 will of the other speaker, like the subjunct. in dubitative questions, 
 and ut is exclamatory as in wishes. 
 
 518. em istis with hiatus, see Introd. , § 35. 
 
 519. graphicum, a slang term of admiration, generally ironical. 
 Trin. 936, nimium graphicum nugatorem, 1024, graphicum furem, 
 "an ideal thief," cf. Engl, "a perfect picture of innocence, of 
 woe;" from this, with words of general meaning, "very sharp, 
 admirably knowing." 
 
150 NOTES. 
 
 521. Ironical, " It 's very kind and friendly of you to say so ; for 
 now, I suppose, he does n't belong to me," the last part spoken to 
 Call. 
 
 522. uiii . . . dicam, so 324, Capt. 360, uin uocem hue ad te ? || 
 uoca, Poen. 1226, uin lianc ego adprendam^ — 23 cases in PL, all 
 with subjimct. pres. 1st pers., except Most. 322, where 1st and 2d 
 pers. are combined. The subjunct. is not dependent upon ?an, but 
 is a regular dubitative question to which uin is prefixed by para- 
 taxis. Terence uses this kind of question much less frequently. 
 
 523. Instances of the repetition of thought peculiar to colloquial 
 style have been noticed above, e. g., 466 ff., 502 f. The two forms 
 of 523 illusti-ate a kind of repetition which would not be peimitted 
 by any writer in any style, and they should be compared with the 
 cases above. The only question is which vs. is the interpolation. 
 Abraham, Stud. PI., p. 182, shows that PI. never uses ausculiov;'\i\\ 
 infin. (loqul), nor with an adv. (Juhenler') but always with an adj. 
 (lubens), and that agedum is regularly used before another impv. 
 The second vs. is therefore a gloss upon the first. 
 
 524. prius quam . . . prius, cf. 8S5 f., Poen. 321, j)rius quam 
 Venus expergiscatur^ prius deproperant, Aul. 702 f., optestor uf, si 
 quid . . . peccaul, ut ignoscas, and the tendency to repeat tJiaf. in 
 long sentences in English. Colloquial language seeks clearness at 
 the expense of grammatical correctness. 
 
 525. dabo pugnam, also Bacch. 273 (cf. 357). Similar ex- 
 pressions of the idea of cheating are pugnam edere, Amph. 231, 
 pugnasti, Epid. 493. 
 
 528. tibicinam illam is taken up again in the abl. ea, which 
 circumducere requires; when PI. wrote the ace. he had not yet se- 
 lected his verb. See n. on 404 f. and cf. 718, Poen. 644, hunc 
 cldamydatum quern uides, ei Mars iralust^ Mil. 140 ff. 
 
 530 f. Kiessling objects to utrumque on the ground that only 
 one of the two plans has been mentioned in the immediate context 
 (but the other is referred to in 524, which is near enough), and to 
 opera =^facinora as un-Plautine. It is true that PI. uses opera (pi. 
 oi opus) only for things made by workmen, Men. 424, Most. 828, 
 hnt opus = /annus Cncc\\. 167, Afran. 115 (Lor.). On Kiessling's 
 
NOTES. 151 
 
 further objections, that Ps. really does not carry out both plots, see 
 In trod., § 45. 
 
 532. Agathocles, tyrant of Syracuse, 317-2S9 b. c, seems to 
 have been used in the contemporaneous Greek comedy as a type of 
 the conqueror. Cf. Men. 410, Most. 775, where he is coupled with 
 Alexander. 
 
 533. numquid causaest . . . quin is a somewhat formal ques- 
 tion, used to lead up to the binding stipulatlo. Other phrases are 
 quid cau!^aest quin, Rud. 758, numquid causam dicis quin, Amph. 852, 
 haud causijicor quin, Aul. 755, all rather formal. 
 
 537. uoluntate, or in three syllables; see Introd., §§ 40, 42. 
 
 538. dabo. inque, that is, complete the sponsio, for which Ps. 
 has proposed the question in dabin. 
 
 539. hisce, nom. pi. The authorities for this spelling are in- 
 scriptions, about six cases down to the first century b. c., and mss. 
 of PI. and Ter., Mil. 486, Pers. 856, Rud. 291, Amph. 074, Capt. 
 35, Ter. Eun, 268, etc. Also in nouns of 2d decl., Mil. 374, hisce 
 oculis, aud m inscriptions. 
 
 540. de conpecto, " act in concert," from conpeciscor, 543. — 
 cousutis, cf. Amph. 367 f. . . . conposdis mendaciis aduenisti consu- 
 lts dolts. II immo equidem tunicis consul is hue aduenio, non dolis. Lor. 
 thinks this is certainly from the original Greek play, pdrrreLv kuku, 
 but the figure is obvious enough to have originated separately in 
 Latin. 
 
 542. immo sic, " rather let me put it this way, Simo: if . . . " 
 But the expression is unusual. 
 
 543 b. This vs. is too long as given in the mss. Langen, 
 omittinsr a different set of words, writes de istdc re aul si de ea re 
 tiller nos consensimus . For the spelling conierauimus see Lex. under 
 peiero. 
 
 544. quasi quom, "as when," cf. Most. 277, itidem olenl, quasi 
 quom una muUa iura confudil coquos, " they smell just as when a 
 cook ..." So quasi si, " as if," Amph. 1078, Asin. 837, etc This 
 is entirely different from Ps. 401, Capt. 80, where quasi has its own 
 verb. — The vs. contains another illustration of the profusion of 
 figures with which PI. adorns the idea of slave-punishment. Cf. 
 
152 NOTES. 
 
 146 f. and note. The elm-tree rods, corresponding to the school- 
 master's birch, are often mentioned. 
 
 It will be noticed that Simo has not completed the bargain by 
 saying daho. Sauppe, Quaest. Plant. (Gott. 1858), pp. 0-7, gives 
 conclusive reasons for thinking that a formal bargain was made. 
 Simo actually carries out the bargain, 1285 ff.; it is alluded to as 
 binding in 1051 f., 1211, 1225, quas prnmisi; the words quod dixit, 
 554, cannot mean anything else than that Simo had uttered the 
 formal words of contract. And it may be added that PI. elsewhere 
 IS scrupulously exact in the legal form of bargains, — a conse- 
 quence, possibly, of his commercial experience. But Sauppe's 
 remedy, to read in 5o8 daho, inqne. \\ dabo : at enim . . ., accepted 
 by Lor., is unsatisfactory; if the bargain has been made Simo 
 would hardly express suspicion, and Ps. would certainly not pro- 
 test his innocence so earnestly. If, however, we suppose a lacuna 
 after 545, in which Simo accepts the protestations of Pseud, and 
 completes the bargain, we have a motive for the preceding speeches, 
 and the abruptness of 54(3, which is otherwise great, is removed. 
 I have therefore marked a lacujia in the text. 
 
 546. ludos. That is, the trickery of Ps. is to furnish amuse- 
 ment, like the public games. So 5.52 and often. " Bring on your 
 play." 
 
 548. The construction is without parallel, both in the use of te 
 after occupes and in occupare ad aliquid, but not inconsistent with 
 occupare, "to employ." 
 
 550. machinas is a metaphor from the machines used in attack- 
 ing walled towns. Elsewhere in PI. it is used always of the tricks 
 of slaves, the docti doli, and for this and other reasons Laiigen, 
 Beitr. 321, cuts out this vs. Its use is suggested by statuerain. 
 
 551. istac gratia, ''for that reason," "because of what you 
 say." See Lex., p. 826, near the top, for examples. 
 
 552. lubidost and suspiciost, 562, take verbal construction, cf. 
 cautiost, 170. 
 
 555. demutabo, absolute, as in 506, Mil. 1120. Cf. mutare, 
 llud. 865, lauare, Most. 140 and often, habere, Cas. II., 5, 30. [See 
 Brix on Mil. Glor. 46.] INLany of these are found also in classical 
 I^atin. 
 
NOTES. 153 
 
 556. flagitare is several times used of loud and persistent dun- 
 ning. Other references to this custom are 1145, Aul. 440, Epid. 
 118, Cure. 683. 
 
 557. amolimini, properly of moving a heavy object with effort, 
 and so it has comic effect with nos, " lift yourselves out of the 
 way.*' Lor. gives a remarkable list of similar colloquial phrases: 
 se atiferre, se agere, se penetrare^ se immergare, se dare, se amouere, 
 se ducere, se abripere, se capessere, se j-eportare. Very few of these 
 made their way into literary Latin ; they are for the most part 
 comic, and have many parallels in American slang. 
 
 559. fiat, "I will," after impv. or equiv., Most. 1038, Amph. 
 770, Aul. 241. Cf. Asin. 39, dtspuas. \[Jiat ; mos (jeratur iihi, Men. 
 162, conc( de hue a for dm s. ^Ji(d. || el'mm concede hue. || licet. The 
 subjunct. here has little more than its original future force. 
 
 563 idcirco . . . quo is found only here, but idclrco . . . ut is 
 common. Cf. Draeg. XL, 687, Hand Turs. III., 173, where Cic. Att. 
 I., 19, Caes. B. G. V., 3, are given, both with compar. in quo clause. 
 ■ 565. sim facturus should strictly be me facturum to correspond 
 v}\i\i promitt ere ^ and the text has been so changed; but the attrac- 
 tion into the subjunct. by the intervening clause, 564, is not strange 
 in this style. 
 
 566. The various attempts to make sense of the last part of this 
 vs. are not satisfactory, and it is left in the text as it is given in 
 the mss. 
 
 567 ff. Cf. 106 f., 394 ff. This uncertainty about the means 
 but certainty of the accomplishment of the purpose is a standing 
 motive in the comedies; in this play it is brought forward with 
 special distinctness. 
 
 569. addecet. about a dozen times in PL for decet without any 
 clear distinction in sense. (Intensive?) 
 
 572. concenturio, one of the frequent military metaphors. 
 
 573 a is completed by Loewe, statini reuortnr : non, etc. 
 
 573 b. The tibicen stood upon the stage to play the accompani 
 ment to the cnnfica. Introd., §§ 11, 34. This passage is the only 
 one in which distinct allusion is made to a pause in the action 
 filled in by musical interlude, as in our theatres. 
 
1 54 NOTES. 
 
 Fifth Scene. — After a slight delay Pseudolus reappears from Simo's 
 house, having, as he believes, hit upon a plan for getting the money and the 
 girl. 
 
 The following c .nttcum, given with musical accompaniment and appropriate 
 dancing and gesture, is extremeh^ difficult. The mss. vary in their readings, 
 the versification is uncertain and of the loosest kind, the metaphors are con- 
 fused, and the thought is vague. As in many other cantica, notably Bacch. IV., 
 9, where the theme of the speaker is self-glorification, there is in fact no definite 
 line of thought, and the forms of expression reflect the vagueness of the ideas. 
 The absence of colloquial idioms is also a marked characteristic of such cantica. 
 
 The text follows without change that given by Goetz. The general idea is 
 this : How fortunately everything turns out for mc ! I have a plan to be carried 
 out unhesitatingly ; for it is absurd to try to do anything great with a fearful 
 heart. Things treat you as you treat them. Ma' army of tricks is ready, so 
 that I may say with confidence that I shall conquer my enemies. Ballio I will 
 bowl over completely, sec if I don't. This Simo-town I intend to take first; if 
 I do that, I will attack the old city of Ballio, and load myself with plunder, so 
 that everybody will see what a terror I am. I 'm a great man and I am going 
 to do great things. 
 
 574. ut exclamatory, which is infrequent in later Latin, is very 
 common in PI. AVith an adv. 762, 911, 020, 1188, etc., with verb, 
 707, 911, 944, 1311. — prospereque eueu., or in two syllables 
 Introd., § 40. 
 
 575, pectore and conditumst are licenses which mark the vs. 
 as anapestic. 
 
 577. Cf. Cic. de Orat. III., 56, 213, haec omnia perinde sunt id 
 aguntur. agas, facia? are subjnnct. of indef. 2d pers. 
 
 578. nam introduces the special illustration of the general law, 
 as often in PI. 
 
 Fiom this point through 591 the ideas are clothed in military 
 metaphors, introduced uudoubtedly by PI. himself, who in his fond- 
 ness for these figures shows the influence of the great events of the 
 years 225-200 b. c 
 
 580. duplicis, triplicis, not to be taken literally as in 704, go 
 with dolos, per fid las. 
 
 581 f. The Bacchiac vss. intei'rupt the light anapests with good 
 effect, and give a comic gravity to the thought, maiorum from a 
 sla^e would sound absurd to Poinau ears. — uirtute is without 
 
NOTES. 155 
 
 moral foico, " the power, influence." Cf. Most. KJS, uirlute formae^ 
 Bacch. (J71, rnea uuiule parla, " won by my influence.'' Often in 
 combination \vith dicam (see n. on 106), Pers. '-VAX, denni uirtule dicam 
 et inaiorum meum, hardly more than " tiiank.s to the gods and my 
 ancestors 1 can say it," and so Aul. 1G(J, Trin. olO, ]\lil. GJor. (J7-I. 
 
 583. ut repeated from 580, as often. See n. on jirlas, 524. 
 
 585. Ballionem exballistabo, a good pun. hallista in PI. is 
 always the shot fired from the machine, not tlie machine itself, and 
 exhallistare, a comic coinage found only here, must be " to treat as 
 a hallista,'" i. e., " I will fire him out,"' or possibly •' I will bombard 
 him," cf. Bacch. 709 f., de duccntis numinis pruiium mtendam baliis- 
 (am in sencm, ''I will bombard the old man for two hundred 
 ninnmi.''^ 
 
 585 b-587 b are greatly confused in the mss., and it is difficult 
 to get a clear idea of their meaning, lioc oppidinn is Simo; in 587a 
 oppidum means Ballio. 586 Goetz marks as belonging to a revised 
 form of the play, perhaps rightly. " This town I mean to besiege 
 and take at once; if I take this, then I will lead my army right on 
 at once against this old town." The confusion is increased by the 
 fact that Ballio and Simo are within a few vss. spoken of as Jtostes, 
 perduellis, initnicum, Ba/lio, and two old towns. 
 
 589. me esse natum, " that I have been born to be," or simply 
 '• that 1 am." But here again the text is confused. 
 
 591. clara et diu, adj. and adv. So Trin. 208 miseros maleque 
 /<«6e«s, with Brix's note, Bacch. AlA^faUn alque insontem arr/itis, 
 Men. 1073, stulte dixi atque inprudens, all in close connection with 
 verbs which take either an adj. or an adv. — clueant. This verb 
 belongs properly to tragic or epic style ; in PI. about a dozen times, 
 generally as here in a parody of serious style. For its variation 
 between 2d and 3d conj. see Neue, II.- 278, 420. 
 
 At this point Ilarpax. the messenger of the miles Macedonius, 
 comes upon the stage from the left, the harbor-side, looking for 
 Ballio's house. 
 
 592. ignobilis = ignotus. Fest. p. 174:, " nobilem antiqui pro 
 * noto * ponebant," quoting this passage. So also 964 The only 
 other case is Amph. 440, uapulahis, ni June abis (,) ignobilis, where 
 
156 NOTES. 
 
 jNIercurius is proving to Sosia that he has lost liis name and iden- 
 tity, and hjnobilis must be '' without your identity," almost =^ 
 ignotus, not as a term of I'eproach, The only case in which nohilis 
 has this sense is below, 1112. Cf. Rud. 619, " notorious." 
 
 594. quam rem agat depends upon the idea of inquiring con- 
 tained in dabo insidias. — Jt'uic^ from one of the passages. 
 
 l^ixTH ScKNE. — Harpax comes across the stage, counting the houses; Pseu- 
 dolus watches from his hiding-place. Compare Trin. 840 IT., where Charmides, 
 just home after a long absence, stands aside to watch a stranger, with no more 
 reason than Ps. has liere. 
 
 595. loci, so Trin. 9;il, quos locos adistif and in a few other 
 passages from early Latin. But also loca, Trin. 80o, 861, Rud. 
 Ill, in situations exactly like this. 
 
 596. ut . . . rationem capio, see n. on ut audio, 99. Notice 
 that the first speech of llarpax is so shaped as to inform the au- 
 dience who he is. — For nam the mss. have (jxatit, Goetz, tjuoiii. 
 
 597. habitat, Rit., Goetz, Lor., habitet, and in 599 Becker, Stud. 
 Stud., p. 811, Lor., Goetz, in both cases against the m.ss. Until 
 a careful study has been made of the uses of the subjunctive in 
 PI. it seems to me dangerous to correct the mood. Both clauses 
 are relative, and the indie, in the first is supported by quoi iussif, 
 in the second by Epid. 433 f., caue praeferMlas rdlas aedis, quiu 7'oges, 
 senex hie nbi habitat Periphanes Plothenius. 
 
 600 is so nearly a repetition of 381 that it nmst be regarded as 
 a glo.ss in this place. 
 
 602. missa habeo. The use of habere (and also reddere, facere, 
 dare, tradere, Brix on Capt. 31.")) with tho perf. ptc is very common 
 in PL, so that it must have originated before his time. It is pre- 
 served in the literary Latin, and reached its greatest extent in Cic. 
 and Caes. ; then the usage was gradually restricted to certain phrases, 
 until the fifth or sixth century, when the loss of inflectional end- 
 ings led to the revival of this idiom as a substitute for the perfect 
 tense in the Romance languages. Cases in which it is equivalent 
 to the perf. are more rare than has been siq-iposed, probably none 
 in PI. [Ph. Thielmann in Wcilfflin\s Archiv, II 3 and 4 ] Ren- 
 der here as a present, '' I drop all those things wiiich . . " 
 
NOTES. ir)T 
 
 603. stratioticum, o-r/janajri/cos, which may have been in the 
 original at this i)oiiit. Ikit 1*1. uses the Greek word instead of 
 mUiUirem with a derisive intention. 
 
 605. coiipeudium facere with gen., " to save," also Rud. 180, 
 St. 104. The more frecjuent construction is cvupendi facere^ 1111. 
 
 606. precator, patronus. Excessive pounding ou a door is a 
 stock subject for jokes in PL, which often take the form of a desire 
 to save the doors from injury. So Asin. 380, nolo ego fores^ cojiser- 
 uas meas, a te uerberarier, ]\lost. 880, Ik us, ecquis hie est, maxumam 
 ([ui his iniuriam fori bus defhulat? 
 
 607. Subballio, " I 'm the under-Ballio," a coined word Lor. 
 compares Subncro of Domitian in Tertullian. 
 
 608. promus (promo, to give out provisions) is a regular word 
 for steward, Trin. 81, Ilor. Sat. II., 2, 10, and condus is formed by 
 analogy from condo ; but it is found only here, and the combina- 
 tion is intended for comic effect, as is also the exaggerated phrase 
 procurator peni. 
 
 609. quasi dicas. So 634, Rud. 99, Cure. 78, Trin. 891, Merc. 
 512, True. 641, all with dicas (dicat). " That amounts to saying," 
 "you might as well say." — The atriensis, who was in attendance 
 in the main hall, was an overseer of the other slaves, and trusted 
 by his master. 
 
 610. nunc quidem etiam, " just at present I'm in slavery." 
 
 611. non . . dignus. Harpax, who is represented as rather a 
 simple-minded person, begins nevertheless to see that Ps. is in- 
 tending to be impudent. For sense cf. Capt. 120, non uidere ita tn 
 quulem, " one would not think so from your behavior." 
 
 612. respicere te, i. e., " to consider j-ourself, your own faults." 
 Heaut. 70, 919, non te rcspicis ? 
 
 613 f are spoken aside. ^ — oportet, "must certainly," Poen. 
 1030, seruom hercle te esse oportet ncrjitdui et malum. — The figure in 
 incus, procudam does not occur elsewhere of cheating. 
 
 616. militi. Traces of the early long vowel in the abl. of 3d 
 declen. are abundant in inscriptions and in verse. It was written 
 ei, l, or e. In PI. e predominates, but I and e are found occasion- 
 ally. So in the Scipio inscriptions, fj'naivod patrd pror/natus (30), 
 
l')8 • NOTES. 
 
 victus est virtutei (-31), pumice Pers. 4:1, pariete Cas. I., 52, rami Capt. 
 914, fusil 896, ciul Pers. 475, etc. Cf. also tempore and temperi, and 
 see Brix on Capt. 914, Introd., § 38. 
 
 622. quia answers the sense rather than the form of the preced- 
 ino- speech, as if it were summed up in " Why are you acting so? " 
 — haec dies, cf. 59 and n. 
 
 623. quoad, monosyllable, see Introd , § 37. — neqxie dum = at- 
 que nondum. 
 
 625. quid dubitas dare ? 'A\mosi=i quia das? with impv. effect. 
 "Why don't you give it tome at once?" So 1313, Mil. 1008, 
 quid ergo hanc dubitas conloqui ? Epid. 260, quid istuc dubitas dicere ? 
 Poen. 789, sed quid ego dubito fugere . . . .? Bacch. 1117, quid dubi- 
 tamus pnltare . . . ? dubitas is always just before the infin. and 
 has sunk almost to the effect of an adv., " why are you so slow 
 about . . .?" Cf. cesso, 1099. 
 
 627. accepto . . . dato. The frequentative sense is perceptible 
 here. 
 
 630. soluta . . . rem soluere, "to free one's property from 
 debt," is used in a general way in PI. of payments of all kinds, and 
 so of transacting any business. Rud. 1413, res solutast, ^'the busi- 
 ness is settled." But Harp, in his reply takes both res and soluta 
 literally, " I would rather keep it (the money) tied up this way (in 
 the crumina).^' 
 
 631. uae tibi, uae aetati tuae, "confound you!" A frequent 
 retort to a joke, when the speaker cannot think of anything better. 
 So / in malam crucem, 335. Rud. 375, Amph. 741, and often. — tu 
 inuentu's appears to be proverbial. Capt. 568 f., tu enim reperlus, 
 Philocratem [= 7ne] qui superes ueriuerbio. || pol, ego ut rem uidco, tu 
 inuentu^s, uera uanitudine qui conuincas, Cic. Phil. II., x. 22, quod 
 igitur, cum res agebatur, nemo in me dixit, id tot annis post tu es inuen- 
 tus qui diceres? (So Midler; the .sentences are exclamatory, and 
 may be punctuated as question or not.) " You have appeared, have 
 you? . . . ," "so you're the man to shake my credit!" Warren, 
 p 56, suggests tun inuentu's, which may very possibly be correct. 
 furcilles {furcUla, furca?) is defined by Placidus, p. 8, ' adf urcil- 
 laui: subrui, labefactani, concussi.' The word does not occur else- 
 where, and the definition in the Lex. cannot be right. 
 
NOTES. 159 
 
 633. p6test, see Iiitrod., § 40, and n. on pot in ut, 23.5. 
 
 635. '• Xot at all; it is you who put it into words; I simply re- 
 main watchful, 1 don't even accuse you. 
 
 The point of the next two lines is not apparent. The name Surus 
 is used later in the play, 1203, but there is no reason why Ps. should 
 give a false name, and the whole matter is put aside as of no ac- 
 count by Harpax, quicquid est nomen tihi. 
 
 639. quod, cf. 277 and note. 
 
 641. sciu quid expresses the indignation roused in the mind 
 of Harp, by the renewed attempt to cheat hira. Cf. n. on 538. 
 
 642. reddere . . . misit. The infin. after verbs of motion is 
 rather frequent. Cure. 2Ut)f., nam parasituin 7uisi nudiusquartuii 
 Curiam petere argentum, after eo Bacch. 354, Most. 66, abeo Bacch. 
 900, Cist. II., 1, 26, uenio Bacch. 631, Rud. 94, — nearly forty 
 cases in all, given by Walder, Infin. bei PI., p. 15, and taken by 
 him as survivals of an earlier I. E use. Occasionally found in 
 classical poets, but very rare in prose. 
 
 646. censebo. The pres. is more regular, but the fut. leaves the 
 whole matter open, and as used here expresses a certain dignity 
 and independence in the attitude of Harpax. Cf. Amph. 969, 
 Mil. 396. 
 
 647. accipe . . . atque dato. The distinction of tense between 
 impv. pres. and impv. fut. is in general carefully observed by PL, 
 the latter being used mainly in connection with the fut. ind. When 
 pres. and fut. are used together, as here, it is almost invariably to 
 express a command to do two successive acts separated by some 
 time, dato, " give it to him whenever he shall come." Examples 
 in Ps. may be found 20, 31 f., 161 f., 122, 208, 301, 480, 510, 513, 
 520, 652, 826 ff., 858 ff, 886, 950, 986, 1074, 1229,1304. In the 
 concessive use, 1304, and in certain phrases (salueto, audacter dicito, 
 facito) the future sense has almost disappeared. [Loch.] 
 
 650. cum eo, see Introd., § 35. 
 
 651. exemplum, that is, a stamp in wax from his seal. 
 
 653. apage te (aVaye) takes an accusative of exclamation, and 
 is frequently used as a mere term of repudiation with hau (non) 
 places, Amph. 310. Cf. " get out with you! " Bleak House, Chap. 
 LXIV., near end. 
 
160 NOTES. 
 
 654. " For fear you should do something worthy of your name," 
 explained in 656. As the word liarpax here seems strange, harpa- 
 (jefeceris has been somewhat generally substituted; but I believe 
 Goetz to be right in taking it as a quotation, not brought into the 
 construction of the sentence. 
 
 655. rapere must be iiere a translation of dpTra^eiy, which would 
 be used in the original to explain Harpax. 
 
 658. deuortor is the usual verb in PI. for going to a house 
 either to call (961) or to lodge (Mil. 134, 741)„ Cf. in tahernam 
 deuorsoriam, Men. 436. — These vss. illustrate the way in which 
 PI. neglects probabilities for the sake of bringing in a joke or a 
 point, since Harpax, who had just come from Sicyon and was in 
 a hurry to return, would have been very unlikely to know all about 
 the inn. — crassus, " stout," as regularly in PI. 
 
 661. ut . . . ueni, cf. Bacch. 106, nam ut in naiii uecta^s^ credo 
 fimida^s, INIerc. 371, j)er mare ut ueclu''s, nunc ocidi terram miranlm 
 tui, Most. 268, ut .speculum tenuisti, metuo ne olant argeutiwi 7nanus, 
 Ps. 278. In these uses ut gives the logical ground for the following 
 statement. — de uia, " in consequence of my journey," not with 
 uem : only a few times in PI. 
 
 663. in quaestione, i. e., "don't make it necessary for me to 
 search for you," with the verbal force of quaestio prominent. A 
 common phrase after uide, caue, Capt. 253, Pers. 51, Cas. Ill , 1, 16, 
 Cist. II., 3, 49; also with mo?^a, Trin. 278, expectatione, Mil. 1279. 
 
 664. quin, " no, I will not be out of the way; I shall be trying 
 to get a nap." — sane censeo, " I quite agree with you," "a very 
 good idea." 
 
 665. Harpage is a remarkable voc. form, illustrating the free- 
 dom with which PL handles Greek proper names. In 653 Harpax. 
 
 666. beatus is perf. ptc. of beo, which PL uses with the mean- 
 ing " to refresh" physically. Capt. 137, foi'is aliquantilliim eliam 
 quod edo, id beat, " does me good." So here, "have yourself well 
 covered ; it will do you good, if you get a good sweat." Uss. thinks 
 that the real purpose of Pseud, is to make Harpax sleep heavily; 
 but the advice seems to me simply a carrying out of the friendly 
 tone which Pseud, assumes toward Ilarpax after receiving the letter 
 from him. 
 
NOTES. 161 
 
 Seventh Scene. — Pseudolus is left alone with the letter in his hand. 
 
 668. uiatico goes with the figure in redduxit, errore. uiam ; "I 
 was wandering from the wa}', but he has brought me back and paid 
 my travelling-expenses." 
 
 669. Opportunitas. Such personifications, not to be taken 
 seriously, are frequent. Lor., Einl. Anm. 20, gives Salus (Capt. 
 529, neque in in Salus seruare me potest), Spes, Commodltas, Festiuitas, 
 Pietas, Voluptas, Venustas, Saturitds (by a parasite), and others. 
 Many of these are used by lovers as terms of endearment, Cas. II., 
 3, 13 if. 
 
 674 fF. The mss., Nonius, and all recent editors have faciam. 
 Lor. takes ut with (jloriosnm and translates, " ich vverde mich stellen 
 wie ein Prahler; " Ussing paraphrases, " ut de uirtute mea glorier 
 et copiam ingenii mei iactera ; '' better as punctuated in the text 
 with ut exclamatory, " how I am going to brag! '' But even this 
 is not entirely satisfactory. The bragging tone of 671-3 recalls to 
 Pseud, his former hopes and plans which had been set aside by the 
 coming of Harpax, and he changes to a humbler tone. This change 
 should begin with (dque nunc, and fackim should be facieham (so 
 Lamb , and cf. text of Bothe). But facieham cannot be brought 
 into the metre without great changes. [Possibly gloriosum is a 
 gloss, cf . the variation in position of ut. Or possibly facerem : 
 " And yet just now how I was intending to make myself boastfully 
 successful."] 
 
 677. deformata, ■' well-shaped." — erit, for tense cf. Trin. 923 
 num C/iarmides ? || em, istlc erit, "there, that's the man," Eun. 732, 
 uerbum herde hoc uerum erit. 
 
 680. praecellet, a pres. of 2d conj., supported by 2d conj. forms 
 of excello {-eo). — exinde, •' hence," a meaning found only in early 
 Latin. 
 
 681. For the two indefinite pronouns quoi quod see Draeger, I., 
 89. — acoidisse, " has turned out," a sense not found elsewhere 
 in PL, and in Ter only And. 264, mi$era timeo, ' incertiimst ' Jioc 
 quorsmn accidat. Langen and most edd. change to cecidisse. 
 
 685 f. "And the result is this, that in the midst of our labor 
 
 11 
 
1G2 NOTES. 
 
 and pain death overtakes us while we are still unsatisfied." Goetz 
 joins in . . . dolore. with euenit. 
 
 The moralizing tone of these vss. is unusual for PI. They are 
 doubtless from the Greek original. 
 
 688. aurichalco contra, abl. of price. Cf. Mil. 1076, contra 
 auro . . . uendere, True. 538, auro contra constat. The form auri- 
 chalcum is found also Mil. 660, Cure. 202, from Greek opeip^aXKos by 
 popular confusion with aurum (Volksetymologie) ; it was an alloy 
 of copper the exact composition of which is not known, contra, 
 an adv..as always in PL, gives the effect of Engl. '' worth its ivehjld 
 in gold." 
 
 689. com.mentus fui, see on oblit us fui, 171. The \evh comml- 
 niscor in PL means "to think up," not necessarily "to invent a 
 falsehood," cf. Most. 602, 008, of thinking up a name supposed to 
 have been forgotten. 
 
 692. par pari, cf. Asin. 172, par pari datum host'nnentumst, opera 
 pro pecwiia. 
 
 Eighth Scene. — Calidonis comes across the stage from the forum, bringing 
 with him a friend to whom he has been describing tlie situation. The conver- 
 sation is so arranged as to introduce Charinus to the audience. On the contra- 
 dictions in the plot see Introd., § 45 and 390 ff. 
 
 694. apud te, colloquial, not precisely equiv. to tihi, as appears 
 from the verbs with which it is used, queri, conjiteri, mentiri, iurare ; 
 so ehcutus Sinn, " I have told the whole story in your presence. 
 
 700. evperr]^. The reason for using a Greek word is not plain, 
 but the point appears to be in the application of a seiious term to 
 the trickery of Pseud.; "investigator, thinker," or something of 
 that kind. 
 
 702. magnufice, "m the grand style." — resonat is a tragic 
 word, given here on the authority of A. Elsewhere PL uses sonat 
 in this phrase, Trin. 45, Rud. 229, P)acch. 979. 
 
 703 ff. are intended as a parody of the tragic style, hence io, 
 turanne, and the repetitions in 704-5. In 691 Ps. has in mind 
 Simo, Ball., and Harpax, all of whom he will cheat by one act; and 
 it may with some point be said that each person swindled exercises 
 
NOTES. 163 
 
 a separate power {artlhus) and gives to the swindler a separate joy; 
 but the piling up of ter trina iripllcia tria is intentional nonsense, 
 and all attempts to bring sense into the vss. by emendation are 
 misdirected. 
 
 706. libello, the letter. — pauxillulo, double diminutive, see 
 
 Introd., § 23. 
 
 507. paratragoedat, Traparpaycobeco. The absence of this word 
 from the fragments of the New Comedy cannot be due to anything 
 more than accident. " Speaks in tragic style." 
 
 708 f. continue the parody, parlter goes closely with contra. 
 The use of salutem suggests the personification of the next vs., "Are 
 you really Safety, or only Hope? " — This form of the disjunctive 
 question Vith w^j-'^n . . . -ne . . . an is not frequent in PI. The 
 earliest form of disjunctive question consisted simply of a question 
 of any kind, but especially with ne or without any particle, followed 
 by another question with an (n. on 28). As such a pair of ques- 
 tions offered an alternative, utrum, " which of the two? " was finally 
 prefixed, and this became in classical Latin one of the most fre- 
 quent forms of the disjunctive question. — salutem, jussive. 
 
 710. utrumque. The literal joke, "how are you. Both? " — 
 quid tibi? sc. actumst, "how goes it with you? what have you 
 done ? " The mss. give quid times, which Goetz retains, giving the 
 whole speech to Cal. 
 
 711. attuli is properly used only of things, and is therefore cor- 
 rected to adduxi. It is put into the speech of Cal. only in order to 
 have Ps. correct it, and the joke is rather flat. Better :\Iil. 27, ele- 
 phanto . . . praefrecjisti hracchium. \\ quid bracchium ? \\ illud uolui 
 dlcere 'femur,' Mil. 818, sorhet for stertit, Most. 830. dormiunt for 
 coniuent, and below, 841 ff. 
 
 712. As usually happens wnth Greek words in PI. , this phrase is 
 much confused in the mss., but it appears to be a literal transla- 
 tion of cjratiam illifacio, turned into Greek for the sake of the pun 
 ^^pii, _ Charinus. It implies, as does tarn gratiast in the next vs., 
 a polite refusal to accept an offer, Most. 1130, de cena facio gra- 
 tiam. II qtdn uems 9 In euge Ps. not only greets Charinus, but also 
 hails the good omen of his name. 
 
164 NOTES. 
 
 713. tarn gratiast, in the same sense also INfen. 387, St. 472. 
 Cf. hemgne, KoXkicr^ : Hor. Epist. I., 7, 18, tcua leneor dono, quam 
 sidimittar onuslii:, the Itahan iante grazie, and the English "I am 
 just as much obliged," used only in refusal, shov\^ that the expres- 
 sion is one likely to arise in any language, and there is therefore 
 no question here of connection between tarn and tamen or of an 
 adversative tain. 
 
 715. id quidem, referring to nolo . . . nos, " the mere idea of 
 your saying sucli a thing annoys me.'" 
 
 719. accersebat, "was intending to take away." — os sub- 
 leui, a frequent phrase for befooling and deceiving, only inciden- 
 tally for cheating out of money. Capt. 787, 656, ita mi stolido sur- 
 sum uorsum os subleueve offuclis, Trin. 558, etc. Nonius, p. 45, 
 says, trnclum a genera ludi, quo dovmicntibiis era phiguntur, which 
 may be a correct explanation. But fucus, offuciae are often used 
 of tricks. 
 
 720 f. Cf. 388. Lor. quotes Poen. 550 f., omnia istaec scimus iam 
 nos, si hi spectalores scianf. hdrunc hie nunc causa haec agiiur spec- 
 talorum fabula ; hos te satius est docere ut, quando ages, quid agas 
 sciant. The last vs. contains the secret of a part of the success of 
 PI. as a pi ay- writer. 
 
 722. quid nunc agimus ? This is a livelier form of question 
 than quid aganius, and is to be distinguished also from the fut. 
 quid ago treats the immediate future as present. So Most. 368, 
 JNIen. 844, and in many other questions in first person, Most. 774, 
 eon ? uoco hue. homineni ? 
 
 723. tu istic (adv.) in answer, Amph. 575, egone? \\ tu isfic, 
 747; not a pron. equiv. to ipse, as this passage shows. — hoc caput 
 =z ego, so Epid. 95. Aul. 426, si hoc capid senfit, cf. 175 n. In the 
 same way hie homo r^ ego often. — uiuet. The fut (cf. Aul. 426, 
 above) is due to the influence of amplexaltere and inuenielis. 
 
 724. facie, in all mss. But it is unnatural that Cal. should ask 
 about the appearance of the man wanted, and in fact P.s. answers 
 the question as if it had been " wliaL kind of a man ? " No passage 
 has been found to support fades in that sense, and no good substi- 
 tute for it lias been suggested. 
 
NOTES. 165 
 
 726. porro . . . teneat, " will understand the rest of what he 
 has to do without being told," " of himself." teneat has also literal 
 reference to praehenf/erit, " gets hold — holds on." 
 
 727. Cf. Triu. 76G, ignota facie, quae hie non uisitata sit, of a man 
 to be employed in a trick something like the one here proposed. 
 
 730. a patre. Sauppe quotes Corn. Xep., Chabrias, III., 4, 
 ne([ue uero solus ille aberal Athenls libenter, fed omnes fere principes 
 fecerunt idem, to illustrate the common habit of living on a country 
 estate, often at a distance. Charinus is keeping up the house in 
 town, and it is evident from this scene that he has full liberty of 
 action. Cartj-'itus is a small town in Euboea. With names of towns 
 and small islands in the sing. PI. expresses "from " either by the 
 abl. or by abl. with ez, never any other prepos. With names in 
 plur. limit of motion is always expressed by ace. alqne, as AtJienas 
 in next vs.; but sing, names take in or ace. alone in about equal 
 ratio. 
 
 732. inuentis opus est . . miuis, see n. on 50. 
 
 734 ne quaere To express prohibitions PI. had at his com- 
 mand (r/) the pert. subj. with ne, (b) the pres. subj., (c) the pres. 
 impv., and (d ) various periphrastic forms (noli, caue). Of these 
 the classical Latin, with its regulating and narrowing tendencies, 
 preserved only a and d. 
 
 735. a me dare, "from my property." So Trin. 182, 1144, and 
 often. Cf, amarc a ienonc, 20;3. 
 
 736. " This man is n't Charinus at all ; he 's a god of plenty.'* Cf. 
 And. 194, Dauos sum, non Oedipus. It is possible that there is a pun 
 on cdr-ere, since PI. wrote Cdrinus, but I do not think it likely. 
 
 737. sapit is capable of two meanings, "to have sense,"' and 
 "to give out an odor.'' It is used by Ps. in the former and replied 
 to by Ch. in the latter. This literal sense is very rare, perhaps 
 only here, Cic. de Orat. Ill . 2.5, 99, and twice in Pliny. 
 
 739. aceti, "sharpness.'"' Cf. sal,ot wit, Hor. Sat. I., 7, 32, 
 Italo per/'usu<> acelo. In this sense only here in PI., but cf. Bacch. 
 405. — atque, " yes, and," adds something to what has been asked. 
 The answer is again partly literal, and Ps. keeps up the figure in 
 the next vs. 
 
166 NOTES. 
 
 741. These are different kinds of sweetened drinks, sufficiently 
 described in Lex. and Diet. Ant. Cf. Gell. X., 23, 2, passum, mur- 
 rinam et quae id genus exstant potu dulcia. 
 
 742. " Why, he once began to set up a saloon for hot drinks in 
 his mind." thermopolium, depfioiroiXtov, a saloon for the sale of 
 cooked food and wines, frequented only by the lower classes, sev- 
 eral times referred to by PI. See esp. Trin. 1013 ff. 
 
 743. lamberas, only here, but defined by Paul Fest., p. 118, 
 scindis ac lanias. Tlie sense is evidently " you beat me at my own 
 game." Cf. Poen. 296, meo me iacessis ludo et delicias facis. 
 
 745. uorsari, the depon., in Pi. regularly means "to dwell, re- 
 main." In the sense in which Pseud, uses it, "to turn avouiid 
 quickly,^^ i. e. "to manage well, act wisely," it does not occur else- 
 where m PI., and in the literal sense, in which Ch. replies to it, 
 only Cist. II., 1, 4, uorsor in amorls rota miser. 
 
 746. argutus is frequent in PI. as used here by Ps., "sharp." 
 Char, takes it as ptc. from arguo, " accused," in which sense it is 
 very rare; in PI. only Amph. 883, ita me probri, stupri, dedecoris a 
 uiro argutam meo. 
 
 748. scitus, as adj., is used by Pi. almost as much as lepidm in 
 the sense of " shrewd, sharp," and as a general word of praise. 
 The neuter scitum, " that which has been approved, a vote," does 
 not appear elsewhere in PL, but must be early, as its composition 
 with the early gen. plebei, piebe, plebi shows. This gen. was pre- 
 served in tribuiius plebi, etc., and is found m niscriptions. 
 
 749. immo si scias. So Merc. 298, and with dependent clause 
 Cure. 321, Bacch. 698. Cf. Merc. 445, 7nul(o hercle die magis senex 
 {peril), si tu scias. Like the Engl, "if you only knew, " but it 
 should be regarded as descended directly from an independent sub- 
 junctive, and not as a shortened form of Mil. Glor. 1429, magis id 
 dicas, si scias quod ego scio. 
 
 750. quid sese uelis, ** what you want of him," " what you want 
 him for," sesc is direct object and quid ace. of compass and extent-, 
 the combination is frequent in PI. and Ter. Examples in Lex. 
 
 755. faciat is jussive, though it is in a subord clause, and ex- 
 actly Wke feral and abducat. 
 
NOTES. 167 
 
 756. Lor. rightly takes cum ornamentis both with the preceding 
 and with the following words. That is, the order is that in which 
 the ideas arise in the mind, "the man — his dress — all prepared — 
 bring him to me." 
 
 757. tarpezitam. This place of meeting is fixed, because Cha- 
 linus would have to go to the banker's for the five minae. The 
 form tarpe.zita (also tarpessitci) comes from the Doric- Aeolic dialect 
 of lower Italy, in which metathesis of p is common; so hardus from 
 fSapbvs for ^padvs, cf. superl. (iapbiaros, cerno, Kpivco, etc. — Aeschinus 
 is a wrongly Latinized form for Alo-x^vr]^. The same mistake is 
 made by Ter. Adel., though he is in general more careful than PI. 
 in such details. 
 
 758. illi, adv., for the more usual illic, is supported in many 
 places by the mss. (not so here), by the metre, by Donatus on Adel. 
 I., 2, 36, and by the mss. of Vergil in several places. So isti, islic. 
 ■ — ocius is strictly a compar. form, but has the compar. force at the 
 most in only one place in PI., Pers. 181. Elsewhere, Cure. 276, 
 Merc. 930, Most. 679, St. 353, Pers. 85, Poen. 709, with impv. as 
 here and with positive force. [Fraesdorf.] 
 
 759. incerti, ambiguom. This slight carelessness of expression 
 is entirely natural in colloquial style. 
 
 760. liquet, defaecatumst. Cf. n. on 232. The two figures 
 are combined here. — peruiamst, a good correction by Speng. of 
 peruiast of the mss. So Aul. 438, in literal sense, qui{ne) angulos 
 omnis mearum aedium et conclauium mihl pei'ulam facUis, cf. ob- 
 uiam(st). " Now the way is clear." 
 
 761 ff. The figure is not from a triumphal procession, but from 
 an army marching out to certain victory. — Uqiiido, " with auspices 
 distinct and just to my mind." So Epid, 183 f., liquido exeo auspi- 
 cio foras, aid sbuslra. 
 
 763. confidentiast has verbal force. So Mil. 230, confidentiast 
 nos inimicos projligare posse. Cf. lubidost = litbet, certumst, " I am 
 determined," spes est, suspiciost (562), etc. 
 
 764. onerabo . . . praeceptis, a favorite figure with PI. So 
 onerare mendaciis^ amoenitate, laetitia, malignitate , maledictis, bene- 
 factis, pur/riis (to beat), beside the phrases like the present. 
 
168 NOTES. 
 
 765, ne titubet, ut ferat, final clauses after 764. ne tituhet be- 
 comes proverbial, 939, Mil. 247, Hor. Epist., I., 13, 19, etc. The 
 figure of a person carrying a load, begun in 764, is continued in 
 this vs., or rather suggests the phrasing; the load which is to be 
 carried is not the same-. 
 
 Pseud, goes off toward the forum to meet Char, and Cal. with 
 Simla There is no reason why he should not have gone with 
 them ; he remains ou the stage merely for the sake of this so- 
 liloquy. 
 
 Ninth Scene. — The speaker is a young slave who comes out of Ballio's 
 house. As he does not reappear in tlie play, and as he adds nothing to the 
 knowledge which the audience already had of Ballio's household (cf. 133 ff.), 
 the scene is plainly introduced only to appeal to the coarser tastes of the audi- 
 ence. There are scenes in Sliakspere of which the same thing must be said, and 
 to condenui this passage as spurious on aesthetic or moral grounds, is simply to 
 mistake the real nature of Roman comedy. 
 
 767. danunt = dant, from a strengthened stem of dare. This 
 form (not in any other pers. or number) is found in the mss. of Pi. 
 about a dozen times, and is supported by the grammarians, who 
 give also ob'mujit, prodinunt, redinuni for obeu7it, etc. [Neue, II., 
 412.] 
 
 769. ne, not to be written nae, and not to be confused with the 
 negative. 
 
 771. uelut introduces a special illustration of a general truth, 
 " so, for example, I am a slave here." 
 
 772. praefulcior, a rare word, found Pers. 12, ei'iis mens manum 
 ahstinere hau quit tamen, quin mi impei'et, quin me suis ner/odis prae- 
 fulciat, which must be " cannot help using me as a prop to his 
 affairs," Cic. Att. V., 13, '^^ primum illud praefulci atque pracmuni, 
 " make props and fortifications to ensure . . . ." This cannot mean 
 " hedged in," as in Lex., and it is necessary to adopt the early con- 
 jecture ministenis (Introd., § 40 on prosody) for miserii:^ of the mss. 
 " Where I am used as a prop to support (am compelled to perform) 
 all sorts of duties;" this corresponds well with the general state- 
 ment in 770. 
 
 774. qui amfet, Introd., § 35. — nitidiuscule, n. on 220. 
 
NOTES. 169 
 
 778. perbitere = perire, see n. on 254. This is not strictly what 
 Ball, required, nor were the threats addressed to any of the house- 
 hold except the women. 
 
 781. No satisfactory explanation of this vs. has been given. It 
 refers, of course, to the punishment which the boy expects on the 
 morrow, and possibly to the beating of clothing by the fuUones, but 
 the only thing certain is that fructus and potandus cannot be used 
 together. After 782 G. has comma; I have put period, connecting 
 the quo7n clause with eheu, cf. Capt. 995, ^lil. 1358, ]\Ien. 305. 
 
 Tenth Scene. — Ballio comes in from the market-place, folloAved by his 
 pedisequos and by a cook with two assistants or apprentices, one of whom speaks 
 891 f. They stop before Ballio's house for the following conversation. 
 
 790. forum coquinum. Ussing quotes Pollux, IX., 48, ^ayei- 
 pdov. roTTos oOev inadoiuTai tovs ixayeipovs^ to show' that there was 
 some part of the market where cooks stood for hire. But this, and 
 indeed the whole matter of hiring a professional cook, must refer to 
 customs in Greece or to Greek customs just then beginning to be 
 introduced into Rome against the protests of the conservatives. 
 Cf. Livy, XXXIX., 6, 8 (186 b. c), turn coquus, uilissimum antiquis 
 mancipium ef aestimatione et usu, in j^retio esse et quod ministerium 
 fxierat ars haheri coepfa. 
 
 792. The mss give nain ego si iiimtus peiorem hominem quaererem, 
 which with the next vs. does not make a possible sense. Goetz 
 prints as in mss., saying in note, '■'■ videtur aliquid intercedisse.^^ 
 Rit., Lor. change to na77i ego si iuratus ptssuminn hominem qitae- 
 rei-em, \ peidreyn hau potui, etc., but the changes are too violent. I 
 have changed the order as in the text, "For a worse man, if I were 
 seeking (for one) under oath, I could not have found than this 
 one," etc. For the separation of hominem from cocinn, cf. 768, 956, 
 1103; for iuratus, '• under oath," cf. Asin. 23, Amph. 437, etc. 
 
 794. multilocum, so Cist. I., 3, 1, of an old woman; stultilo- 
 quium Mil. 296 (cf. Trin. 222), uaniloquos Amph. 379, pauciloquium 
 IMerc. 31, 34, nugipcdamloquides Pers. 703. 
 
 795 ff. ob earn rem anticipates ut esset. Orcus. always in PI. 
 the god of the lower world, Acheruns, the place. Most. 499, nam 
 
170 NOTES. 
 
 me Acheruntein recipere Orcus noluit, and often, mortuis cenam is 
 not the silicernium, but possibly offerings of plain food placed upon 
 the tomb, or, in a more general way, food that will suit the dead, 
 that is, tasteless food. The idea of the whole is " He is a wretched 
 cook; no other man can cook such an utterly tasteless dinner. In 
 fact, that is the reason why he is still alive; Orcus, who cares for 
 the dead, wished to have some man on earth (hie) who could please 
 the dead, and this was tlie only cook bad enough for it." The logic 
 i.s not perfect, but is equal to the wit. 
 
 796, esset . . coquat. The question of the sequence of tenses 
 in PI. cannot be regarded as settled. As a matter of fact the pres. 
 and perf. subj. often depend upon the impf. or perf., where later 
 usage would require tlie nnpf . or plupf. So Bacch. 352, 689, Poen. 
 COl, Cas. TIL, 5, U, Asin. 442, Amph. 745, etc. Cf. Brix on Mil. 
 131, and two dissertations by C. Rothe and A. Wirtzfeld. In the 
 same w'ay tenses of the mdic. succeed one anotlier somewhat 
 strangely. 
 
 799 isto pacto, cf. Rud. 1253, nullus erat illo pacio, Cist. I., 1, 
 48, (juo (a me modo uoles esse, also a/itei', (jueinar/niudum, and often 
 ita, sic, for pred. adj. [Langen, p. 323.] The omission of esse 
 after arhitror with pred. adj. is frequent, e. g., Amph 552, sceles- 
 tissumum te arhitror. 
 
 801. Join tu solus with sedehas. " Why were you the only one 
 left, if you were really a cook." 
 
 802. improbior, "less approved, less often hired." prohus 
 often expresses approval, favorable estimation. 
 
 804. quom exteniplo, see n. on 490. 
 
 807. hoc, "for this reason.'^ So 822, Amph. 254, 166, etc. — 
 obsessor, cf. Rud. 698, lianc . . . aram ohsidere, Ter. Ad. 718, 
 doini . . . ohsidere The noun is not found in literal sense elsewhere 
 in PI. 
 
 808 illi . . . miseri, "they do their work for a drachma," 
 " undergo the misery of work." The mss. give drahcmis sent or 
 esseni, and this has been variously explained; drachumissent, l^uchs, 
 Lor., cf. palrisso , draclimis issent, Gron. Fleck., etc. Perhaps 
 drachumis stant, in contrast to this cook, cf sedehas 800, itt swf/am 809. 
 
NOTES. 171 
 
 809. iiummo. This word in PL is used of two different coins, 
 the Philippeus aureus or (jTUTTjp, or without an adj. of a Greek silver 
 coin. From True, li:0, where a slave receives a ynma, and 562, 
 where he says quinque numnws mihi delraxi, partem Htrculanecnn 
 (= ^ig), it appears that 5 nummi = ^^ of 1 mimi ; as there are lOJ 
 drachmae in 1 mhia, nummus must be used of the two-drachma 
 piece. So in this passage the cook asks twice the wages of the 
 others. In a few places PI. uses nummus of a drachma 
 
 810. The point of this and the following vss. is that other cooks 
 season vegetables with vegetables, while the speaker combines vege- 
 tables with fish or meat (834 f ). jn-ata, the platters are like pas- 
 tures covered with herbs; the guests are served as if they were oxen. 
 
 812. oggerunt, found only in PI., Cist. 1., 1, 72, True. 103, for 
 ob-gerunt, 
 
 814 precedes 815 in mss. and Goetz; the order is changed 
 (Sauppe, p. 9) to agree with 812-0. apponunt = oggerunt and in- 
 dunt means the same act as condiunt. "They put before them 
 sonel, cabbage, beets, spinach; they season with coriander, fennel, 
 garlic, holusatrum." 
 
 816. eo, " into this they pour a pound of silphium." pondo, 
 " by weight," is I'egularly added to libra to distinguish it from the 
 measure of capacity. 
 
 817. teritur senapis scelera, "they grate in villanous mus- 
 tard." This vs. is several times quoted by grammarians as an 
 example of senapis (siuapi) used as a fern. If that is correct, 
 scelera must be an adj., not only iiv this phrase but in the common 
 scelerum caput, 146, 1054, and so Ussing takes it on Cure. 234 Uss. 
 This is probably right, but is not without difficult}^, as the adj. 
 scelerus does not occur elsewhere, and scelerum caput and perlurl 
 caput (see on 132) are used together Rud. 1098 f. 
 
 820. strigibus. Ussing quotes Pliny, H. N. XL, 232, esse in 
 maledictls iam antiquis strigem conuenit, sed quae sit avium cnnstare 
 non arbltror. It was some species of bird of prey which flew by 
 night, usirally taken as " screech-owl." The sauces were so harsh 
 that they tore the throats of those who swallowed them like the 
 claws of a bird of prey. 
 
172 NOTES. 
 
 824. essu (esu) also in 112G. The same spelling is occasionally 
 well supported for aussus, 7issus^ and some other supines, for the 
 more common spelling. Also ussus, 248. 
 
 828. qui, nom., but in preceding vs. abl. for quihus. — audacter 
 dicito, " you may well say so! " 
 
 830 ff. The names of sauces in these vss. are all fictitious, and 
 are probably from the Greek play. Ussing compares a passage 
 from Philemon (Meineke, IV., 48), spoken by a man who has hired 
 a cook : — 
 
 2(fiLyy' cippep , ov fxayetpov els rfjv oIkiuv 
 e'iXT](ji'' dnXcos yap ov8i eV, net rovs 6(ovs, 
 hvnep \eyei (rvv'irjpi • Kaiva prjixara 
 7r€7ropt,ap€Vus yap eari. 
 
 833. eaepse. This is the only plur. form from is-pse ; in the 
 sing, eapse, eumpse, eampse, edpse, eopse are all found frequently. 
 
 834. Neptuni pecudes, an epic phrase, as is terresins pecudes in 
 8o5. So in a long fragment from Strato (Meineke, IV. 545) a 
 cook talks in Homeric style, and the man who has hired him does 
 not understand at all what is meant. 
 
 841. is odos, "the odor from them;" so 921, liaec ea occaswst, 
 "this is the chance for it." — dimissis pedibus, another slip of 
 the tongue in order to bring in a correction, cf. 711 and note. 
 Fiom Epid. 452, fugias manibiis dimissis domwn, it appears that the 
 phrase should be manlhus dimissis. " with all speed," perhaps from 
 the throwing of one hand forward and the other backward in run- 
 ning. Instead of this the cook says dimissis pedibus, and Ball, 
 objects both to the employment of any such phrase of an odor, and 
 also to the wrong form of the phrase. In his reply the cook cor- 
 rects only the latter. [For an explanation of the reading of A, 
 which has manlbus where the text (Pall.) has pedibus and vice versa, 
 see Langen, PI. Stud. p. 3G4.] 
 
 848. VoY Jateor, see Introd., § 38. 
 
 849. opera appareat, "shall be plain; " so Ad. 965, res apparet, 
 Ilor. Epist., II., 1, 224, cum lamentarnur non apparere labores 
 nostras. 
 
 852, miluinis in four syllables. The miluos as a type of 
 
^OTES. 173 
 
 rapacity also Men. 212, Poen. 1292, Rud. 1124; so uolturius, Capt. 
 844, etc., but eagle's claws only here. 
 
 853. coquinatum, and so 875, Aul. 408, ueni in Bacchanal co- 
 quindtum (end of troch. octon.) Lex. gives coquino. Cf. pagus, 
 pagtna, par/inarej doni-, dominus, dominari; this seems to imply a 
 form coquinus beside the adj. coquinus. 
 
 854. " Without having your claws tied together while you cook 
 the supper." constringere in literal sense occurs several times in PL, 
 but eunslricfus, " abridged, cut short," appears to be only late. 
 
 855. tu voc. of address as in hens tu, 296, not repeated by ana- 
 coluthon in tihi ; spoken to his attendant. 
 
 857. The sense of this vs. is plain enough, but habere in ocuUs 
 does not occur elsewhere. 
 
 859. progredimino, an old impv. 2d sing., found also True. 
 198 opperimino, Epid. 695 arbitra?nino, Apul. Met. I., 22, opperimino^ 
 as well as in several places in old laws ; it is supported by the Latin 
 grammarians, and is explained as a form of a pass, ptc, cf. -fievos 
 and the regular plur. -mini. 
 
 863. stabit. This is the early form of conditional (interroga- 
 tive) sentence without si, cf. Eun. 251, negat quis, nego ; ait, aio, 
 Ad. 118, 120, Mil. 66o f., Amph. 995, amat : sapit ; it is not to be 
 explained here by supplying si, but its use is made easier by the 
 previous conditions with si. 
 
 868. faciam te would properly be completed by a second obj. 
 or a clause, but the sentence is broken by the long comparison, and 
 then faciam te is repeated with item. — sorbitione, not elsewhere in 
 PI., has lost its verbal force entirely, and is used of a "broth, 
 soup," as here. 
 
 869. According to the common legend Medea refused to carry 
 out her promise of restoring Pelias to life and youth. Cicero, Cat. 
 Mai. XXIII. , 83, tamquam Peliam recoxerit, refers to the rejuvena- 
 tion of Pelias, and, as he is hardly likely to have made an error in 
 such a matter, it is probable that there was more than one form of 
 the legend in circulation. Cf. the conflicting accounts in the arg. 
 to the Medea of Eurip. 
 
 870. uenenis, "magical potions," an original sense; see the 
 definition from the Digests quoted in Lex. 
 
174 NOTES. 
 
 871. adulescentulum. The passages referred to by Lor., Eiiil. 
 60, show that PI. regidarly uses tliis dimin with special force, "a 
 fine young gentleman," " a blooming young man," and so liere. 
 
 875 f. istuc unum is purposely left indefinite in order that the 
 explanation, iit te seruem, may come in with more force, perdoccs, 
 with reference to the immediate future, " how much will you charge 
 to give me thorough instruction in this one kind of cooking?"- — • 
 serueni plays upon seruator, and is explained by ne . . . sarripkis. 
 
 877 si credis, " if you trust me," not " if you have faith ; " 
 this would be a modern way of putting it. Ifc should be noticed 
 that the cook, with the enthusiasm of the true artist, pays little 
 attention to the impertinences of Ball. 
 
 881 ff . Cf . 8G8 if. A clause of result would regularly follow ita^ 
 but the sentence is interrupted by the clause of comparison (time) 
 ut gustauerit, and when it is taken up again fac'iam is introduced as 
 a leading verb. Cf. Mil. Glor. 725 ff. Notice the repetition of 
 thought in 881-2. — ipsus, with the subj. of praerodat. Lor. 
 quotes passages from Meineke's Fragmenta (IL, 255, 388, IIL, 
 362, 462) which show that this joke was traditional from the time 
 of the Old Comedy. 
 
 889. nimium tinnis, "you're blowing your horn too much, 
 talking too much nonsense." Cas. II., 3, 32, conprime te : nimium 
 tiniiis. — non taces ? " Keep still, w^on't you ? " with impv. force. 
 So Amph. 700, Asin. 931, Bacch. 627, etc., 12 times in PI. In the 
 same way 7ion ahis ? Both are exclamatory, and of the same nature 
 as rof/(is ? 
 
 891. quin tu is et . . . cedo. Questions with quin have in PI. 
 always a hortatory force, differing in this from cur non. So wnth 
 the 2d pers. they have a clear impv. effect ; quin tu hie manes? = 
 hie mane, iVsin. 597, Ps. 713, and often. When this impv. force 
 had become closelj'^ associated with quin, the interrogative force 
 was partly lost, and quin was used with the impv , Cure. 241, quin 
 tu aliquot dies perdura, Cas. V., 4, 9, quin responde, etc. So it be- 
 came possible to use quin with both indie, and impv. (or equiv.) as 
 here. So Pers. 397 f., Asin. 254 f. (?), Most. 815. [Kienitz, de 
 quin partic. nsu, Carlsruhe, 1878.] 
 
NOTES. 175 
 
 829. The apprentice goes beyond the master ; lie means that 
 they will prepare the supper ^o quickly that it will be ready before 
 the guests can be called to the table. Cf. Men. 221, where the 
 material for the supper is not yet bought, and the cook says, cocta 
 sunt : iuhe ire ace libitum. 
 
 893. sublingulo, " imder-dishlicker," found only here, cf Siil- 
 hallio, OUT. Lowe, Anal. 170, compares suhregulo as a secondary 
 form for subregulus, from a glossary. — These vss. are spoken as 
 the cook goes into the house followed by his attendants, one of 
 whom turns at the door to speak, 891-2. 
 
 895. in proxumo, " in the next house," a very frequent sub- 
 stantive use of proxumum : Lor. on Mil. 133 gives about 20 cases 
 from PI. 
 
 896. apud forum, see Introd., § 40. 
 
 899. circum ire is written in two words to indicate the elision 
 of 'iim. So circum agitur, Lucr. lY., 340, cf. circum dea fudit^ Aeii. 
 I., 412. Generally circumire in four syllables. Not "to cheat," 
 as Lex. says, and as in Pliorm. 614, but "to go about." This vs. 
 is scanned ne fid(em) e\(i) habe\rem (^nam) eum\, etc. 
 
 904. profecto ne . . ., cf. Cure. 426, id te orcire iusserat profecto 
 ut faceres. — Ballio goes into his house, leaving the stage for a 
 moment empty. 
 
 Eleventh Scenk. — Pseudolus enters from the forum (764) on the right. 
 He speaks the fir^t three verses to Simia, not notichig that he has hngered be- 
 hind and is not in fight. In the course of the scene they cross the stage, so 
 that as they speak 0o-2 they are on the left side of the stage, and Simia ap- 
 proaches Ballio's house as if from the harbor. 
 
 905 ff. esse auxilio adiutum, seruatum volunt esse, extinct am, 
 and genuerunt are unusual expressions for comedy (Lor.), and give 
 a solemn tone not infrequent in the canfica, cf. Trin. 820 f¥., Bacch. 
 925 ff. — turn is often used as correl. to si (Lex. s. v. II. , m.); 
 here the time-force is also present, beginning wath umquam and 
 continued in quom. The regular use below, 910, with turn clause 
 preceding. 
 
 908. sumne . . . insipiens, qui . . . This form of question 
 occurs also ]\Ierc. .588, sumne ego homo miser, qui nusquam bene queo 
 
176 NOTES. 
 
 qmescere? Men. 852, Most. 362, Rud. 1184, Pers. 75, 474, al] hi 
 soliloquy and with the effect of nonne Bacch. 91, with the sub- 
 juuct., is different in sense; the rest have the indie, and I have 
 not hesitated to adopt the conjecture of Cam., loquor for loquav 
 (rass., Goetz, Lor.). For loquor solus cf. memor meminit, 940, and 
 Tntrod., § 42. 
 
 909 dare uerba is one of the most frequent expressions in PI. 
 for cheating. So 1058, Trin. 60, Capt. 651, etc. — malus ciim, 
 mal6, lutrod., § 42, 39. cum is not exactly used " with cauere , " 
 the sense is " sharp as I am, in dealing with a sharper I have n't 
 been careful enough." Also Most. 1142, 
 
 911. uerbeream statuam. The adj. from its form must ex- 
 press material (cf. aureus, Ugneus), and the figure is like that in- 
 volved in calling a man crux, mastujia , cf. Asin. 363, mihl tibique 
 intermlnatust nos futuros ulmeos. The word statua refers to the in- 
 different and unimpressible attitude of Sim., as in Capt. 951, where 
 the same term is applied to a slave who knows he is to be punished 
 but shows no fear. 
 
 913. ofScium, cf. 375 and note. For fuit see Introd., § 37. 
 
 917 quippe . . . ni, cf. quid ni, 96. Not a case of tmesis. Ex- 
 cept here, quippini is used only in retorts or replies without a verb, 
 as in 361, Men. 948, itane censes? \\ quippini? "why not? = of 
 course," in all 15 times in PI. [Langen, Beitr. 123.] 
 
 918. stratioticus, in his assumed character as a soldier's mes- 
 senger. The point of the scene is that Simla insists upon playing 
 his part even before Ballio appears, while Pseud, is anxious to 
 carry out the trick before the real Harpax returns, and yet is 
 afraid of offending Simla, upon whose good faith he is compelled 
 to depend. 
 
 923. ille !s often used in this kind of wish; Most. 398, Amph. 
 26, 461, Cure. 27, Cic. III. Cat. XXL, 29, etc. It was originally 
 accompanied by a gesture. The unnecessary repetitions of ille in 
 926-7 appear to have a joking reference to the first. 
 
 925. numquam . . . erit, in reality the apodosis to ita faxit ut 
 adsief, but expressed paratactically with the wish left in its original 
 prominence. 
 
NOTES. 177 
 
 928. in timorem dabo, cf. Capt. 962, in ruhorem te totum daho, 
 " make you turn red fioui head to foot." adueiiam is a poetic 
 word, used lie re aud Aul. 4UG in parody. 
 
 930. qui potest? •• how can lliat be ? " impers. as iu iwn potest, 
 pot in lit. 
 
 • 931. occidis me, an expression of annoyance at a foolish ques- 
 tion ; so ]Men. 922, occidis fabalans, Aul. 150. In the same way 
 perdis, Most. 979. Still more frequent is enicas, Merc. 157, 493, 
 915, etc. Kngl. slang '-you make me tired." occidisti is used 
 more seriously when the speaker is distressed by bad news. — ho- 
 minem lepidum, half-ironical flattery to keep Simia in good 
 humor, continued through the scene, except for the break in 938-9. 
 
 933. ut scias, a parenthetic final clause, '•' I say so in order that 
 you may know it." So Mil. 1192, ego adeo, ut tu scias . . . abiboj 
 Trill. 497, and cf. 1075 below. 
 
 934. For a reply which changes the meaning of a wish or, more 
 often, a curse, see 37, 251, note. 
 
 936. habet, absolute and impers., Epid. 696, bene hoc habet. 
 But in PI., and certainly in Ter., se habere appears to be more com- 
 mon. — esto, "good! " Hor. Sat. I., 6, 19, IL, 1, 83, 3, 65, etc., but 
 I have not found any other case in PI. or Ter. — The versification 
 of this scene up to this point will repay study ; it is an unusually 
 good example of the numeri innumeri of PI. 
 
 937. So Trin. 1152, di dent tibi, quae uelis, Hor. Sat. T., 9, 5, 
 cupio omnia quae nis, a vague phrase of courtesy. 
 
 938. quantum dignu's, so Asin. 149, ne id qitidem me dignum 
 esse existumat, Phorm. 519, di tibi omnes id quod es dignus diiint . the 
 ace. of compass and extent which is so largely used with neut. 
 sing, pronn. in early Latin. — dent, dependent by parataxis upon 
 exoptem. Do not supply ut. This vs. and the next are spoken half 
 aside. — tim id mihi shows that Sim. partly overhears what Ps. has 
 said and is prepared to resent it. 
 
 939 b. For bona faciam cf. Poen. 1216, midta bona uolt nobis 
 
 facere. 
 
 940. An exaggerated case of fig. etgmol. and alliteration, as 941 
 
 is an extreme example of repetition of thought. 
 
 12 
 
178 NOTES. 
 
 942. hie homo = Simla, as Pseud, intends it. But it may also 
 = ego (Tiiu. 1115 and often; hie properly Lst pers.), and Sim. in 
 his reply treats it as if Pseud, had had both senses in mind, and 
 denies the truth of it in either sense. " Here's a fine fellow ! " 
 " No, that 's not true of either of us (whichever way you mean it)." 
 To suppose that Pseud, really had both meanings in mind is. con- 
 trary to the general tone of the scene; still less can it be "1 am a 
 fine fellow," as Lor. takes it. 
 
 943. fundes with proper fut. force, " now you are going to pom- 
 out." 
 
 944. Simla. In other cases the final a of Greek nouns is loncv, 
 representing as or r]s, and so in later poetry except Hor. Sat. II , 3, 
 187. 
 
 945. istuc, " that sort of talk," i. e. mere flattery. — optrudere, 
 " to palm off, shove off upon." So And. 250, Hec. 295. — palpum, 
 a slang word found also Amph. 526, Merc. 153, iKilpo percutere, " to 
 deceive by soft speeches." The literal sense is unknown; all the 
 derivatives come from this meaning, " flattery," Engl, slang, 
 " taffy, soft-soap." So for the whole, " you can't get off your taffy 
 on me." 
 
 946. ubi effeceris, see Introd., § 41. 
 
 947. Such descriptions of promised suppers are rather frequent, 
 e. g. Bacch. 1181, lepidis uictibus, uino at que unguentis. 
 
 949. accipis, pres. in spite of the preceding futures because the 
 invitation is present; " you promise me a nice reception." 
 
 950. " If I do not cany it tlirongh, then receive me with a cross 
 and an executioner." But the text is uncertain; cruciabUiter canni- 
 fex me accipito, mss. 
 
 952. tertium hoc est shows that the two were by this time en 
 the left side of the staqe. That they should have passed the house 
 they were looking for, and should have spent fifty lines in talk 
 wlien they were supposed to be in a great hurry, is a dramatic 
 license which occurs frequently in PL — hiscunt. The prevalent 
 meaning is "to gape, to open the mouth," and this suggests to 
 Pseud, the turn w^liich he gives the phrase. It is not necessary to 
 suppose that Sim. had this meaning in mind. — credo . . . est. 
 
NOTES. 179 
 
 parataxis, which developed into credo . . . esse on the one side and 
 parenthetic credo on the other. — animo, aedibus, both d:it. Cf. 
 Cas. II., 2, 10, quid est quod tuo nunc animo aefjrest ? nam quod lihi 
 aegrest, etc., Rud. 429, tihi opercim ludo et deliciae dabo, Cas. II , 5, 
 2.9, quis mihi suhueniet (ergo aut capiti aut crurihus ? In these cases 
 tjie pers. pron. corresponds to aedihus here, and the other word, 
 capiti, deliciae, to animo. The phrase animo male est, " I am ill, 
 faint," is common, Amph. 1058, Cure. 312, Epid. 201, etc., and in 
 fuller form Mil. Glor. 1331, animo male factumst huic. Render " I 
 think the house is feeling ill." 
 
 954. mala mercist, " he 's a bad lot," " a poor piece of goods." 
 For merx, mercis, merces, cf. stirps, stirpis, stirpes, frux, frugis, fruges. 
 
 955. This vs. is quoted as in the text by Varro, de Ling. Lat. 
 VII., 81 ; he says that it means that Ballio went " secundum parie- 
 tem transuersus," sidling along close to the wall, and no better ex- 
 planation can now be given, prouorsus is not found elsewhere, but 
 is implied by the adv. prorsus, prorsum. — quasi cancer, "like a 
 crab," cf. n. on 199, and on the whole vs. Cas. II., 8, 7, recessim 
 cedam ad parietem, imitahor nepam (a crab). 
 
 Twelfth Scene. —Ballio appears at the door of his house, perhaps looking 
 back as if still watching the cook. He does not see Pseud, and Simia. 
 
 957. dum, see on 336. With etiam it is used only after nega- 
 tives as in 1028. 
 
 959. ingredere in uiam, " begin the business carefully," cf. 
 Amph. 429, ingressust uiam, " he 's on the track." 
 
 960. hoc, the angiportum between Ballio's house and Simo's. 
 proxumum with a porta, " counting from the gate." For the stage 
 setting see Introd., § 44. This passage implies that there was an 
 angiportum between each house and the next one, and that the 
 house could be entered from the angiportum as well as from the 
 street. Cf . 1234 f ., Most. 1045 f. 
 
 962. quotumas only here and 1173, formed from quotus, the 
 classical word, on the analogy of septumus, decumus, etc. — admo- 
 dum incerto scio, "I am not quite sure," so Epid. 505 (G. 
 incerte) . 
 
180 NOTES. 
 
 966. dicam, see n. on 106. 
 
 967. hirquina barba. Though masks were not used on the 
 stage in the time of PI., false hair and beards and paints were cer- 
 tainly used by actors, and it is therefore not necessary to suppose 
 that this is from the Greek play. 
 
 969. dataria, " to be given away," also St. 258, Ungua dataria, 
 " the tongue which says dabo.'" 
 
 970. iam iiide a principio. This colloquial exaggeration, each 
 word defining the preceding one more precisel}^ passes over occa- 
 sionally into literature. Cic, Nat. Deor. II., 48, 124, iam inde ah 
 ortu. 
 
 974. philosophatur, cf . Capt. 284, salua res est : pkilosophatur 
 quoque iam, non mendax Diodost, spoken by a listener as here. 
 
 975. The leno is always represented as a man of the worst char- 
 acter, cf. Rud. 651 a., fraudis, sceleris, parricidi, periuri plenissu- 
 mus, legirupa, inpudens, inpurus, inuerecundissumus : una iierho absol- 
 uam, lenost. — ■peiinrnva. = periurum^ also Trin. 201, True. 612. 
 So maiiores Trin. 642, eiius Trin. 430 (Ps. 986 in A). Other forms 
 of this stem, periurus, peiurus, pe?'ierare peierare are well attested in 
 the mss. 
 
 976. si . . . modo, cf. Capt. 996, quod male feci, crucior : modo 
 si infect urn fieri possiet. The subjunct. is optative, and the sentence 
 is independent and not to be explained by supplying an apodosis. 
 " Now just let him mention my name ! " 
 
 977. sciuin, " did n't I know it ? " See n. on 489, 352. 
 
 979 f. ut ue.stitu's, " to judge by your clothes I should have 
 said you were a burglar." In Asin. 563 house-breaking (ubi parie- 
 tes perfoderis) is mentioned in a list of imaginary crimes, and so in 
 Apul. II., 516 Hild., pirata, pcrfossor and sicarius are used as types 
 of criminals. So in Western slang "horse-thief." The sense of 
 the whole is, "Are you Ballio ? " "Yes, I am." " Dy your 
 clothes I should take j'ou for a burglar (cut-throat, foot-pad).' 
 " They may be poor clothes, but they have this advantage, that they 
 offer no temptation to highway robbers. I don't think even you 
 would attack me, however dark the night when you might meet 
 me." 
 
NOTES. 181 
 
 984. Simla does not know the name, and hesitates for a mo- 
 ment, long enough for Ps. to see that he is caught (cf. Pers. .535, 
 tali ut in luto haeream) and for Ball, to repeat the question ; then he 
 sees a way out of the difficulty. In fact, Phoen. would certainly 
 have known the name, and so it would have become known to 
 Pseud., who would certainly have told it to Simla. But PL thinks 
 a quick-witted turn like this more entertaining than a precise con- 
 sistency — as it is, 
 
 988. The name contains the stems of noXvs, fiaxai-pa and Doric 
 nXayd (TrXr^y?)) with patronymic ending. Cf, Thensaurochrysoni- 
 cochrysides, Capt. 285. The name is spoken by Ball, the first time 
 half to himself, then aloud to Sim. 
 
 989. purus putus, " pure and simple," again in 1200, but not 
 elsewhere in PI., and putus is in general a rare word. "Well ex- 
 plained in Harper's Lex. — The dat. with nomen est, either with or 
 without a pron., is the more frequent construction in PL, though 
 the nom. is also used. Cf. 744, Trin. 390, Lesbonicost nomen, Cure. 
 76, etc. [List in Becker, p. 170, n.] 
 
 993. ita negotiumst, " so the matter lies," i. e., " that is what 
 must be done." So Bacch. 755 (parenthetic, as here), Pers. 693, 
 Mil. 521, all in connection with an injunction to hurry. Cf. the 
 very common use of negotium = res in colloquial Latin. 
 
 995. mortem exsequi, " endure, suffer," apparently a collo- 
 quial sense. So in PL with aerumnam, egesfatem and in Cic, ad 
 Att. IX., 12, 1, 'With, fatuyn. 
 
 1001. sumbolust in epistula, '' the token (seal) is on the let- 
 ter." Cf. 55, note. These words are spoken by Ball, in half- 
 soliloquy as in 988 f. 
 
 1004. disciplina, "custom," the usual sense in PL, Asin. 201, 
 Cas. III., 5, 28, Merc. 115, True. I., 1, 30 (?), 131, Mil. 186, Cist. I., 
 1, 17. A colloquial weakening of meaning, but in Bacch. 135, 
 Most. 1.54, "teaching, example," and below 1274. 
 
 1005. manu, " by what they do " as men of action, with a sug- 
 gestion of double meaning in salutem as in 45 f. 
 
 1007. opera, "by reading for yourself." So Trin. 826, o;;era 
 expertus, "by actual experience," Capt. 425, Bacch. 387. 
 
182 NOTES. 
 
 1010. " And a genuine liarpax (plunderer) too." Cf . Mil. 368, 
 tun uidisti? || atque his quiderii oculls. 
 
 1014. The variations in regard to the greeting are intentional 
 and not inconsistent. In 969 Sim. has no greeting to throw away 
 upon an unknown man, but when he is told that he is addressing 
 Ball he gives him (982) a greeting from his master, not knowing 
 what the contents of the letter will prove to be. At first there 
 seems to be no greeting in the letter, and Sim. invents a reason for 
 this (1004) which is not the real one (1014), but near enough to it 
 to pass muster. 
 
 1016. quin sequere, either impv. or indie. See n. on 891. 
 
 TiiiRTEEXTH Scene. — While Simia and Ballio are in the liouse, Pseudolus 
 comes out of his hiding-place and soliloquizes. 
 
 1017. uorsute malum, " shrewdly sharp." So docte uorsutus, 
 sancte plus, gniphlce facetus, propere celer, and other adjj. strength- 
 ened by advv. of the same or closely connected meanings; a further 
 illustration of colloquial exaggeration. [O. Seyffert, Stud. PL] 
 
 1022. The words qui si sit 7nalus imply the loss of a vs. contain- 
 inof a curse at Sim. if he should be treacherous. The next vs. 
 
 CD 
 
 refers to the fulfilment of the curse. 
 
 1027. The military metaphors begin here and continue through 
 the scene. 
 
 1028. ne erus, see Introd., § 3.5. erus refers to Simo. praeda, 
 Phoenicium. 
 
 1030. aduenat for aduenint. So euenat, Trin. 41, Epid. 287, 
 Cure. 39, Mil. 1010, euenant, Epid. 321, peruenat, Rud. 626, all at 
 the end of the vs. These are 3d con jug. forms (so perf. ueni) 
 which once existed by the side of the forms of 4th conjug. (Introd., 
 § 18), but were gradually driven out by the increasing regularity 
 of the language. These few cases were preserved by their adapta- 
 bility to the last foot of the vs., aduenat. 
 
 1033. conligatis uasis, " with its baggage packed." The usual 
 verb in this military phrase is coUigere, Liv. XXI., 47, 2, XXVII., 
 47, 8, etc., and there is perhaps a comic intention in the use of the 
 literal conligare^ " tied together." 
 
NOTES. 183 
 
 1035. exulatum, as was proposed after the battle of Cannae. 
 pectus is the country which would be abandoned. "My heart is 
 like an army with its baggage packed, ready to abandon the 
 country in case of defeat." 
 
 1036. In accordance with the almost invariable custom of PL, 
 we should expect some announcement of the appearance of Sim. 
 and rhoen. ; besides, without this 1037 is very abrupt. 
 
 FouKTEEKTH ScEUE. — Simla comes out of Ballio's house bringing Plioeni- 
 cium, who is weeping. The time occupied by the previous scene would be, of 
 course, far too short for the completion of the business, not to mention the prep- 
 arations and farewells of Phoenicium. So in the Capt. a journey from Aetolia 
 to Elis and back occupies only 300 vss. 
 
 1039. scibis ; on form see 174, on the parataxis see 49. 
 
 1040. dentatum, "savage;" elsewhere in this sense only of 
 animals. 
 
 1041. Macedoniensem, in other places in the play always Ma- 
 cedonius. So PI. uses Lemnensis, Babyloniensis to suit the vs. — 
 flentem, cf. 324, tefaciam . . . laetantem. 
 
 1044. Goetz reads desedisti ? quam diu with the mss. tam diu 
 is an early conj. 
 
 1045, " My heart has been beating against my breast until it is 
 weary, as a tool (aries ?) is blunted by striking against the wall of 
 a besieged city." The figure is not used elsewhere. 
 
 1046 ff. The sense of these vss. must be, " This is no time for 
 such criticisms when we are still in danger from the ambuscades of 
 the enemy. We must get out of the way as fast as possible." The 
 text must still be considered entirely uncertain; the hypothesis of 
 a lacuna is only a last resort, in the absence of anything better. — 
 gradibus militariis, with the long soldier's step, " on the double- 
 quick step." Cf. Epid. 13 ff., where a soldier is said to have 
 walked gradibus grandibus, so that a civilian could not easily over- 
 take him. Elsewhere PI. uses m'ditaris, but other adjj. in -arius 
 are frequent. 
 
 Fifteenth Scene. — After Simia and Pseudolus have gone off, taking 
 Phoenicium to the house of Charinus, Ballio appears at the door of his house. 
 
184 NOTES. 
 
 1053. postquam, " now that," with some causal force. Most. 
 156, nunc, jjostquam nihili sum, id . . , . repperi, Bacch. 531, nunc 
 ego illam me uellm cunuenire, j^ostquavi inanis sum ; the postquam 
 clause expresses an unalterable fact or condition. See Draeo-er, 
 11.2 535. 
 
 1054. iube, i. e., " now bring on your Ps. and let him try to 
 swindle me." So Most. 42G, iube uenire nunciam, not addressed 
 to any person, and followed by a future as here, derideho. 
 
 1058. per deridiculum. This use of per for an abl., instrum. 
 or modal, is not frequent in PI., but was taken up by later writers, 
 esp. Livy and Tac, as a rhetorical variation for the abl. Examp. 
 in Lex. 
 
 1060. ut conuenit, " as was agreed " between Simo and Ps., 
 53o ff. PI. does not close a vs. with a cretic word followed by an 
 iambic word, therefore not conuenit. 
 
 Sixteenth Scene. — Simo coines in from the forum where he had met 
 Ballio (896). 
 
 1063. uisso = uiso. See n. on 824. 
 
 1064. signum ex arce, the Palladium. Cf. 1244, Bacch. 962 f.. 
 
 Men. 902, mens Vlixes. 
 
 1067. " What's the good news then ? " honi was implied by 
 fortunate, by nihil est quod metuas, and by the grasp of the hand 
 which was customary in conveying good news, Capt. 838, 859, etc. 
 
 1068. saiiae et saluae, " safe and sound," a colloquial phrase, 
 also I\Ierc. 174. 
 
 1070 ff. The offer to give 20 minae and the girl is like a bet, 
 intended simply to convince Simo, without any expectation thnt 
 the money would ever be actually called for. 
 
 1073. This is a repetition of 116 inserted here in the middle o! 
 a sentence as a gloss. 
 
 1079-86. In 1067 Simo asks whether Ps. had come to Ball, and 
 is answered in the negative ; it is impossible that he should repeat 
 the question so soon. Moreover, these vss. describe the meeting 
 which really took place between Ball, and Cal. and Ps., 243-380 ; 
 but after that time Simo had seen Ball, in the forum and had 
 
NOTES. 185 
 
 warned him against Ps., 896 ft". The question sed conuenistin homi- 
 nem ? would necessarily refer to a meeting subsequent to the warn- 
 ing, and could not be answered by a description of the previous 
 meeting, of which Sinio would certainly have been informed by 
 Ball, in tiie forum. On these grounds Kiessling regards these vss. 
 as an interpolation by some theatre-manager for a later representa- 
 tion, and they are so marked in the text. 
 
 1081. Why Kiessling should consider niKjas theatrl un-Plautine 
 I do not know; for the character of the leno in comedy cf. 975. 
 
 1086. infitias ire and the allied suppetias ire belong to colloquial 
 or plebeian style (Auct. Bell. Afric, ApuL). 
 
 1087. quid est quod must refer to 1066, from which it is some- 
 what widely sejDarated, even after 1079-86 are cut out. One would 
 expect at least a sed, to resume the conversation at the point where 
 it was interrupted by the stipulatio. 
 
 1095. bona fide, with diets (dixisti), Capt. 890, Aul. 772, Per's. 
 485, Poen. 439. The reply of Ball, refers, to his acknowledged 
 character as mains et scelestus et peiurus. 
 
 1096. contechinatus. - So fecJiina, Capt. 642, Bacch. 392, etc. 
 See n. on draehuma, 86. In mina (ixva) the i was always inserted. 
 
 1100. "Make him give in his name for the mill colony." Cf. 
 Asin. 298, where a slave is called catenarum colonus. molae usually 
 in plu., here appos. of coloniam ; Rit. and others take as an old 
 gen. = molae. 
 
 1102. nisi ut. Cf. n on nisi quia, 107, to which this is parallel, 
 though it is less frequent. Transl. " But let us watch." 
 
 Beside the interpolations already noticed, vss. 1093 and 1098 are 
 not from the original text. If we add to these facts the separation 
 of 1087 from 1066, it becomes evident that this scene has for some 
 reason suffered peculiarly from changes in the text. 
 
 Seventeenth Scene. — Harpax comes on the statje from the taberna 
 where he had been resting from his journey. Simo and Ballio stand somewhat 
 back and are not noticed by him. Harpax represents the class of faitliful slaves 
 and this canticum closely resembles Most. IV., 1 (858 f¥.). Men. Y., 6 (9G6 ff.), 
 Aul IV., 1 (.587 ff.); for a contrast cf. Bacch IV., (640 fi.}. 
 
 1103. seruos, not to be joined directly with 7io7no, as often, but 
 
186 NOTES. 
 
 added to enforce the contrast; " who neglects the command of his 
 master, though he is his slave." 
 
 1104. facere inmemor est. So optigere neylegens Jul, Most. 
 141, and with defessus, Merc. 818, Epid. 197, 719, 720, anlmatusj 
 True. 966, aegrotus, Trin. 76, all combining with est (smn) to form 
 a verbal plu'ase. Lor. and Bx. on Trin. 76 call this a Greek con- 
 struction, wrongly, I think. Cf. Stolz-Schmalz, § 2ol, for ace. c. 
 infiu., Walder, Infin. bei PI., p. 33. potis smn takes infin. freely. 
 
 1105. ilico anticipates the si clause. Cf. nn. on 311, 490. 
 1109 f. "Nor is there anything good about them," but the 
 
 next vs. is unintelligible. The difficulty is with aliqua re se tenere. 
 In Merc. 1016, qua se lege teneant contentique smt, it appears to mean 
 "by which they are to be controlled," but that gives little help 
 here. Rit., sustlneant, "keep themselves alive,'"' Miiller, expoliant. 
 
 1112. conuenit, "suits me, is fitting for me." is, dat. For 
 nobilis — notus see 592, n. 
 
 1114. quom adsiet, subjunct. by attraction from meiuam. 
 
 1115. siuerat, iusserat, aibat. The tenses refer back to the 
 time when he started from the faberna, and are like the impf. and 
 plupf. in letters, which look back from the time of receiving to the 
 time of writing. 
 
 1121. melius quam ut. So Aul. 76, neqiie quicquam meliust 
 mihi, quam ut . . . faclam , quid meliust quam ut, Rud. 1189, 328, 
 Men. 833. In general ut after impers. phrases is very common in 
 PL — hoc, i. e. ostium. So ecquis hoc aperit, 1139, and often. 
 
 1123. amittat = dimittat , " quod nos dicimus dimittere, antiqui 
 etiam dicebant amittere," Don. on Ilpaut. TIL, 1, 71. 
 
 1124. Ball, supposes that the stranger will lodge at his house 
 and that money can be made out of him, but does not connect him 
 with Pseud, till 1149. So Poen. 660 a letio says of a stranger com- 
 ing to his house, praeda haec meast. 
 
 1125 ff. admordere, only Pers. 267 and Aul. Fragm. 2, so that 
 the source of the metaphor is not clear; it means "to beguile, 
 fool," rather than "to swindle." Simo, however, takes it liter- 
 ally, — " Are you going to eat him right off? " Ballio adopts this 
 interpretation and answers in the same vein, "Yes, we '11 take it 
 
NOTES. 187 
 
 so; the man should be devoured while he is fresh and hot." Cf. 
 Asin. 3-j8, iani deuurandum censes, si conspcxeris ^ || ila enimuero. 
 recens, in this sense, of fresh fish, Asin. 178. The mss. have duin 
 calel dum datur (A.), or dum datur dum calel (Pall.), without Jioi/io. 
 Goetz throws out dum datur, on the ground, I suppose, that it is a 
 gloss upon dum valet, and supplies homo — a good emendation. 
 
 1131 f. hosce, "men like this one." — lucrifugas, a coined 
 word, cf. lucripeta, Most. arg. 6, turpilucricupidiis, Trin. 100. — 
 aetatem, see n. on 111. 
 
 1134. Lor. compares Trin. 352, quando equidem nee tihi bene esse 
 pote pati neque alteri. With quibus est sc. bene. 
 
 1136. uos, anybody in the house. "With these words Harp. 
 begins to knock, — recta . . . rectam uiam is tautological, but 
 not more than many instances of Jig. etymol. Cf. 966, adit recta, 
 10.51, Ti'in. 868, ad nostras aedis hie quidem habet rectam uiam. 
 
 1138. bene . . . ibo, " I shall come out of this affair (lit. go 
 from him) w^ell loaded with plunder," but there is no suflficient sup- 
 port for this sense of ibo. The text is not sure. — scaeua, '• an 
 omen." Yarro, L. L. VII, 97, " id est sinistra, quod, quae sinistra 
 sunt, bona auspicia existimantur." Also Stich. 673, Cas. 893, 895 
 Uss., 810, 812 Gepp. (the intervening uerbum uetns refers to the 
 proverb hae lupi, hac canes, not to scaeua). 
 
 1139. quid debetur, " what do you want there '? " a standing 
 phrase even where no money w^as involved, as in ^lil. 421, True. 
 261 ; cf. also Trin. 893, isti tibi quid homines debent, qnos iu quae- 
 ritas ? 
 
 1141. compendi, cf. 605. " Save yourself the ti'ouble of seek 
 ing." Capt. 965, Jieri dicta conpendi uolo, Bacch. 183, conpendi 
 uerba midta iam faciam, Asin. 307, Pers. 471, Most. 60, Poen. 351, 
 True. 377. Of the same nature are lucri facere, Pers. 668, 713, 
 Most. 354, etc., damni facere, Merc. 419, praemii, mercedis, dotis 
 dare, all appositional predicate gen. — For quaerere cf . Men. 244, 
 operam . . . sumajn quaerere, Aul. 339, operam perdas poscere, etc. — 
 infin. of purpose. 
 
 1143. The w^ords of Ball., though strong enough, are not dis- 
 tinct, and Harp, supposes that they refer to Simo, who is offended 
 
188 NOTES. 
 
 at the mistake. — curuo, a difficult \vord. I believe that it con- 
 tains some colloquial metaphor the origin and meaning of which 
 cannot now be recovered. Of the numerous conjectures to which 
 it has given rise (corio, duro, diro, Curtio, Thurio, crucio) the only 
 one which deserves attention is crasso (A. MiiUer), cf. llud. 800, 
 (juld eiit quod cauecwi? || em, a crasso infortunio. [See review by 
 Lubbert, Wolfflin's Archiv, III., 30.3. J 
 
 1144 f£. intende digitum, a contemptuous gesture, not necessa- 
 rily used by Harpax, who is polite throughout the scene, but sug 
 gested by Simo as perfectly proper to use toward a leno. Ballio's 
 reply is, " But this (Simo) is a gentleman. But, gentleman though 
 you (Simo) are, you are often loudly dunned and have n't a penny 
 to pay your debts, except as I, leno though I am, help you out.' 
 The sense of the vss. is perfectly clear, but their application is en- 
 tirely uncertain. The father in the comedies is almost always 
 prosperous, and though Snno had been wild in his youth (440 ff.), 
 he had become a cautious old gentleman, from whom Ps. hoped to 
 get 20 minae, and who therefore could not well be in debt. Nor 
 is there any case where a leno helps anybody. There is no con- 
 nection with 556, which is a mere comic threat. These vss. must 
 be classed with the other contradictions and obscurities of the plot, 
 like the disappearance of Callipho. 
 
 1149. lectae numeratae, " picked and counted." So often in 
 paying money a phrase is used to declare that the coins are of full 
 weight ; prohl numerati, Pers. 437, 526, cf. Bacch. 974, lecti sine 
 prohro. 
 
 1150. hoc, "this," the money, but do not sup-ply argent urn. The 
 use of Jioc and id with reference to a sum of money or to a definite 
 number of objects, which is very common in PL and Ter., is really 
 a more important phenomenon than it appears to one accustomed 
 to the English language, as it is an early step in the breaking down 
 of the system of inflections. So Asin. 90, uif/inti ?ninis . . . id, 
 Most. 981, hoc . . . triginta minae (appos.), Ps. 279, quod . . . id 
 . . . minas uiginti, Trin. 405, mi)ias quadraginta . . . eo, etc. Found 
 also in Cic. Epist. and Livy. 
 
 1150 f. As iuheo takes either infin. or ut clause, it may in the 
 
NOTES. 189 
 
 unregulated language of comedy take both together, /er/'e, ut initte- 
 res. Cf. quill with nidic. and iuipv., 891. 
 
 1154. uera memoras, •' it i.s the truth that you 're speaking," 
 hardly more than '^you're quite right." So with omnia, mira 
 (often), e. g., Most. o70, occidi, si tu uera memoras • • . || quid mild 
 sit bont, si mentiar ? Jn none of these cases nor in the impv. memora 
 {l-'6 cases) doe.s the verb mean " remember, recall," as might be 
 .suggested by recLt meminisU, 1156, but always " say, state, assert; " 
 and it is doubtful whether there is a single case in PI. in which 
 memorare must mean " recall to your memory or to mine." 
 
 1158. diem multum, " late in the day.' So in class. Lat. also. 
 
 1161. iuxta in PI. always adv. and always with cum. Mil. 2-34, 
 ut scias iuxta mecujn, Aul. 682, Pers. 515, 219, iuxta tecum . . . nescio ; 
 so here "no better than those who know nothing." So pariter, 
 aeque. In all expressions of comparison the language was at this 
 stage still awkward. 
 
 1163. rogitas ? For this exclamatory question, almost = " what 
 a question to ask! " used after an unnecessary or foolish question, 
 PI. uses rogas more frequently; Ter. prefers rogitas. 
 
 1165. quid, malum ? The usual explanation of this (Acidal. 
 Div. in Ps. VIII., p. 363) is that the sentence has two meanings, 
 either " What the deuce ! it (the money) is all yours," or " What ? 
 the deuce (the loss, the trouble)? that is all your.s." It is true 
 that malum may have either of these meanings, but the two sen- 
 tences, when spoken, are as different in inflection as if they w^ere 
 expressed by different words, and an actor who attempted to give 
 both meanings at once would have given neither clearly. I take 
 the words literally, " What the deuce do you say that for? The 
 money is paid by your slave, and all of it is yours of course." 
 
 1166. quam mox, "how soon." always m PI. as here with ur- 
 gency. Rud. 1227, quam mox licet te compel! are? Rud. 341, sed 
 quam mox coctumst prandium ? — tibi do, " I am doing so " in get- 
 ting my friend here as witness. — quid . . . auctor? see n. on 231. 
 
 1167. hunc faciamus ludos, " make game of him, make him 
 ridiculous." So Aul. 253, quern . . . ludos facias, etc. But ludos 
 facere alicui is one of the many phrases for " deceive," and would 
 not be in place here; Most. 427, etc. 
 
11)0 NOTES. 
 
 1168. adeo donicum "until," lit. "up to that time until." 
 ISo adco donee, ilud. 811, Cist. II., 3, 40, adeo dum, Merc. (J.37, 70, 
 Amph. 470, A.sin. 3:^8; almost limited to early Latin. 
 
 1173. dices. For the tense tliere is no sure parallel. Poen. 
 031 f., si benedicetis . . . si nudedicitis, are interpolated; Caec. Stat. 
 24 has si male dixis in one ins. ; Mil. Glor. 843, si fa ha dices (Hibb. 
 Bx.) has dicis in tiie mss. Hut the cases of this jtroverbial phra.se 
 which Lor. quotes from the Greek all have (int}s or epels, and 1 do 
 not think the future impossible here. The i)res. is frequent. 
 
 1174. altero, " the second " from the time of starting. 
 
 1175. 1 lie only point is the intimation tiiat Harpax was a crim- 
 inal and had worn irons on iiis ankles. 
 
 1178. sciu quid loquar, "you know what! " Also in aposio- 
 pesis, Asin. 703, scin ut dicain f l*ers. 200. 
 
 1182. ilicebit = ire licebil, a conjecture oi Studemund for ire 
 Uctbit of mss. Cf. Capt. 409, dicet {= ire licet) parasiticae arti 
 maxumam malam cruccin. The force of Uunen is not clear; " Even 
 if I .should go. yet you will have your punishment also " (?). 
 
 1183. emittis, sc. doiiio, not iiuniu. 
 
 1184. quid maneam ? " why should I stop ?" " Why do you 
 wisli nic to stop?" So Bacch. 731, scribe. \\ quid scrilnun? Cure. 
 599, propcnt. || <iuid propcrein f Vs. 132(*», Capt. 843, — about -?o cases 
 in all, and as many more without <juid. In all tiiese the subjunct. 
 is optative or jussive, expre.ssinj;^ the wish of the other person. Cf . 
 Most. 578, Aul. 634, redde hue sis. |( quid tibi uis reddam ? which is 
 simply a fuller expression of quitl tibi reddam ? Cf . also the regular 
 expression of the impv. by a subjunct. in orat. obi. — conductast, 
 from the choragus who had the contract for furnishing the actors' 
 dresses. So in the Trin. the man who personates Charmides hires 
 his outfit from the choragus, Trin. 85S, Pers. 159 f.. Cure. 464. 
 
 1186. mitte, '• let up I " " stop your nonsense." So Asin. 330, 
 mitte ridicularia, Amph. 1101, initte istaec. Cist. IV., 2, 81, ambages 
 . . . mitte. This is different from mitte me, True. 912, Mil. 445, 
 used Avhen the speaker is forcibly restrained. 
 
 1189. peculio. For the double sense see Lex. s. v., I. b., 5. 
 femina ivo\n femur. 
 
NOTES. 191 
 
 J 190. uncti, fricari are terms used of bathing, and the literal 
 sense is, " These old men have been anointed with oil, and are 
 wa ting to be rubbed down." That is, " they are all ready for a 
 gocd old-fashioned (?) dressing-down, a good sound thrashing." 
 But this sense of ex antiquo is rather far-fetched ; nor is there any 
 other case of fricari used in this way. Other interpretations are 
 given by the older commentators, Lambinus, Parens, and Taub- 
 mann. This is from Gronovius, Lect. Plant., 267. 
 
 1191. uero serio, "in sober earnest." Cf. Amph, 964, an 
 illud iocuio dixisti? equidem serio ac uero I'atus, Rud. 468, Poen. 160, 
 etc. Cf. uerum serio, 340. But the distinction made by Lor. and 
 accepted by Langen between die mihi uero serio, Poen 160, and die 
 mihi uerum serio, Amph. 855, and between this passage and 340, 
 rests upon a rather slender basis. 
 
 1196. The traditional interpretation of this vs. is lit. " whom I 
 know as a colorless man," i. e., " whom T do not know at all," and 
 it is connected with the proverbial phrase, qui albus aterne fuerit 
 ignoras, Cic. Phil. IT., 16, 41, nee {studeo) scire ulrum sis albus an 
 ater homo, Catul. XCIII., 2, etc. But no one has yet explained 
 how noui aliquem nullius coloris can mean " I don't know him." 
 This seems to me impossible Latin. Uss. and Langen cut out the 
 vs., unnecessarily. — non tu istinc abis ? " Won't you get out of 
 this?" "Hadn't you better leave?" So Merc. 737, non abis? 
 Stich. 603, non tu hinc abis? and often, esp. non faces? These are 
 all exclamations; "you're not going! you don't keep still! " and 
 get impv. force because they imply " if yon are not doing so, you 
 had better begin at once." 
 
 1197. quaestus. Elsewhere in PI. the gen. is quaesti (Neue L^ 
 353, four cases), as of other nouns of 4th decl. Lor. therefore 
 takes this as nom., making nil a strengthened negation with hodie. 
 But he gives no examples of nil so used with hodie or of nil with 
 esse ; as a strong negative nil is used only with verbs which take 
 the ace. of compass and extent (inner object), and I prefer to re- 
 gard quaestus as an early instance of the gen. form in -us. For 
 construction cf . Most. 1107, quia nil quaesti sit. 
 
 1201. extemplo with adueniens as with quom clause, cf. Poen. 
 652. adiit ad nos extemplo exiens (e naui), and 490, note. 
 
192 NOTES. 
 
 1204 ff. Vs. 120i is printed as in the mss. Goetz follows Kit, 
 satiri conjidit nequamf nugas haud est meditatus male, sayijig in note, 
 "uersum corruptum, de quo despero." Vss. 1205-1207 ;ire given 
 in the Mss. Pall, after 1161 as well as here. I have marked 1204- 
 1212 as belonging to a second recension of the play (Introd., § 8), 
 believing that they were intended to shorten this long scene by 
 taking the place of 11G2-1203 and to connect 1213 with 1161. In 
 the lacuna implied by nain illam epistulam stood some vs. containing 
 the substance of 1200-1203, as 1210 = 1199, 1211 = 1198 in sub- 
 stance, and 1212 = 1195-6. The reviser omitted the ridicule of 
 Harpax, and condensed 1195-1203 in reversed order. 
 
 1213. nisi mirumst, also Caecil. 255. The more common ex- 
 pression is mira sunt ni, 1216, Trin. 861, Bacch. 450, Capt. 805, 
 nisi, Amph. 283, 431, Poen. 839, or mirum (est) ni ; all imply the 
 affirmative, like Engl. " I shouldn't wonder if." 
 
 1215. perfrigefacit, only here and probably coined. Cf. con- 
 tahefacit, 21. 
 
 1218 if. Similar descriptions are found in Rud. 344, 317 f ., Asin. 
 400 f., Merc. 639 f., in which the same words are used, ruj'(ul)us, 
 ueiitriosus, suhnigris ocidis, truculentis oculis, ruhicundus. The joke 
 about magnis pedibus, which still continues in circulation, taken in 
 connection with the meaning of the name Plautus, led some of the 
 early commentators to think that these vss. were a description of 
 Plautus himself. 
 
 1224. auferen = auferesne. — praemium in the earliest sense, 
 " booty," or money from the sale of booty. So Men. 135, ecqua 
 pars prae^ni = ecqua praeda, Verg. Aen. XI., 78, in connection 
 with praeda, of booty taken in battle. The reference is to the 
 hasty promise of Ball., 1078. 
 
 1226. dedas must be " hand over for punishment," as the reply 
 of Simo sliows. 
 
 1228. modicis. No satisfactory explanation of this has been 
 given. Lor., "unbedeutend," "trifling," with ironical intention; 
 Uss., '-id quod modicum est, si cum tuo damno comparatur." 
 
 1232. Tho comitia centuriata sat as a court of appeal in capi- 
 tal cases. The vs. therefore means, " Pseud, has passed a verdict 
 
NOTES. 193 
 
 of death against me." So Aul. 700, de capite meo sunt comilia, 
 True. 819. 
 
 1234 f. ne expectetis, addressed to the spectators, ita res ge- 
 stast, the paratactic ita: "the business has gone so badly, I shall 
 come home by the back streets." 
 
 1237. emortxialem, coined to correspond to nafalem, " death- 
 day instead of birthday." Lor. gives exanimalis, Rud. 221, coemp- 
 tionalis, Bacch. 976, esuriahs, Capt. 468, uapularis, Pers. 22, all 
 air. \ey. 
 
 Eighteenth Scene. — Siino, left alone on the stage, considers his course 
 of action toward Pseudolus. 
 
 1238. tetigi, see n. on 120. Simo means that he had gotten 
 the better of Ball, because of the st'ipulatio in 1078. 
 
 1242. This is the promise made in 535 ff. or in the lacuna after 
 545. But the money is not paid to Ball., as was implied in 536, 
 quod dem lenoni. 
 
 1244. dolum Troianum, the carrying off of the Palladium, not 
 the taking of Troy. Cf. 1064. 
 
 Nineteenth Scene. — Pseudolus, wearing a garland and walking un- 
 steadily, comes upon the stage from the house of Charlnus, where he has been 
 dining freely. 
 
 1246. sicine hoc fit? "Is this the way for things to go?" 
 "Is this a proper way?" So 320, Asin. 127; sicine agis? Ad, 
 128, Eun. 99, 804, etc., always with repudiating effect. 
 
 1247. Cf. Most. 330, iacentis toilet postea nos ambo aliquis. — 
 uelle ut occurs about 10 times in PI. (922, Bacch. 77, Most. 632, 
 etc.), and about 20 times in reply to a question containing nolo 
 (321, 660, and often after numquid ids?). 
 
 1249. pergitin pergere ? also, in sing., Poen. 433, so that this 
 is not to be taken as a drunken repetition, but only as an extreme 
 case of duplication. Cf. 339. — mihi, dat. after seruire, "you 
 must do as I want you to;" Lor., " ich muss schon immerhin 
 nachgeben," taking it after the gerundive. This would mean that 
 the feet got the better of Pseud., that he fell down, but ah corrects 
 the idea oi pergitin (cf. P. Richter, de usu partic. exclam., Argent. 
 1874, p. 12 ff.). 
 
 13 
 
194 NOTES. 
 
 1251. So in Amer. slang, " tangle-foot whiskey.'' 
 
 1252. niadulsa. Fest. Paul. 12G, viadulm, ehrius. If this is 
 correct it is a noni. (noun or adj.), and haheo of mss. is changed 
 to aheo to suit this. But in tlie lack of data the reading liabeo ma- 
 dulsamj '"I am drunk," may be correct. The word is found only 
 here. 
 
 1253. munditiis, "elegance," as in 173, not simply "neatness;" 
 this is the nsual if not the invariable sense in PI. 
 
 1255. ambages, only here and Cist. IV., 2, 81 in PL, but cf. 
 nugaii, curam, obliuia agere, etc., equivalent to nugarl, curare. " Why 
 should I make many words about it, why go round about ? " hoc, 
 Jiic, in hoc, hoc all anticipate the infinitives in 1262 ff. 
 
 1259-61 break the construction, and interrupt the thought, 
 leaving the infin. proplnarc, etc., without a verb to depend upon. 
 They relate to other matters than the eating and drinking which 
 Pseud, has been enjoying. They are therefore cut out of the text 
 by Uss. and Goetz. 
 
 1262 f. The text is quite uncertain. Goetz reads uicissim ami- 
 citiam, but manu Candida demands ainicam. oculissimam is a con- 
 jecture of Spengel. " That one's dearest mistress with white hand 
 should give one a sweet cup of wine." For this sense of propino 
 cf. Cure. 359, propino magnum poclum : ille ehibit, also Pers. 775, hoc 
 mea manus tuae poclum donat, ut amantem amanti dare decet. — Scan 
 manii candid a can lit-. 
 
 1264. morologis, fxcapoXoyos, should be equivalent to shdtUoqno^, 
 Pers. 514, but both hei-e and Pers. 49, odio me enicas. |i • • • td/i 
 morologus fio, it is almost precisely equivalent to molesfu.t. So 7no- 
 rus and moledus together, Trin, 669, Men. 571. (Influence of 
 morosus ?) 
 
 1266. The hypothesis of a break is necessitated only by the con- 
 struction, not by the lack of anything in the thought. Spengel, 
 jmrce promi I uictum ceterum. 
 
 1268 b. diem sumpsimus, so Ad. 287, hilare hunc sumamus 
 diem : more frequently in-{con~)sumere. — prothymLe, Trpodvfxais ; 
 so musice, basilice, pancratice atque athletice, graphice, and other 
 Greek ad vs. 
 
NOTES. 195 
 
 1272. cordi . . . opsequentis, " following their inclinations 
 and desires." So animo opsequi, Bacch. 41G. 
 
 1273. ad hunc modum, and below sic, hoc modo were illustrated 
 by the action, so that the description served to introduce a dance, 
 as sometimes on the modern stage. — illi, adv., cf. 758. 
 
 1274. discipulina, the early form of the word, also Most. 154. 
 While in this word, as, e. g. , in extemjjlo, the syncopated form be- 
 came the prevalent one, in other words, poculum, perlculum, the 
 short form was used only in verse. — qui, the particle, not the 
 pron. Cf. 473, n. — lonicam, sc. discipulinam, a kind of dance 
 which must have come over to the Romans from some Doric colony 
 in Italy or Sicily ; it is always spoken of as indecent, lonicus aut 
 cinaedlcus, Stich. 769. 
 
 1275. palliolatim amictus, " wrapping my pallium around me." 
 For other advs. in -im see Xeue, II., 668, and for the use of the 
 palliu?n as a means of representing the character more fully, cf. 
 Fronto, p. 157, Xab., ut histriones, quom palleolatim saltant, caudam 
 cycni, capillum Veneris, Furiae flagellum eodem pallio demonstrant. 
 
 1276. parum, i. e., " more! " but not so elsewhere. [C D par- 
 tim; perhaps ttoKlv, cf. Trin. 705.] 
 
 1277 ff. Cut out because they are inconsistent with the dance, 
 which does not end here, but goes on in the following vss. 
 
 1278 b. naenia, not as in Lex., but " this (my fall) was the 
 funeral-dirge of my dance," i.e., put an end to my dancing ; a 
 comic use of naenia, which is properly a funeral-dirge. So True. 
 21 o, quoted in Lex. 
 
 1279. paene, in the usual sense, is contradicted by 1281. But 
 cf. Capt. prol. 61, nam hoc paene iniquomst, comico choragio conari 
 desuhito arjere nos tragoediam, "utterly unfair," Mil. 409 f., ne tu 
 edepol stuUitia tua nos paene perdldisti : . . . absumptu's paene, where 
 the context shows that it cannot be "almost (but not quite)," 
 Amph. 521, nequiter paene expediuit prima parasitatio, which does 
 not mean that he was almost beaten, but that his flattery had 
 utterly failed. Cf . also nimis paene, Rud. 1204, nimis paene inepta 
 et odiosa eius amatio, Pers. 114, and pacnissiime, Aul. 46.3, 668 (?). 
 Taken together these point to a meaning "quite, actually," either 
 as an original sense or as a colloquialism. 
 
196 NOTES. 
 
 1281. posiui, the regular form in PL and Ter. in compounds as 
 well as in the simple verb, posui first in Ennius. 
 
 1283. commemoratum, used by Livy XXVIL, 4, 10, Tac. 
 Ann. II., 58, etc., as a technical word for proposing a treaty. 
 
 1284. aliquis with 2d pers. plur. of the impv. is used esp. in 
 knocking at the door of a house. So Men. 674, Merc. 130, etc. 
 See Draeger, 1. 2 170 f. 
 
 Twentieth Scene. — Simo appears at the door of his house, carrying a 
 crumlna with the 20 minae. 
 
 1285. exciet, of the 2d conj. So ciet, conciet, but also conciaSy 
 conciet (fut.), j^f^rcies (fut.), of 3d conj. See Neue, II., 429, and 
 Introd., § 18. 
 
 1287. cum corona, so Men. 463, MenaecJimus cum corona exit 
 foras, after a supper. 
 
 1288. libere in PI. only with a verb of speaking {e)loqui True. 
 212, 215, Poen. 891, fahulari, 1159. Therefore supply loquitur. 
 
 1290. adloquar subjunct. deliber., not because of the indirect 
 quest. It was in part through the influence of such constructions 
 that the subjunct. became the regular mood in ind. quest. 
 
 1292. si . . . mihi, " if there is any hope for me in him," i. e., 
 in Pseud. So Trin. 82, suspUiost in pectore alieno sita, " lies in (de- 
 pends upon) other people's way of thinking," Stich. 53, in patris 
 potestatest situm. The use of Iwc in one vs. of the money and in 
 the next of Pseud, is somewhat unusual, but PI. is free in his use 
 of pronouns, and the sense which Lor. implies, "if there is any 
 hope of saving this," the money, seems to me impossible for in hoc 
 sitast. 
 
 1293. uir malus, Pseud., uiro opt., Simo. Cf. Most. 719, quid 
 aqis f II liominem oplumum Icnieo. 
 
 1294. The sudden and comic change of tone on Simo's part is 
 explained by 1295 ^ haliae expresses a drunken, hiccoughing laugh. 
 
 1295. cur . . . adflictor indicates that Simo had pushed Pseud, 
 violently away from him, cf . Aul. 632, quid me adflictas f Most. 
 332, cedo manum : nolo equidem te adjligi, " be hurt by falling." 
 
 1297. madide madeam, fig. etymol. This euphemism for 
 drunkenness is common in PI. 
 
NOTES. 197 
 
 1298. interc".ius, for the more frequent interdiu, Asin. 399, Aiil. 
 72, Capt. 730, Most. 444, Rud. prol 7, also in nudtudeiiius, all 
 from dius = dies ; in the shortened diu the sense of dies is wholly 
 
 lost. 
 
 1301. sic sine, "don't bother about it," "let it go so." Cf. 
 
 sine modo, 222. 
 
 1303 f . Massicus mons, here alluded to for the amount of wine 
 produced; the reputation for quality came later. — fructus, "har- 
 vests, produce." In Phorm. 1013, Catull. CXIV., 4, Cic. Leg. 
 Manil. VI., 15, it means "receipts, income;" I do not know a 
 precise parallel. — hiberna, i. e., a short hour. 
 
 1305. sed tamen, after a phrase of assent, " but, to change the 
 subject," " but, to drop that side of the matter, tell me where you 
 have been." So Asin. 339. 
 
 1306. Beside the metaphors from the weather and the sea, PL 
 uses a number which relate to different kinds of boats and ships. 
 So celox, Mil. 986, of a messenger, Poen. 543, in contrast to corbita, 
 also nauis praeditoria, lembus, ratis, and references to rowing, tack- 
 ing, etc. [A. Inowraclawer, de met. ap. PL, Kostoch, 1876.] — 
 praedicem, cf. dlccun, 106. 
 
 1310. mulier hoc facit, " it is the woman's doing," i. e., it has 
 all been done ai: her instigation and for her benefit, and conse- 
 quently she is now free. 
 
 1311. ordine, properly " in regular order," but with verbs of 
 knowin ^ and telling, scire, narrare,, perferre, etc., the idea of regu- 
 larity is lost, and it means " completely, fully, from first to last." 
 So True. 411, Amph. 599, Mil. 875, 1165, etc. 
 
 1314. at negabas, in 510. But what Simo denied was that 
 Pseud, could cheat him out of the money. Later in the same scene 
 he agreed to pay the money if Pseud, could cheat Ball., and it is in 
 fulfilment of that agreement that he is now giving the money. 
 Pseud. d*id not carry out his declaration in 507 ff., and this vs. 
 strictly considered involves a contradiction in the plot. 
 
 1315. The money was carried in a bag which was hung from 
 the neck or shoulder by a cord, and as the weight of 20 minae 
 (S360) in silver would be considerable, it was customary to ask the 
 
198 NOTES. 
 
 help of another person in adjusting the purse. So Epid. 360, ipse 
 in meo collo iuos pater cruminam conlocauit, Pers. 691, age, accipe hoc 
 sis. II hue in collum, nisi piget, impone, Asin. 657 ff. 
 
 1317. uae uictis. This saying of Brennus, the king of the 
 Gauls, who sacked Rome in 387, is recorded in Livy, V., 48, 9, in a 
 way which implies that it became proverbial, and this is distinctly 
 stated by Festus, p. 372. But it is a curious fact that the saying 
 is found only here, in Florus I., 13, 17, and as the title of a lost 
 satire of Varro. 
 
 1320. heu heu, doleo, because of the loss of the money. — ni 
 doleres, " if you did not suffer this loss, I should suffer punish- 
 ment." 
 
 1322. uoiine is rarely used by PI. and (like anne) only before 
 words beginning with a vowel. As long as the proper negative 
 force of -ne was felt, it could not be united with noii , in the time 
 of PI. the negative force of -ne was nearly if not quite lost, and 
 nonne was just coming into use by the side of non and ne in the 
 sense of nonne. Cf. n. on 352. — audes, see n. on 78. — gratiani 
 facere, "to excuse, let off from," usually has dat. of person and 
 gen. of thing (Rud. 1414); h^re partem takes the place of the gen. 
 as object of facere, gratiam being pred. obj., and hinc argenti (cf. 
 interea loci, 266, n.) is for de hoc argento or a partit. gen. with 
 partem. " Are you not willing, I ask you, to let me off from some 
 part of this money? " 
 
 1323. non me dices auidum, " you shall not call me auidiis.^^ 
 As audes = auides = auidus es, the question of Simo maybe either 
 " are you not willing," or " are you not miserly," and Pseud, pre- 
 tends to take it in the latter sense and replies, " No, I am not 
 miserly, and I am not going to give you a chance to call me auidus 
 (willing) as you might if I gave you the money," the last part of 
 the vs. adding greatly to the effectiveness of the pun. [So I should 
 take this passage. Rit., Lor., Goetz read non. me dices, " No. You 
 shall call me miserly, for I will give you nothing," which seems to 
 me to lack point.] 
 
 1325. habeo tergum, i. e., " you need not threaten ; I am your 
 slave, and of course you can punish me." So Bacch. 365, si illi 
 sunt uirgae ruri, at mihi tergum doriiist. 
 
NOTES. 199 
 
 1326. age. As Simo speaks this he turns to go away. — redi 
 quid, see Introd., §§ 40, 42. 
 
 1330 f. So Most. 1163 the father says neque illl (his sou) iam 
 sum iratus neque quicquam ei suscenseo, cf. Triu. 1181 ff. 
 
 1332. uocas, to the supper. So at the end of the Men. an 
 auction is announced, to which the spectators are invited. 
 
 1334 f . A call for applause, sometimes spoken by the cantor 
 (Hor. A. P. 155, doiiec cantor ' uos plaudite' cheat), but in Men., 
 Merc, Pers., Poen., Stich., True, and here by the last actor, is the 
 regular close to the comedy. Here it includes an invitation to 
 come to the theatre for the next day's performance (Introd., § 43), 
 as a substitute for the invitation to dinner. 
 
INDEX. 
 
 a lenone, 203, 735. 
 
 Abl. in i, e, 616. 
 
 Abstract nouns in plu., 4, 172. 
 
 Abusive terms, 360 ff. 
 
 Acous. after pi-ohibere, 13. 
 
 of compass and extent, 938. 
 ad (= apud), Arg. II., 5. 
 adeo donicum, 1168.. 
 Adj. and adv., 591. 
 adstiti, 459. 
 
 Adverbs in pred., 159. 
 aduenat, 1030. 
 adulescentidus, 871. 
 aetatem, 515. 
 aetati meae, 111. 
 Agathodes, 532. 
 agninis, 329. 
 
 aliquis with plu. verb, 1284. 
 Alliteration, 3, 64 ff. 
 an, 28. 
 antidhac, 16. 
 apage te, 652. 
 a/?«if/ ^e, 694. 
 argentarius, 105. 
 o^5^?(e, 106. 
 
 Attraction of nouns, 404, 528. 
 aucior, 231. 
 audes, 78, 1323. 
 a«c?m, 172. 
 aurichalco contra, 688. 
 
 beatus, 66Q. 
 hitere, 254. 
 bonajide, 1095. 
 
 cacula, Arg. I., 4, II., 18. 
 
 caput, 132, 175. 
 
 cauere, 474. 
 
 causa with gen., 121. 
 
 cauiiost, 170. 
 
 circum ire, 899. 
 
 Colloquialisms, 64 ff., 179, 359. 
 
 exaggeration, 134, 694, 970, 
 1017. 
 
 redundancy, 410, 1136. 
 
 repetition, 466, 502, 523, 941. 
 comminisci, 689. 
 
 Condition contrarj' to fact, 274, 
 286. 
 
 without si, 863. 
 
 without apodosis, 749. 
 condxis, 608. 
 conjidentiast, 763. 
 conligatis uasis, 1033. 
 conpendium facere, 605. 
 conpendi, 1141. 
 consignare, Arg. I,, 2. 
 contabefacere , 21. 
 coqu'inare, 853. 
 crumina, 1315. 
 CM/n, 12, 158, 253, 298, 364. 
 
202 
 
 INDEX. 
 
 curare, 72. 
 curuo, 1143. 
 
 danunt, 767. 
 dare iierba, 909. 
 Dative, predicate, 339. 
 
 with nomen est, 989. 
 Deponents, 87. 
 dicain, 106. 
 dicere ut, 511. 
 Diminutives, 64, 706, 871. 
 dimlssis pedibus, 841. 
 disciplina, 1004, 1274. 
 drachuma, 86. 
 du7n, 336. 
 
 eaepse, 833. 
 
 ecce, eccum, 36. 
 
 ecJlicHm, Arg. II., 2. 
 
 ecquid inperas ? 383. 
 
 ecquid te pudet ? 370. 
 
 ecquis, 482. 
 
 e^on ?/i, 517. 
 
 em, 155. 
 
 emortualis, 1237. 
 
 enzm, 31. 
 
 ergro, 40. 
 
 en7?s (Jilius), Arg. I., 6. 
 
 esse, absolute, 451. 
 
 e.ssM, 824. 
 
 esf guod, 171. 
 
 esto, 936. 
 
 euofiiere, 317. 
 
 er, 193. 
 
 expetere, 42. 
 
 exsurgere, 2. 
 
 /ace, 18. 
 
 facer e effecta, 224. 
 
 /ac^M optumum %it, 185. 
 
 ya.ro, 49. 
 /a^ 599. 
 
 Figura etymologica, 339, 940. 
 Jlagntribae, 137. 
 
 Formality, affected, 7, 38, 905. 
 forsfuat an, 432. 
 fricari, 1190. 
 fructas fullonius, 781. 
 /rw^j, 339. 
 /wz oblitus, 171. 
 y^/^ 285. 
 furclllare, 631. 
 
 Fut. 4th conj. in -6o, 174. 
 
 Gen. in ai, 98. 
 
 in I for ii, 11. 
 
 of pers. pron., 6, 185. 
 
 partitive, 266, 351. • 
 gradibus militariis, 1046. 
 graphicus, 519. 
 gratiam facer e, 1322. 
 Greek words, 211, 700, 712, 1268. 
 gutta consili, 397. 
 
 habere, absol., 936. 
 
 with perf. ptc, 602. 
 haiic rem gere, 195. 
 harpagare, 139. 
 Harpage, voc, 665. 
 hasce, 69. 
 
 hie homo (= ff/o), 942. 
 hicine, 83. 
 
 ^(■'sce, nom. plu., 539. 
 hoc caput (= ego), 723. 
 has dies, 9. 
 
 / in malam crucem, 335. 
 iamne abis ? 380. 
 idclrco quo, 563. 
 ignobilis (= ignotus), 592. 
 
INDEX. 
 
 203 
 
 ilicebit, 1182. 
 
 ilico, 310, 490. 
 
 ille in wishes, 923. 
 
 ////, adv., 758. 
 
 Imperative, pres. and fut., 647. 
 
 in oculum utntmuis, 123. 
 
 inanilogista, 256. 
 
 inclementer dicere, 27. 
 
 indigus, Arg. II , 2. 
 
 Indirect questions, 262 ff. 
 
 Infin in exclamation, 202. 
 
 in -ier, 62. 
 
 after iinmemor est, 1104. 
 
 after verbs of motion, 642. 
 inpertire, 43. 
 interdiiis, 1298. 
 inuenlus, 631. 
 ipsus, 439. 
 
 isto pacto in pred., 799. 
 ita negoliumst, 993. 
 itast, 466. 
 iterare, 388. 
 tube, 1054. 
 iwTfa c?<»?, 1161. 
 
 lamberas, 743. 
 
 /o«?'i, 197. 
 
 lepidus, 27. 
 
 Letters introduced, 41. 
 
 lihella, 98. 
 
 /«6ere, 1288. 
 
 //ce#, 356. 
 
 ludos facer e, 1167. 
 
 madiiha, 1252. 
 
 7??a^2s with compar., 220. 
 
 ???a/a res, 234. 
 
 malum, 150, 242. 
 
 maxume, 433. 
 
 Medea legend, 869. 
 
 melhis qxiam itt, 1121. 
 
 memorare, 1154. 
 
 meo arbitratu, 271. 
 
 Metaphors, 14S, 424, 572, 578,613, 
 
 1027, 1306. 
 ?«/?-a n/, 1213. 
 ?H?«e, 1186. 
 monere, 150. 
 morari, 245. 
 morologus, 1264. 
 mortem exsequi, 995. 
 OTos geritur, 22. 
 ?/?ox, Arg, II., 8. 
 multdocus, 794. 
 munditiae, 1253. 
 mutiiom, 80, 273. 
 
 naenia, 1278. 
 
 narrare, 20. 
 
 7«afw5 nemo, 26. 
 
 -»e, 352, 489, 404, 908. 
 
 Negatives doubled, 136. 
 
 nempe, 352. 
 
 ne?«s, 436. 
 
 nimis, 201. 
 
 ;?is/ mirumsf, 1213. 
 
 nisi" q-Jiifl, 107. 
 
 nitidiusculuiii, 220. 
 
 ?;o» aiis? 1196 
 
 ?/on faces ? 889. 
 
 nonne, 1322. 
 
 nullius coloris (?), 1196, 
 
 ;H<?n, 368. 
 
 nummus, 809. 
 
 numquid causaest qidn, 533. 
 
 nuwc ac/eo, 143. 
 
 nunciam, 118. 
 
 oi.s^r«o, 208. 
 occidls me, 931. 
 
204 INDEX. 
 
 oculata die, 301. 
 ojffendere, 163 
 officium, 375. 
 operae esse, 377- 
 opino, 87. 
 o/-rt/e (= dicere), 389. 
 
 paene, 1279. 
 
 paenitet, 305. 
 
 palliolatim, 1275 
 
 Parataxis, 49, 137, 151 ff.. 209, 321, 
 
 522, 925, 952. 
 Parody, 125 ff., 703 ff., 834, 928. 
 parsissem, 5. 
 patrissat, 442. 
 peiiurus, 975. 
 perfn'gefacit, 1215. 
 pergitin pergere ? 1249. 
 periuri caput, 132. 
 plagigeruli, 153. 
 posiui, 1281. 
 postquam, 1053. 
 postidare, 101. 
 2>o<m wi, 235. 
 praefulcire, 772 
 praehihco, 182. 
 praemium, 1224. 
 praestinare, 169. 
 praeuortl, 237. 
 prius(ptam . . , /jriu.5, 524. 
 ;)?o6e, 218. 
 profedo ne, 904. 
 progredhn'ino, 859. 
 Prohibitions, 734. 
 Pronouns, pers. for possess., 6. 
 
 neut. sing , 13, 279. 
 
 carelessly used, 137, 1292. 
 
 doubled. 134. 
 
 gen. plu. of pers., 185. 
 promus, 608. 
 
 propmare, 1262. 
 
 puere, 170 
 
 Puns, acetum 739, animus 32, ar^w- 
 Tws 746, auidus 1323, Ballio 585, 
 JUS 197, misere 74, sa/«s 43, sa- 
 /)e?-e 737, scz^ws 748, so/u^a 630, 
 uorsari 745, 
 
 p^irus putus, 989. 
 
 quaestus (gen.), 1197. 
 
 (/Mttwi /woz, 1166. 
 
 7 Mam dicas, 609. 
 
 g-wasi quoin, 544. 
 
 f/!(«s« in comparisons, 199. 
 
 Questions, disjunctive, 708. 
 
 indirect, 262, 278. 
 
 with ?io7z, 230. 
 
 repudiating, 205 
 9M^ abl., 89, 828, particle, 473. 
 7«^(/ ais ? 479, 
 quid debet ur? 1139. 
 7(<2G? ddbitas dare ? 625. 
 gujrf esi 9M0f/, 9. 
 r/wiJ 2a/;« ? 325. 
 quid maneam ? 1184, 
 quidni, 96 
 
 7!n'n with indie, and impv., 891. 
 quippe ni, 917. 
 7M?s indef. after an, 29, 
 quod, ace. or conjunction, 9, 101 
 quomodo, 343. 
 
 remorari, 54. 
 rogitas, 1163. 
 
 •sa/m, 194. 
 
 scaeua, 1138. 
 
 scelera (adj.), 817. 
 
 .sc/to. 174. 
 
 .sr;« 7»/W, 276, 538, 641, 1178. 
 
 I 
 
INDEX. 
 
 205 
 
 sciui, 72. 
 
 siccocuhts, 77. 
 
 sicine hoc Jit ? 1246. 
 
 sicut, 374. 
 
 Sigmatic aorist, 14, 37, 49. 
 
 Simla, 944. 
 
 sis (= si uis), 48. 
 
 Slang, circumducere 431, doctus 385, 
 exdorsuare 382, yruphicus 519, 
 palpum 945, pertundere 170, p«^- 
 wam rfare 525. 
 
 Slave punishments, 146, 429, 544. 
 
 suauisauiatio, 65. 
 
 subditluos, Arg. II., 13. 
 
 sublinere os, 719. 
 
 suhlinguh, 893. 
 
 sumbolus, 55. 
 
 sumne, 908. 
 
 superfieri, 456 
 
 Syncope, 12, 126, 276. 
 
 torn gratiast, 713. 
 
 tarpezita, 757. 
 
 Tenses, 144, 796, 1116, 1173. 
 
 Time of play, 59 f. 
 
 iinnire, 889. 
 
 /u/n . . . s/, 905. 
 
 wae /iii, 631. 
 wae uictis, 1317. 
 we/, 121, 272. 
 ?/e//e M^ 1247. 
 uerberea statita, 911. 
 Mero serio, 1191. 
 uerum serio, 340. 
 ujn dicam, 522. 
 uirtiite, 581. 
 una opera, 223, 319. 
 uociiios, 469. 
 Ms»s es^, 50. 
 u< audio, 99 
 
 causal, 661. 
 
 exclamatory, 574. 
 
RETURN CIRCULATION DEPARTMENT 
 TOi-^^ 202 Main Library 
 
 LOAN PERIOD 1 
 - HOME USE 
 
 2 : 
 
 3 
 
 4 
 
 5 ( 
 
 b 
 
 ALL BOOKS MAY BE RECALLED AFTER 7 DAYS 
 
 Renewals and Recharges may be made 4 days prior to the due dote. 
 
 Books may be Renewed by calling 642-3405. 
 
 DUE AS STAMPED BELOW 
 
 
 
 
 AOiO. DkSG. 
 
 
 
 AUG 8 1986 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 UNIVERSITY OF CALIFORNIA, BERKELEY 
 FORM NO. DD6, BERKELEY, CA 94720 
 
 ®s 
 
GENERAL LIBRARY - U.C. BERKELEY 
 
 BODOaBTbTfl 
 
 ^XJ 
 
 / 
 
 (jt^L^^^^>^ 
 
li 
 
 
 *ifc-<f 
 
 «sv;